John Deere 325 & 328 Skid Steer Loader Operation & Test Technical Manual

Page 1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Loader Operation and Test

OPERATION & TEST TECHNICAL MANUAL 325 and 328 Skid Steer Loader TM2191 26MAR19

(ENGLISH)

Worldwide Construction And Forestry Division PRINTED IN U.S.A.


Introduction Foreword This manual is written for an experienced technician. Essential tools required in performing certain service work are identified in this manual and are recommended for use. Live with safety: Read the safety messages in the introduction of this manual and the cautions presented throughout the text of the manual. This is the safety-alert symbol. When you see this symbol on the machine or in this manual, be alert to the potential for personal injury. Technical manuals are divided in two parts: repair and operation and tests. Repair sections tell how to repair the components. Operation and tests sections help you identify the majority of routine failures quickly.

Information is organized in groups for the various components requiring service instruction. At the beginning of each group are summary listings of all applicable essential tools, service equipment and tools, other materials needed to do the job, service parts kits, specifications, wear tolerances, and torque values. Technical Manuals are concise guides for specific machines. They are on-the-job guides containing only the vital information needed for diagnosis, analysis, testing, and repair. Fundamental service information is available from other sources covering basic theory of operation, fundamentals of troubleshooting, general maintenance, and basic type of failures and their causes. TX,INTR,MB52 -19-12SEP97-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Introduction

Technical Information Feedback Form We need your help to continually improve our technical publications. Please copy this page and FAX or mail your comments, ideas and improvements. SEND TO:

John Deere Dubuque Works 18600 South John Deere Road Attn: Publications, Dept. 324 Dubuque, IA 52004-0538 USA

FAX NUMBER: 1-563-589-5800 (USA) Publication Number: Page Number: Ideas, Comments:

Name: Phone: Email Address: THANK YOU! TX,TM,FAX -19-03JUL01-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=3


Introduction

TM2191 (26MAR19)

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=4


Contents Section 9000—General Information Group 01—Safety

Section 9001—Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Group 10—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 20—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Group 30—Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Group 40—Right Joystick Controller (JSR)

Section 9005—Operational Checkout Procedure Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure

Section 9010—Engine Group 05—Theory Of Operation Group 15—Diagnose Observable Machine Symptoms Group 25—Tests

Section 9015—Electrical System Group Group Group Group

05—System Information 10—System Diagrams 15—Sub-System Diagnostics 20—References

Section 9020—Power Train Group 05—Theory Of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests

Section 9025—Hydraulic System Group 05—Theory Of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests

Section 9026—Hydrostatic System Group 05—Theory Of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests

Section 9031—Heating and Air Conditioning Group 05—Theory Of Operation Group 15—Diagnostic Information Group 25—Tests

Section 9900—Dealer Fabricated Tools Group 99—Dealer Fabricated Tools

Original Instructions. All information, illustrations and specifications in this manual are based on the latest information available at the time of publication. The right is reserved to make changes at any time without notice. COPYRIGHT © 2019 DEERE & COMPANY Moline, Illinois All rights reserved. A John Deere ILLUSTRUCTION ™ Manual Previous Editions Copyright © 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2011, 2013, 2014, 2015, 2016, 2018

TM2191 (26MAR19)

i

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

TM2191 (26MAR19)

ii

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Contents

Section 9000 General Information

Page

Group 01—Safety Recognize Safety Information ................... 9000-01-1 Follow Safety Instructions.......................... 9000-01-1 Operate Only If Qualified ........................... 9000-01-1 Wear Protective Equipment....................... 9000-01-2 Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications.......................................... 9000-01-2 Inspect Machine ........................................ 9000-01-2 Stay Clear of Moving Parts........................ 9000-01-2 Avoid High-Pressure Oils .......................... 9000-01-3 Beware of Exhaust Fumes ........................ 9000-01-3 Prevent Fires ............................................. 9000-01-4 Prevent Battery Explosions ....................... 9000-01-4 Handle Chemical Products Safely.............. 9000-01-4 Dispose of Waste Properly ........................ 9000-01-5 Prepare for Emergencies........................... 9000-01-5 Use Steps and Handholds Correctly ................................................ 9000-01-5 Start Only From Operator's Seat ............... 9000-01-5 Use and Maintain Seat Belt ....................... 9000-01-6 Prevent Unintended Machine Movement.............................................. 9000-01-6 Avoid Work Site Hazards........................... 9000-01-6 Keep Riders Off Machine .......................... 9000-01-7 Avoid Backover Accidents ......................... 9000-01-7 Avoid Machine Tip Over ............................ 9000-01-7 Operating or Traveling On Public Roads .................................................... 9000-01-8 Add and Operate Attachments Safely..................................................... 9000-01-8 Park And Prepare For Service Safely..................................................... 9000-01-8 Service Cooling System Safely ................. 9000-01-9 Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating .................................................. 9000-01-9 Make Welding Repairs Safely ................... 9000-01-9 Drive Metal Pins Safely ............................. 9000-01-9

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Group 01

Safety Recognize Safety Information T133555 —UN—15APR13

This is the safety alert symbol. When this symbol is noticed on the machine or in this manual, be alert for the potential of personal injury. Follow the precautions and safe operating practices highlighted by this symbol. A signal word — DANGER, WARNING, or CAUTION — is used with the safety alert symbol. DANGER identifies the most serious hazards.

T133588 —19—28AUG00

On the machine, DANGER signs are red in color, WARNING signs are orange, and CAUTION signs are yellow. DANGER and WARNING signs are located near specific hazards. General precautions are on CAUTION labels.

TX03679,00016CC -19-03JAN07-1/1

Follow Safety Instructions T133556 —UN—24AUG00

Read the safety messages in this manual and on the machine. Follow these warnings and instructions carefully. Review them frequently. Be sure all operators of this machine understand every safety message. Replace operator's manual and safety labels immediately if missing or damaged.

TX03679,00016F9 -19-31JAN07-1/1

Operate Only If Qualified Do not operate this machine unless the operator's manual has been read carefully, and you have been qualified by supervised training and instruction. Operator should be familiar with the job site and surroundings before operating. Try all controls and

machine functions with the machine in an open area before starting to work. Know and observe all safety rules that may apply to every work situation and work site. TX03679,00016FA -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=9


Safety

Wear Protective Equipment Guard against injury from flying pieces of metal or debris; wear goggles or safety glasses.

TS206 —UN—15APR13

Wear close fitting clothing and safety equipment appropriate to the job. Prolonged exposure to loud noise can cause impairment or loss of hearing. Wear suitable hearing protection such as earmuffs or earplugs to protect against objectionable or uncomfortable loud noises.

TX03679,00016D0 -19-03JAN07-1/1

Avoid Unauthorized Machine Modifications Modifications of this machine, or addition of unapproved products or attachments, may affect machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard for the operator or others near the machine. The installer of any modification which may affect this machine is responsible for establishing that the modification does not adversely

affect the machine or its performance. This applies to all aspects of the machine, including electronic controls. Always contact an authorized dealer before making machine modifications that change the intended use, weight or balance of the machine, or that alter machine controls, performance or reliability. TX14740,00000FC -19-27FEB04-1/1

Inspect Machine

Inspect and Clean the Polycarbonate Windows. See Inspect and Clean Polycarbonate Windows. (Section 4-1.) Keep all guards and shields in good condition and properly installed. Fix damage and replace worn or broken parts immediately. Pay special attention to hydraulic hoses and electrical wiring.

T6607AQ —UN—15APR13

Inspect machine carefully each day by walking around it before starting.

TX03679,0001734 -19-17DEC14-1/1

Entanglements in moving parts can cause serious injury. Stop engine before examining, adjusting or maintaining any part of machine with moving parts. Keep guards and shields in place. Replace any guard or shield that has been removed for access as soon as service or repair is complete.

T133592 —UN—15APR13

Stay Clear of Moving Parts

TX03679,00016D2 -19-03JAN07-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=10


Safety

Avoid High-Pressure Oils

Never search for leaks with your hands. Protect hands. Use a piece of cardboard to find location of escaping oil. Stop engine and relieve pressure before disconnecting lines or working on hydraulic system.

T133840 —UN—20SEP00

If hydraulic oil penetrates your skin, see a doctor immediately. Injected oil must be removed surgically within hours or gangrene may result. Contact a knowledgeable medical source or the Deere & Company Medical Department in Moline, Illinois, U.S.A.

T133509 —UN—15APR13

This machine uses a high-pressure hydraulic system. Escaping oil under pressure can penetrate the skin causing serious injury.

TX03679,00016D3 -19-03NOV08-1/1

Prevent asphyxiation. Engine exhaust fumes can cause sickness or death. If you must operate in an enclosed space, provide adequate ventilation. Use an exhaust pipe extension to remove the exhaust fumes or open doors and windows to bring outside air into the area.

T133546 —UN—24AUG00

Beware of Exhaust Fumes

TX03679,00016D4 -19-03NOV08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=11


Safety

T133552 —UN—15APR13

Prevent Fires Handle Fuel Safely: Store flammable fluids away from fire hazards. Never refuel machine while smoking or when near sparks or flame. Clean Machine Regularly: Keep trash, debris, grease and oil from accumulating in engine compartment, around fuel lines, hydraulic lines and electrical wiring. Never store oily rags or flammable materials inside a machine compartment.

T133553 —UN—07SEP00

Maintain Hoses and Wiring: Replace hydraulic hoses immediately if they begin to leak, and clean up any oil spills. Examine electrical wiring and connectors frequently for damage. Keep A Fire Extinguisher Available: Always keep a multi-purpose fire extinguisher on or near the machine. Know how to use extinguisher properly.

T133554 —UN—07SEP00

Keep Machine Away From Fire: Maintain a safe distance between sources of fire and the machine so elevated heat, flames or glowing embers never contact any part of the machine, including airborne glowing embers.

TX14740,00000FD -19-31JAN07-1/1

Prevent Battery Explosions Battery gas can explode. Keep sparks, lighted matches, and open flame away from the top of battery.

Do not charge a frozen battery; it may explode. Warm battery to 16°C (60°F).

TS204 —UN—15APR13

Never check battery charge by placing a metal object across the posts. Use a voltmeter or hydrometer.

TX03679,000174A -19-03NOV08-1/1

Exposure to hazardous chemicals can cause serious injury. Under certain conditions, lubricants, coolants, paints and adhesives used with this machine may be hazardous. If uncertain about safe handling or use of these chemical products, contact your authorized dealer for a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS). The MSDS describes physical and health hazards, safe use procedures, and emergency response techniques for chemical substances. Follow MSDS recommendations to handle chemical products safely.

T133580 —UN—25AUG00

Handle Chemical Products Safely

TX03679,00016D7 -19-31JAN07-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=12


Safety

Improper disposal of waste can threaten the environment. Fuel, oils, coolants, filters and batteries used with this machine may be harmful if not disposed of properly. Never pour waste onto the ground, down a drain, or into any water source. Air conditioning refrigerants can damage the atmosphere. Government regulations may require using a certified service center to recover and recycle used refrigerants.

T133567 —UN—25AUG00

Dispose of Waste Properly

If uncertain about the safe disposal of waste, contact your local environmental or recycling center or your authorized dealer for more information. TX03679,0001733 -19-31JAN07-1/1

Prepare for Emergencies Be prepared if an emergency occurs or a fire starts.

Keep emergency numbers for doctors, ambulance service, hospital, and fire department near your telephone.

TS291 —UN—15APR13

Keep a first aid kit and fire extinguisher handy.

TX03679,000174B -19-03NOV08-1/1

Prevent falls by facing the machine when getting on and off. Maintain 3-point contact with steps and handrails. Never use machine controls as handholds. Use extra care when mud, snow, or moisture present slippery conditions. Keep steps clean and free of grease or oil. Never jump when exiting machine. Never mount or dismount a moving machine.

T133468 —UN—15APR13

Use Steps and Handholds Correctly

TX03679,00016F2 -19-24APR13-1/1

Avoid unexpected machine movement. Start engine only while sitting in operator's seat. Ensure all controls and working tools are in proper position for a parked machine. Never attempt to start engine from the ground. Do not attempt to start engine by shorting across the starter solenoid terminals.

T133715 —UN—15APR13

Start Only From Operator's Seat

TX03679,0001799 -19-22APR10-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=13


Safety

Use seat belt when operating machine. Remember to fasten seat belt when loading and unloading from trucks and during other uses. Examine seat belt frequently. Be sure webbing is not cut or torn. Replace seat belt immediately if any part is damaged or does not function properly.

T133716 —19—17APR13

Use and Maintain Seat Belt

The complete seat belt assembly should be replaced every 3 years, regardless of appearance. TX03679,00016DD -19-03NOV08-1/1

Be careful not to accidentally actuate controls when co-workers are present. Lower all equipment to the ground during work interruptions. Press park brake to park position “P” to engage park brake before allowing anyone to approach the machine. Follow these same precautions before standing up, leaving the operator's seat, or exiting the machine.

T194377A —UN—26AUG03

Prevent Unintended Machine Movement

TX14740,000006A -19-09JUL03-1/1

Prepare work site properly. Avoid operating near structures or objects that could fall onto the machine. Clear away debris that could move unexpectedly if run over. Avoid boom or attachment contact with overhead obstacles or overhead electrical lines. Never move machine closer than 3 m (10 ft) plus twice the line insulator length to overhead wires. Keep bystanders clear at all times. Use barricades or a signal person to keep vehicles and pedestrians away. Use a signal person if moving machine in congested areas or where visibility is restricted. Always keep signal person in view. Coordinate hand signals before starting machine. Operate only on solid footing with strength sufficient to support machine. Be especially alert working near embankments or excavations. Avoid working under over-hanging embankments or stockpiles that could collapse under or on machine.

T141904 —UN—15MAY01

Avoid contact with gas lines, buried cables and water lines. Call utility line location services to identify all underground utilities before starting work.

T192984 —UN—26AUG03

Avoid Work Site Hazards

Reduce machine speed when operating with tool on or near ground when obstacles may be hidden (ie, during snow removal). TX14740,00000FE -19-27FEB04-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=14


Safety

Keep Riders Off Machine Only allow operator on machine. T211522 —UN—02JUN05

Riders are subject to injury. They may fall from machine, be caught between machine parts, or be struck by foreign objects. Riders may obstruct operator’s view or impair their ability to operate machine safely. Keep Riders Off Machine

VD76477,0000045 -19-03SEP15-1/1

Avoid Backover Accidents T211523 —UN—02JUN05

Before moving machine, be sure that all persons or vehicles are clear of machine path. Turn around and look directly for best visibility. Keep windows clean. Be certain reverse warning alarm is working properly. Use a signal person when backing if view is obstructed or when in close quarters. Keep signal person in view at all times. Use prearranged hand signals to communicate. Avoid Backover Accidents

VD76477,0000044 -19-24MAY16-1/1

Avoid Machine Tip Over T133716 —19—17APR13

Use seat belt at all times. Do not jump if the machine tips. Operator will be unlikely to jump clear and the machine may crush operator. Load and unload from trucks or trailers carefully. Ensure that truck is wide enough and on a firm level surface. Use loading ramps and attach them properly to truck bed.

Use Seat Belt

T211525 —UN—02JUN05

Be careful on slopes. Avoid sharp turns. Balance loads so weight is evenly distributed and load is stable. Carry tools and loads close to the ground to aid in visibility and lower center of gravity. Use extra care on wet, soft, rocky, or frozen ground. Know the capacity of the machine. Do not overload. Be careful with heavy loads. Using oversize buckets or lifting heavy objects reduces machine stability. Ensure solid footing. Use extra care in soft ground conditions or on structures that may not uniformly support the tracks, especially when raising the boom. Do not operate close to banks or open excavations that may cave in and cause machine to tip or fall.

Avoid Machine Tip Over

VD76477,0000046 -19-25MAY18-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=15


Safety

Operating or Traveling On Public Roads T141891 —UN—15APR13

Machines that work near vehicle traffic or travel slower than normal highway speeds must have proper lighting and markings to assure they are visible to other drivers. Install additional lights, beacons, slow moving vehicle (SMV) emblems, or other devices and use as required to make the machine visible and identify it as a work machine. Check state and local regulations to assure compliance. Keep these devices clean and in working condition.

TX17994,0000223 -19-11MAR02-1/1

Add and Operate Attachments Safely Always verify compatibility of attachments by contacting your authorized dealer. Adding unapproved attachments may affect machine stability or reliability, and may create a hazard for others near the machine. Ensure that a qualified person is involved in attachment installation. Add guards to machine if operator protection

is required or recommended. Verify that all connections are secure and attachment responds properly to controls. Carefully read attachment manual and follow all instructions and warnings. In an area free of bystanders and obstructions, carefully operate attachment to learn its characteristics and range of motion. TX17994,0000225 -19-09AUG06-1/1

Park And Prepare For Service Safely Warn others of service work. Always park and prepare your machine for service or repair properly. to the ground.

• Engage park brake. Stop engine and remove key. • Attach a “Do Not Operate” tag in an obvious place in the operator's station.

Securely support machine or attachment before working under it.

T133332 —19—17APR13

• Park machine on a level surface and lower equipment

• Do not support machine with any hydraulically actuated equipment.

• Do not support machine with cinder blocks or wooden pieces that may crumble or crush.

• Do not support machine with a single jack or other Understand service procedures before beginning repairs. Keep service area clean and dry. Use two people whenever the engine must be running for service work.

TS229 —UN—23AUG88

devices that may slip out of place.

TX14740,0000101 -19-27FEB04-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=16


Safety

Service Cooling System Safely Explosive release of fluids from pressurized cooling system can cause serious burns.

TS281 —UN—15APR13

Shut off engine. Only remove filler cap when cool enough to touch with bare hands. Slowly loosen cap to first stop to relieve pressure before removing completely.

TX17994,0000227 -19-11MAR02-1/1

Remove Paint Before Welding or Heating T133546 —UN—24AUG00

Hazardous fumes can be generated when paint is heated by welding or using a torch. Dust from sanding or grinding paint can also be hazardous. Remove paint to at least 76 mm (3 in.) from area to be heated. Wear an approved respirator when sanding or grinding paint. If a solvent or paint stripper is used, wash area with soap and water. Remove solvent or paint stripper containers from work area and allow fumes to disperse at least 15 minutes before welding or heating. Work outside or in a well-ventilated area. Dispose of waste, paint and solvents properly.

TX17994,0000228 -19-11MAR02-1/1

Make Welding Repairs Safely

Avoid welding or heating near pressurized fluid lines. Flammable spray may result and cause severe burns if pressurized lines fail as a result of heating. Do not let heat go beyond work area to nearby pressurized lines. Remove paint properly. Do not inhale paint dust or fumes. Use a qualified welding technician for structural repairs.

T133547 —UN—15APR13

IMPORTANT: Disable electrical power before welding. Turn off main battery switch or disconnect positive battery cable. Separate harness connectors to engine and vehicle microprocessors.

Make sure there is good ventilation. Wear eye protection and protective equipment when welding. TX17994,0000229 -19-06FEB08-1/1

Always wear protective goggles or safety glasses and other protective equipment before striking hardened parts. Hammering hardened metal parts such as pins and bucket teeth may dislodge chips at high velocity. Use a soft hammer or a brass bar between hammer and object to prevent chipping.

T133738 —UN—15APR13

Drive Metal Pins Safely

TX17994,000022A -19-11MAR02-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=17


Safety

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9000-01-10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=18


Section 9001 Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) Contents Page Page

Group 10—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes—Standard Controls.................... 9001-10-1 F9D0 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts ......................................9001-10-1 Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts Diagnostic Procedure ...................9001-10-1 F9D5 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts ......................................9001-10-2 Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts Diagnostic Procedure ...................9001-10-2 F965 — Fuel Level Sensor Input at 5 Volts ......................................................9001-10-3 Fuel Level Sensor Input at 5 Volts Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-10-3 F974 — Alternator Voltage Out of Range High ...........................................9001-10-4 Alternator Voltage Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-10-4 F980 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts ..........................9001-10-5 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-10-5 F985 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts ..........................9001-10-5 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-10-6 F9P8 — Park Brake Output Open or Shorted to Power ..................................9001-10-6 Park Brake Output Open or Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure.................9001-10-6 F9P9 — Park Brake Output Shorted to Ground ..................................................9001-10-8 Park Brake Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-10-8 F9H8 — Hydraulic Output Open or Hydraulic Output Shorted to Power ....................................................9001-10-9 Hydraulic Output Open or Hydraulic Output Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-10-9 F9H9 — Hydraulic Output Shorted to Ground ................................................9001-10-10 Hydraulic Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-10 F9J8 — Glow Plug Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power ............................9001-10-10

Glow Plug Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-10 F9J9 — Glow Plug Relay Output Shorted to Ground...............................9001-10-12 Glow Plug Relay Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-13 F9K8 — Auto Shutdown Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power ..................9001-10-14 Auto Shutdown Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-14 F9K9 — Auto Shutdown Relay Output Shorted to Ground...............................9001-10-16 Auto Shutdown Relay Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-16 F9M9 — Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm Output Shorted to Ground...............................9001-10-17 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-17 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes—EH Controls ........................... 9001-10-18 000070.02 — Park Brake Release Input Erratic or Bad Data.....................9001-10-18 Park Brake Release Input Erratic or Bad Data Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-18 000070.04 — Park Brake Release Input Out of Range Low ......................9001-10-20 Park Brake Release Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-20 000096.03 — Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range High .....................................9001-10-21 Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-21 000096.04 — Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range Low ......................................9001-10-22 Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-22 000100.01 — Engine Oil Pressure Data Below Normal .............................9001-10-23 Engine Oil Pressure Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-24

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

Page

Page

000100.03 — Engine Oil Pressure Out of Range High .....................................9001-10-25 Engine Oil Pressure Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-25 000107.00 — Engine Air Filter Switch Data Above Normal.............................9001-10-26 Engine Air Filter Switch Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-26 000107.03 — Engine Air Filter Switch Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-27 Engine Air Filter Switch Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-27 000110.00 — Engine Coolant Temperature Data Above Normal.................................................9001-10-28 Engine Coolant Temperature Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-28 000110.03 — Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range High.....................................................9001-10-29 Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-29 000110.04 — Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range Low......................................................9001-10-30 Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-30 000158.00 — System Voltage Data Above Normal .....................................9001-10-31 System Voltage Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-31 000158.01 — System Voltage Data Below Normal......................................9001-10-32 System Voltage Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-32 000162.04 — 2-Speed Switch Input Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-33 2-Speed Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-33 000676.05 — Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-34 Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-34 000676.06 — Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-36 Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-36 000920.05 — Alarm Output Out of Range Low ..........................................9001-10-38 Alarm Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-38 000920.06 — Alarm Output Out of Range High .........................................9001-10-39

Alarm Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-39 001347.05 — Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-40 Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-40 001347.06 — Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-42 Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-42 001504.04 — Seat Switch Input Out of Range Low ..........................................9001-10-43 Seat Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-43 001508.00 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Data Above Normal.................................................9001-10-44 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-44 001508.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range High.....................................................9001-10-44 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-45 001508.04 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range Low......................................................9001-10-45 Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-45 001550.05 — AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range Low ...................9001-10-46 AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-46 001550.06 — AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range High...................9001-10-48 AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-48 001713.00 — Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch Data Above Normal.................................................9001-10-49 Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-49 001713.03 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Out of Range High .....................................9001-10-50 Hydraulic Oil Filter Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-50 001856.04 — Seat Belt Switch Input Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-51 Seat Belt Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-52 002228.09 — No HCU Data on CAN Bus Abnormal Data Range .................9001-10-52 Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Contents

Page

Page

No HCU Data on CAN Bus Abnormal Data Range Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-52 003413.04 — Door Switch Input Out of Range Low ..........................................9001-10-53 Seat Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-53 003597.03 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-54 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-54 003597.04 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-55 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-55 520194.13 — Machine Model ID Wrong or Missing Calibrate Error ...................9001-10-56 520850.04 — Over Ride Switch Input Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-56 Over Ride Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-56 521050.04 — Aux Flow On-Off Switch Input Out of Range Low ......................9001-10-57 Aux Flow On-Off Switch Input Out of Range Low—EH Control Machines.............................................9001-10-57 522379.05 — Park Brake Release Output Out of Range Low ...................9001-10-58 Park Brake Release Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-58 522379.06 — Park Brake Release Output Out of Range High...................9001-10-60 Park Brake Release Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-60 522398.02 — Park Brake Run Switch Input Erratic or Bad Data.....................9001-10-61 Park Brake Release Input Erratic or Bad Data Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-61 522398.04 — Park Brake Run Switch Input Out of Range Low ......................9001-10-63 Park Brake Release Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-63 523217.06 — Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High..................9001-10-64 Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-64 523218.06 — Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High......................9001-10-65 Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-66 523219.06 — Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High..................9001-10-67

Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-10-67 523693.03 — Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-69 Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-69 523693.04 — Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-70 Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-70 523694.03 — Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-70 Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-70 523694.04 — Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-71 Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-71 523694.12 — Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Device Fault ........................................9001-10-72 Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Device Fault Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-72 523917.05 — Two Speed Output Out of Range Low ......................................9001-10-73 Two Speed Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-73 523917.06 — Two Speed Output Out of Range High .....................................9001-10-73 Two Speed Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-73 523935.05 — Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-75 Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-75 523935.06 — Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-77 Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-77 523941.05 — Aux Hyd Retract Output Out of Range Low ...............................9001-10-79 Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-10-79 523941.06 — Aux Hyd Retract Output Out of Range High ..............................9001-10-81 Aux Hyd Retract Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-10-81 524225.04 — Remote Start Input Out of Range Low ......................................9001-10-83 Remote Start Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-83 524264.11 — Checksum Error Unknown Fault ....................................9001-10-84 Checksum Error Unknown Fault Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-10-84

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=3


Contents

Page

Page

Group 20—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-20-1 000091.03 — Throttle Sensor Out of Range High ...........................................9001-20-1 000091.03—Throttle Sensor Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-20-1 000091.04 — Throttle Sensor Out of Range Low ............................................9001-20-2 000091.04—Throttle Sensor Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-20-2 000091.16 — Throttle Sensor Moderately High Value ..........................9001-20-2 000091.16—Throttle Sensor Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-20-2 000091.18 — Throttle Sensor Moderately Low Value ...........................9001-20-3 000091.18—Throttle Sensor Moderately Low Value Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-20-3 000168.03 — Unswitched Power Input Out of Range High ................................9001-20-4 Unswitched Power Input Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure ...................9001-20-4 000168.04 — Unswitched Power Input Out of Range Low .................................9001-20-5 Unswitched Power Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ....................9001-20-5 000190.12 — Engine Speed Sensor Device Fault ..........................................9001-20-5 Engine Speed Sensor Device Fault Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-20-5 000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Erratic or Bad Data................................9001-20-6 001594.00 — Left Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal...............................9001-20-6 Left Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-20-6 001594.01 — Left Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal ...............................9001-20-7 Left Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-20-7 001594.02 — Left Speed Sensor Input Erratic or Bad Data................................9001-20-8 Left Speed Sensor Input Erratic or Bad Data Diagnostic Procedure ...................9001-20-9 001594.14 — Left Speed Sensor Input ....................................................9001-20-11 Left Speed Sensor Input Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-11

001595.00 — Right Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal ...................9001-20-12 Right Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-12 001595.01 — Right Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal ...................9001-20-13 Right Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-13 001595.14 — Right Speed Sensor Input ....................................................9001-20-15 Right Speed Sensor Input Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-15 002201.09 — Right Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate............................9001-20-16 Right Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-16 002213.09 — Left Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate............................9001-20-17 Left Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-20-17 002392.05 — Backup Alarm Output Out of Range Low ...............................9001-20-17 Backup Alarm Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-20-17 002660.07 — Right Joystick X-axis Mechanical Fault .................................9001-20-18 Right Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-20-18 002661.07 — Right Joystick Y-axis Mechanical Fault .................................9001-20-19 Right Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-20-19 002697.07 — Left Joystick Mechanical Fault ....................................................9001-20-19 Left Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-20-19 002698.07 — Left Joystick Mechanical Fault ....................................................9001-20-20 Left Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-20-20 003597.03 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High ..............................9001-20-20 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-20-20 003597.04 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low ...............................9001-20-22 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-20-22 003597.03 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range High ..............................9001-20-23 5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure .................9001-20-23 003597.04 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range Low ...............................9001-20-25

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=4


Contents

Page

Page

5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ..................9001-20-25 520652.05 — Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-27 Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-27 520652.06 — Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-28 Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-28 520652.16 — Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-29 Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-29 520653.05 — Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-30 Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-30 520653.06 — Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-31 Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-31 520653.16 — Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-32 Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-33 520849.04 — Float Switch Input Out of Range Low ..........................................9001-20-34 Float Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-20-34 522447.05 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-35 Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-35 522447.06 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-36 Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-36 522447.16 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-38 Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-38 522448.05 — Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-39

Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-39 522448.06 — Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-40 Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-40 522448.16 — Right Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-42 Right Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-42 522449.05 — Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-43 Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-43 522449.06 — Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-44 Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-44 522449.16 — Left Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-46 Left Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-46 522450.05 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-47 Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-47 522450.06 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-48 Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-48 522450.16 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-50 Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-50 523217.03 — Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High..................9001-20-51 Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-51 523217.04 — Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-52 Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-52 523218.03 — Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High......................9001-20-53 Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=5


Contents

Page

Page

Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-53 523218.04 — Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range Low ......................9001-20-55 Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-55 523219.03 — Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High..................9001-20-56 Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-56 523219.04 — Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-57 Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-57 523411.05 — Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-58 Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-58 523411.06 — Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-59 Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-59 523411.16 — Boom Down Solenoid Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-61 Boom Down Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-61 523414.05 — Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-62 Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-62 523414.06 — Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-63 Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-63 523414.16 — Boom Up Solenoid Current Moderately High Value ...................................................9001-20-64 Boom Up Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-65 523426.05 — Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range Low ..................9001-20-66 Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-66 523426.06 — Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range High .................9001-20-67

Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................................9001-20-67 524264.11 — Checksum Error Unknown Fault ....................................9001-20-67 Checksum Error Unknown Fault Diagnostic Procedure..........................9001-20-67 Group 30—Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-30-1 002697.03 — Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range High .......................................9001-30-1 Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-30-1 002697.04 — Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low ........................................9001-30-1 Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-30-1 002697.13 — Left Joystick X-axis Calibration Error ....................................9001-30-2 Left Joystick X-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-30-2 002697.14 — Left Joystick X-axis Sensor Redundancy Error.....................9001-30-2 Left Joystick X-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-30-2 002698.03 — Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High .......................................9001-30-2 Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High.......................................................9001-30-2 002698.04 — Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low ........................................9001-30-3 Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low........................................................9001-30-3 002698.13 — Left Joystick Y-axis Calibration Error ....................................9001-30-3 Left Joystick Y-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-30-3 002698.14 — Left Joystick Y-axis Sensor Redundancy Error.....................9001-30-4 Left Y-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-30-4 Group 40—Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes ..................... 9001-40-1 002660.03 — Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range High ................................9001-40-1 Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure ...................9001-40-1 002660.04 — Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low .................................9001-40-1 Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ....................9001-40-1 002660.13 — Right Joystick X-axis Calibration Error ....................................9001-40-2

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=6


Contents

Page

Right Joystick X-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Error ....................................9001-40-2 002660.14 — Right Joystick X-axis Redundancy Error .................................9001-40-2 Right Joystick X-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-40-2 002661.03 — Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High ................................9001-40-2 Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure ...................9001-40-2 002661.04 — Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low .................................9001-40-3 Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure ....................9001-40-3 002661.13 — Right Joystick Y-axis Calibration Error ....................................9001-40-3 Right Joystick Y-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Procedure............................9001-40-3 002661.14 — Right Joystick Y-axis Sensor Redundancy Error.....................9001-40-4 Right Joystick Y-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9001-40-4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=7


Contents

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=8


Group 10 Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes—Standard Controls

NOTE: Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify.

NOTE: Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions my affect diagnostics and test results.

The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) diagnostic trouble codes may be viewed on the EMU. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) LW86157,0000454 -19-31JAN08-1/1

F9D0 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts Short to ground in signal circuit from engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) or sensor malfunction. Engine

coolant temperature sensor signal at engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is less than 0.27 volts. Coolant temperature gauge is at left most position and “ERROR” appears on EMU display. LW86157,0000455 -19-13JAN10-1/5

Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000455 -19-13JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin connector (X2), and engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. LW86157,0000455 -19-13JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin C (wire X01 YEL) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Component Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-1

LW86157,0000455 -19-13JAN10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=27


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). LW86157,0000455 -19-13JAN10-5/5

F9D5 — Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts Open circuit in wire harness to engine coolant temperature sensor (B5), either signal or ground; engine

coolant temperature sensor (B5) malfunction. Engine coolant temperature sensor signal at engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is 4.96 volts or greater. Coolant temperature gauge is at left most position, and “ERROR” appears on EMU display. LW86157,0000456 -19-13JAN10-1/5

Coolant Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000456 -19-13JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), EMU J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine harness YES: Go to Wire Harness 12-pin connector (X2), and engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector for Check. corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. LW86157,0000456 -19-13JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire X01 YEL between pin C of EMU J1 connector (X6) and engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector. Check continuity of wire R01 BLK between pin A of EMU J2 connector (X7) and engine YES: Go to Component coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector. Check. Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-2

LW86157,0000456 -19-13JAN10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=28


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). LW86157,0000456 -19-13JAN10-5/5

F965 — Fuel Level Sensor Input at 5 Volts

unit (EMU) is greater than 4.8 volts for more than 30 seconds. Fuel gauge is at left most position, and “ERROR” appears on EMU display.

Fuel level sensor (B4) circuit open or shorted to power. Sensor input to engagement and monitor

LW86157,0000457 -19-13JAN10-1/6

Fuel Level Sensor Input at 5 Volts Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000457 -19-13JAN10-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check fuel level sensor (B4) connector, cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin YES: Go to Open Circuit connector (X2), engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), and EMU J2 Check. connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. LW86157,0000457 -19-13JAN10-3/6

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect fuel level sensor (B4). Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Using a multimeter, check continuity of Y01 YEL wire between pin L of EMU J1 connector (X6) and fuel level sensor (B4) connector. Check continuity of R01 BLK wire between pin A of EMU J2 connector (X7) and fuel level sensor (B4) connector.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-3

LW86157,0000457 -19-13JAN10-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=29


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Fuel level sensor (B4) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Connect EMU J2 connector (X7). Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on Y01 YEL wire at fuel level sensor (B4) connector. Check for voltage on R01 BLK wire at fuel level sensor (B4) connector.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. LW86157,0000457 -19-13JAN10-5/6

• 4

Sensor Check

Check resistance of fuel level sensor. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group YES: Checks complete. 9015-20.) Is fuel level sensor resistance within specification?

NO: Replace fuel level sensor (B4). LW86157,0000457 -19-13JAN10-6/6

F974 — Alternator Voltage Out of Range High Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) measures abnormally high system voltage. Voltage input to EMU is greater than 16 volts. LW86157,0000458 -19-08DEC09-1/4

Alternator Voltage Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000458 -19-08DEC09-2/4

• 1

Alternator Output Check

Check alternator output. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Intermittent Check.

Is alternator output OK?

NO: Repair or replace alternator. LW86157,0000458 -19-08DEC09-3/4

• 2

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Recheck alternator.

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. LW86157,0000458 -19-08DEC09-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=30


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

F980 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts

Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal at engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is less than 0.27 volts. “ERROR” appears on EMU display.

Short to ground in signal circuit from hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) or sensor malfunction. LW86157,0000459 -19-13JAN10-1/5

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 0 Volts Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000459 -19-13JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin connector (X2), and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. LW86157,0000459 -19-13JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin D (wire X02 YEL) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Component Check. LW86157,0000459 -19-13JAN10-4/5

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). LW86157,0000459 -19-13JAN10-5/5

F985 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts Open circuit in wire harness to hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2), either signal or ground; hydraulic oil

temperature sensor (B2) malfunction. Hydraulic oil temperature sensor signal at engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is 4.96 volts or greater. “ERROR” appears on EMU display. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-5

LW86157,000045A -19-13JAN10-1/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=31


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor Input at 5 Volts Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,000045A -19-13JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), EMU J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine YES: Go to Wire Harness harness 12-pin connector (X2), and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector Check. for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or See Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. LW86157,000045A -19-13JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire X02 YEL between pin D of EMU J1 connector (X6) and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector. Check continuity of wire R01 BLK between pin A of EMU J2 connector (X7) and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector.

YES: Go to Component Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LW86157,000045A -19-13JAN10-4/5

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). LW86157,000045A -19-13JAN10-5/5

F9P8 — Park Brake Output Open or Shorted to Power

Open circuit or short to power (with driver off) in circuit to park brake solenoid (Y5). “CHECK CODES” appears on engagement and monitor unit (EMU) display. LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-1/9

Park Brake Output Open or Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-6

LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-2/9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=32


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Remote Start Box Check

Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) F9P8 can be caused by the use of the remote start box. YES: Go to Park Brake If the remote start box has been used, clear the code and operate machine. Engaged Check.

Recheck codes to verify code has been cleared. Does DTC return?

NO: Done. LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-3/9

• 2

Park Brake Engaged Check

If park brake output is open, park brake is engaged at all times.

YES: Go to Park Brake Solenoid Check.

Is park brake engaged at all times?

NO: Go to Park Brake Disengaged Check. LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-4/9

• 3

Park Brake Disengaged Check

If park brake output is shorted to power, park brake is disengaged at all times.

YES: Go to Harness Check.

Is park brake disengaged at all times?

NO: Go to Park Brake Solenoid Check. LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-5/9

• 4

Park Brake Solenoid Check

Check park brake solenoid (Y5). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Park Brake Switch Check.

Does park brake solenoid check OK?

NO: Repair or replace park brake solenoid. LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-6/9

• 5

Park Brake Switch Check

Check park brake switch (S2). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Harness Check.

Does park brake switch check OK?

NO: Repair or replace park brake switch (S2). LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-7/9

• 6

Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect park brake solenoid (Y5). See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Using a multimeter, check wires for opens or shorts. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Intermittent Check.

Is wire harness OK?

NO: Repair or replace harness. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-7

LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-8/9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=33


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 7

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Recheck harness. Go to Harness Check.

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check connector pins for loose connections. LW86157,000045B -19-12JAN10-9/9

F9P9 — Park Brake Output Shorted to Ground Park brake is engaged at all times. “CHECK CODES” appears on engagement and monitor unit (EMU) display. LW86157,000045C -19-08DEC09-1/6

Park Brake Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,000045C -19-08DEC09-2/6

• 1

Park Brake Solenoid Check

Check park brake solenoid (Y5). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Harness Check.

Does park brake solenoid check OK?

NO: Repair or replace park brake solenoid. LW86157,000045C -19-08DEC09-3/6

• 2

Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect park brake solenoid (Y5). See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Using a multimeter, check wires for opens or shorts. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Park Brake Switch Check.

Is wire harness OK?

NO: Repair or replace harness. LW86157,000045C -19-08DEC09-4/6

• 3

Park Brake Switch Check

Check park brake switch (S2). See Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Intermittent Check.

Does park brake switch check OK?

NO: Repair or replace park brake switch (S2). Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-8

LW86157,000045C -19-08DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=34


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTC).

YES: Recheck harness. Go to Harness Check.

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check connector pins for loose connections. LW86157,000045C -19-08DEC09-6/6

F9H8 — Hydraulic Output Open or Hydraulic Output Shorted to Power

and/or bucket will not operate. If hydraulic output is shorted to power, boom and/or bucket are enabled at all times.

“CHECK CODES” appears on engagement and monitor unit (EMU) display. If hydraulic output is open, boom LW86157,000045D -19-10DEC09-1/5

Hydraulic Output Open or Hydraulic Output Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,000045D -19-10DEC09-2/5

• 1

Boom Spool Lock, Check boom spool lock solenoid (Y2), bucket spool lock solenoid (Y3) and port lock Bucket Spool Lock and solenoid (Y4). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.) Port Lock Solenoid Check

Do solenoids check OK?

YES: Go to Harness Check.

NO: Repair or replace solenoid(s). LW86157,000045D -19-10DEC09-3/5

• 2

Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom spool lock solenoid (Y2), bucket spool lock solenoid (Y3) and port lock solenoid (Y4). See Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Component Location or see Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Using a multimeter, check wires for opens or shorts. See Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Wiring Diagram or see Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Intermittent Check.

Is wire harness OK?

NO: Repair or replace harness. LW86157,000045D -19-10DEC09-4/5

• 3

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Recheck harness. Go to Harness Check.

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check connector pins for loose connections. LW86157,000045D -19-10DEC09-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=35


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

F9H9 — Hydraulic Output Shorted to Ground Boom and bucket will not operate. “CHECK CODES” appears on engagement and monitor unit (EMU) display. LW86157,000045E -19-10DEC09-1/5

Hydraulic Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,000045E -19-10DEC09-2/5

• 1

Boom Spool Lock, Check boom spool lock solenoid (Y2), bucket spool lock solenoid (Y3) and port lock Bucket Spool Lock and solenoid (Y4). See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.) Port Lock Solenoid Check

Do solenoids check OK?

YES: Go to Harness Check.

NO: Repair or replace solenoid(s). LW86157,000045E -19-10DEC09-3/5

• 2

Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom spool lock solenoid (Y2), bucket spool lock solenoid (Y3) and port lock solenoid (Y4). See Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Component Location or see Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Using a multimeter, check wires for opens or shorts. See Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Wiring Diagram or see Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Intermittent Check.

Is wire harness OK?

NO: Repair or replace harness. LW86157,000045E -19-10DEC09-4/5

• 3

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Recheck harness. Go to Harness Check.

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check connector pins for loose connections. LW86157,000045E -19-10DEC09-5/5

F9J8 — Glow Plug Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power

operate. If glow plug relay output is shorted to power, glow plugs will operate at all times.

Glow plug relay output open or shorted to power. If glow plug relay output is open, glow plugs will not LW86157,000045F -19-13JAN10-1/6

Glow Plug Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-10

LW86157,000045F -19-13JAN10-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=36


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin connector (X3), and glow plug relay (K2) connections for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. LW86157,000045F -19-13JAN10-3/6

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect glow plug relay (K2). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire E03 WHT between pin G of EMU J1 connector (X6) and glow plug relay (K2).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire E03 WHT. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check continuity of wire G01 BLK between glow plug relay (K2) and ground.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G01 BLK. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-11

LW86157,000045F -19-13JAN10-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=37


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Glow plug relay (K2) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire E03 WHT at pin G of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin connector (X3), and glow plug relay (K2) connections for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for E03 WHT wire.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin G (wire E03 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Component Check. LW86157,000045F -19-13JAN10-5/6

• 4

Component Check

Key switch OFF.

Check glow plug relay (K2). See Glow Plug Relay Check in Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is relay resistance within specification and operating correctly?

NO: Replace glow plug relay (K2). LW86157,000045F -19-13JAN10-6/6

F9J9 — Glow Plug Relay Output Shorted to Ground

Glow plugs do not operate. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-12

LW86157,0000460 -19-11NOV10-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=38


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Glow Plug Relay Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000460 -19-11NOV10-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin connector (X3), and glow plug relay (K2) connections for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. LW86157,0000460 -19-11NOV10-3/6

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect glow plug relay (K2). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire E03 WHT between pin G of EMU J1 connector (X6) and glow plug relay (K2).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire E03 WHT. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check continuity of wire G01 BLK between glow plug relay (K2) and ground.

YES: Go to Short to Ground Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G01 BLK. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. . (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-13

LW86157,0000460 -19-11NOV10-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=39


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Short to Ground Check Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Glow plug relay (K2) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin G (wire E03 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Component Check. LW86157,0000460 -19-11NOV10-5/6

• 4

Component Check

Key switch OFF.

Check glow plug relay (K2). See Glow Plug Relay Check in Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is relay resistance within specification and operating correctly?

NO: Replace glow plug relay (K2). LW86157,0000460 -19-11NOV10-6/6

F9K8 — Auto Shutdown Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power Open circuit to auto shutdown relay (K10) or short to power with relay driver off. “CHECK CODES” appears

on engagement and monitor unit (EMU) display. If auto shutdown relay output is open, engine will shut down or crank and not start. If auto shutdown relay output is shorted to power, auto shutdown protection is disabled. LW86157,0000461 -19-08DEC09-1/6

Auto Shutdown Relay Output Open or Shorted to Power Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000461 -19-08DEC09-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin connector (X3), and auto shutdown relay (K10) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-14

LW86157,0000461 -19-08DEC09-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=40


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Remove auto shutdown relay (K10). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire E05 WHT between pin S of EMU J1 connector (X6) and auto shutdown relay (K10) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Auto shutdown relay (K10) removed. Check continuity of wire G01 BLK between auto shutdown relay (K10) connector and machine ground.

YES: Go to Component Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) LW86157,0000461 -19-08DEC09-4/6

• 3

Component Check

Check auto shutdown relay (K10). Resistance of auto shutdown relay coil should be between 71.5—87.5 ohms. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Does relay check OK?

NO: Replace auto shutdown relay (K10). Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-15

LW86157,0000461 -19-08DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=41


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Auto shutdown relay (K10) removed. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire E05 WHT at pin S of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 12-pin connector (X3), and auto shutdown relay (K10) connector for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for E05 WHT wire.

YES: Go to next step in this check

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin S (wire E05 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. LW86157,0000461 -19-08DEC09-6/6

F9K9 — Auto Shutdown Relay Output Shorted to Ground

or shorted relay coil. Engine shuts down, cranks but will not start. “CHECK CODES” appears on engagement and monitor (EMU) display.

Excessive current to auto shutdown relay (K10) exceeding driver limit; possibly a short to ground LW86157,0000462 -19-08DEC09-1/4

Auto Shutdown Relay Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-16

LW86157,0000462 -19-08DEC09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=42


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Component Check

Check auto shutdown relay (K10). See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location. Resistance of auto shutdown relay coil should be between 71.5—87.5 ohms. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Does relay check OK?

NO: Replace auto shutdown relay (K10). LW86157,0000462 -19-08DEC09-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Remove auto shutdown relay (K10). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin S (wire E05 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. LW86157,0000462 -19-08DEC09-4/4

F9M9 — Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm Output Shorted to Ground

Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) warning alarm will not operate. LW86157,0000463 -19-13JAN10-1/4

Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Warning Alarm Output Shorted to Ground Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,0000463 -19-13JAN10-2/4

• 1

Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect engagement and monitor unit warning alarm (H4). See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Using a multimeter, check wires for opens or shorts. See Cab Harness—Standard (W2) YES: Go to Intermittent Wiring Diagram, or see Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Check. Is wire harness OK?

NO: Repair or replace harness. LW86157,0000463 -19-13JAN10-3/4

• 2

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Recheck harness. Go to Harness Check.

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check wires for intermittent opens or shorts. Check connector pins for loose connections. LW86157,0000463 -19-13JAN10-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=43


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes—EH Controls

Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000744.04, 000744 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number.

NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all EMU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions my affect diagnostics and test results.

Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

KK70125,000054C -19-15DEC09-1/1

000070.02 — Park Brake Release Input Erratic or Bad Data

Park brake release and park brake run inputs from park brake switch (S2) to engagement and monitor unit (EMU) are an invalid combination. KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-1/8

Park Brake Release Input Erratic or Bad Data Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-2/8

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check park brake switch (S2) connector and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Switch Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-3/8

• 2

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect park brake switch (S2) connector. Check continuity through park brake switch (S2). See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is switch continuity correct?

NO: Replace park brake switch (S2). Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-18

KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-4/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=44


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Continuity Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Check continuity of wire T01 BLU between pin F of EMU J2 connector (X7) and park brake switch (S2) connector. Check continuity of wire T02 BLU between pin K of EMU J2 connector (X7) and park brake switch (S2) connector.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-5/8

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin F (wire T01 BLU) and pin K (wire T02 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Ground Check. KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-6/8

• 5

Short to Ground Check Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin F (wire T01 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7). Check for continuity to ground at pin K (wire T02 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Power Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-19

KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-7/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=45


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 6

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on T01 BLU wire at park brake switch connector. Check for voltage on T02 BLU wire at park brake switch connector.

YES: Short to power in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000054D -19-15DEC09-8/8

000070.04 — Park Brake Release Input Out of Range Low

Park brake release input out of range/low. Park brake release input has short to ground or open circuit. KK70125,000054E -19-15DEC09-1/5

Park Brake Release Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000054E -19-15DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check park brake switch (S2) connector and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Switch Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000054E -19-15DEC09-3/5

• 2

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect park brake switch (S2) connector. Check continuity through park brake switch (S2). See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is switch continuity correct?

NO: Replace park brake switch (S2). Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-20

KK70125,000054E -19-15DEC09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=46


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Check continuity of wire T02 BLU between pin K of EMU J2 connector (X7) and park brake switch (S2) connector.

YES: Open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch OFF. Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin K (wire T02 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000054E -19-15DEC09-5/5

000096.03 — Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range High

Fuel level sensor (B4) circuit open or shorted to power. Sensor input is greater than 4.8 volts for more than 30 seconds. KK70125,000054F -19-15DEC09-1/6

Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000054F -19-15DEC09-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check fuel level sensor (B4) connector, cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-21

KK70125,000054F -19-15DEC09-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=47


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect fuel level sensor (B4). Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Using a multimeter, check continuity of Y01 YEL wire between pin L of EMU J1 connector (X6) and fuel level sensor (B4) connector. Check continuity of R01 BLK wire between pin A of EMU J2 connector (X7) and fuel level sensor (B4) connector.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000054F -19-15DEC09-4/6

• 3

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Fuel level sensor (B4) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Connect EMU J2 connector (X7). Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on Y01 YEL wire at fuel level sensor (B4) connector. Check for voltage on R01 BLK wire at fuel level sensor (B4) connector.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. KK70125,000054F -19-15DEC09-5/6

• 4

Sensor Check

Check resistance of fuel level sensor. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group YES: Checks complete. 9015-20.) Is fuel level sensor resistance within specification?

NO: Replace fuel level sensor (B4). KK70125,000054F -19-15DEC09-6/6

000096.04 — Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range Low

Fuel level sensor (B4) input shorted to ground. Sensor input is less than 0.2 volts for more than 30 seconds. KK70125,0000550 -19-15DEC09-1/5

Fuel Level Sensor Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-22

KK70125,0000550 -19-15DEC09-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=48


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check fuel level sensor (B4) connector, cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000550 -19-15DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect fuel level sensor (B4). Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Using a multimeter, check for continuity between wire Y01 YEL and wire R01 BLK at fuel level sensor (B4) connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch OFF. Fuel level sensor (B4) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin L (wire Y01 YEL) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Go to Sensor Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000550 -19-15DEC09-4/5

• 3

Sensor Check

Check resistance of fuel level sensor. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group YES: Checks complete. 9015-20.) Is fuel level sensor resistance within specification?

NO: Replace fuel level sensor (B4). KK70125,0000550 -19-15DEC09-5/5

000100.01 — Engine Oil Pressure Data Below Normal

Low engine oil pressure, or input from engine oil pressure switch (B6) is below normal.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-23

KK70125,0000590 -19-08JAN10-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=49


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Engine Oil Pressure Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000590 -19-08JAN10-2/6

• 1

Oil Pressure Check

Check engine oil pressure. See Check Engine Oil Pressure. (CTM301.)

YES: Go to Connector Check.

Is pressure within specification?

NO: Repair as described in check. KK70125,0000590 -19-08JAN10-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and engine oil pressure switch (B6) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000590 -19-08JAN10-4/6

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect engine oil pressure switch (B6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire N01 YEL between pin D of EMU J2 connector (X7) and engine oil pressure switch (B6).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire N01 YEL. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Engine oil pressure switch (B6) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin D (wire N01 YEL) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground on wire N01 YEL. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go Engine Oil Pressure Switch Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-24

KK70125,0000590 -19-08JAN10-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=50


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Engine Oil Pressure Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect engine oil pressure switch (B6). EMU J2 connector (X7) connected. Start engine. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between engine oil pressure switch terminal and machine ground.

YES: Replace engine oil pressure switch (B6).

Is continuity to ground through switch indicated? (Switch should be open with engine running.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000590 -19-08JAN10-6/6

000100.03 — Engine Oil Pressure Out of Range High

Input from engine oil pressure switch (B6) is shorted to power. KK70125,0000591 -19-11NOV10-1/5

Engine Oil Pressure Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000591 -19-11NOV10-2/5

• 1

Voltage Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect engine oil pressure switch (B6). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire N01 YEL at pin D of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000591 -19-11NOV10-3/5

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine YES: Go to Wire Harness harness 47-pin connector (X41), and engine oil pressure switch (B6) connector for any Check damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for N01 YEL wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-25

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000591 -19-11NOV10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=51


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Check for continuity between pin D (wire N01 YEL) of EMU J2 connector (X7) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000591 -19-11NOV10-5/5

000107.00 — Engine Air Filter Switch Data Above Normal

Engine air filter is restricted. KK70125,0000551 -19-14APR10-1/6

Engine Air Filter Switch Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000551 -19-14APR10-2/6

• 1

Air Filter Restriction Check

Check air intake system for excessive debris or flow restrictions.

YES: Replace air filters as needed. For skid steer loader, see Replace Primary Air Cleaner Element, or see Replace Secondary Air Cleaner Element. (Operator’s Manual.) For compact track loader, see Replace Primary Air Cleaner Element, or see Replace Secondary Air Cleaner Element. (Operator’s Manual.)

Is engine air intake system restricted?

NO: Go to Component Check. KK70125,0000551 -19-14APR10-3/6

• 2

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect air filter restriction switch (B1). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pins on air filter restriction switch (B1).

YES: Replace air filter restriction switch (B1).

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Short Circuit Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-26

KK70125,0000551 -19-14APR10-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=52


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Short Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Air filter restriction switch (B1) disconnected. Disconnect engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between wires F01 YEL and G01 BLK at air filter restriction switch (B1) connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch OFF. Air filter restriction switch (B1) disconnected. Check circuit F01 YEL for ground at pin A on air filter restriction switch (B1) connector.

YES: Short to ground in wire F01 YEL. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is ground present?

NO: Go to Wire Check. KK70125,0000551 -19-14APR10-5/6

• 4

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Air filter restriction switch (B1) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin L (wire F01 YEL) of EMU J2 connector (X7) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000551 -19-14APR10-6/6

000107.03 — Engine Air Filter Switch Out of Range High

Input from engine air filter restriction switch is out of range high. KK70125,0000592 -19-11NOV10-1/5

Engine Air Filter Switch Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-27

KK70125,0000592 -19-11NOV10-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=53


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Voltage Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect air filter restriction switch (B1). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire F01 YEL at pin L of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000592 -19-11NOV10-3/5

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine YES: Go to Wire Harness harness 47-pin connector (X41), and air filter restriction switch (B1) connector for any Check damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for F01 YEL wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000592 -19-11NOV10-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect air filter restriction switch (B1). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Check for continuity between pin L (wire F01 YEL) of EMU J2 connector (X7) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000592 -19-11NOV10-5/5

000110.00 — Engine Coolant Temperature Data Above Normal

Engine is above maximum operating temperature. KK70125,0000593 -19-08JAN10-1/4

Engine Coolant Temperature Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-28

KK70125,0000593 -19-08JAN10-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=54


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Temperature Check

Verify temperature of engine coolant is more than 105°C (221°F).

YES: Allow machine to cool before operating. If overheating persists, diagnose cause for engine coolant overheating. See C1 - Engine Coolant Temperature Above Normal. (CTM 301.)

Is engine coolant temperature overheated?

NO: Go to Component Check. KK70125,0000593 -19-08JAN10-3/4

• 2

Component Check

Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (B5).

Check engine coolant temperature sensor. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Does engine coolant temperature sensor check OK?

NO: Replace engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). KK70125,0000593 -19-08JAN10-4/4

000110.03 — Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range High

Open circuit in wire harness to engine coolant temperature sensor (B5), either signal or ground; engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) malfunction. KK70125,0000594 -19-08JAN10-1/5

Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) diagnostic trouble code 000110.03 can be generated if engine coolant temperature is below -34°C (-30°F). KK70125,0000594 -19-08JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), EMU J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-29

KK70125,0000594 -19-08JAN10-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=55


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire X01 YEL between pin C of EMU J1 connector (X6) and engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector. Check continuity of wire R01 BLK between pin A of EMU J2 connector (X7) and engine YES: Go to Component coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector. Check. Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000594 -19-08JAN10-4/5

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). KK70125,0000594 -19-08JAN10-5/5

000110.04 — Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range Low

Short to ground in signal circuit from engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) or sensor malfunction. KK70125,0000595 -19-08JAN10-1/5

Engine Coolant Temperature Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000595 -19-08JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and engine coolant temperature sensor (B5) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-30

KK70125,0000595 -19-08JAN10-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=56


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin C (wire X01 YEL) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Component Check. KK70125,0000595 -19-08JAN10-4/5

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace engine coolant temperature sensor (B5). KK70125,0000595 -19-08JAN10-5/5

000158.00 — System Voltage Data Above Normal

Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) measures abnormally high system voltage. Voltage input to EMU is greater than 16.2 volts for 5 seconds. KK70125,0000561 -19-16DEC09-1/4

System Voltage Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000561 -19-16DEC09-2/4

• 1

Voltage Check

Start engine.

Check voltage across positive and negative battery terminals.

YES: Go to Alternator Check.

Is voltage 16.2 volts or more?

NO: Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) malfunction. Program EMU. KK70125,0000561 -19-16DEC09-3/4

• 2

Alternator Check

Check alternator. Perform Alternator Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) malfunction. Program EMU.

Does alternator test good?

NO: Replace alternator. KK70125,0000561 -19-16DEC09-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-31

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=57


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000158.01 — System Voltage Data Below Normal Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) measures abnormally low system voltage. Voltage input to EMU is less than 11.7 volts for 5 seconds.

NOTE: If other codes are present for low battery voltage on other controllers, perform alternator test procedure. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-20.)

KK70125,0000562 -19-14APR10-1/6

System Voltage Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000562 -19-14APR10-2/6

• 1

Fuse Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Remove monitor unswitched power 10 A fuse (F2). See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check fuse (F2) for continuity.

YES: Go to Battery Voltage Check.

Is continuity indicated for fuse?

NO: Replace fuse. KK70125,0000562 -19-14APR10-3/6

• 2

Battery Voltage Check

Key switch OFF.

Check voltage across positive and negative battery terminals.

YES: Check alternator output voltage. See Alternator Test. (Group 9015-20.) Charge or replace battery. For skid steer loader, see Using Battery Charger. (Operator’s Manual.) For compact track loader, see Using Battery Charger. (Operator’s Manual.)

Is voltage less than 11.7 volts?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000562 -19-14APR10-4/6

• 3

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check fuse block 1 connector (X60), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X42), and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-32

KK70125,0000562 -19-14APR10-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=58


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Remove fuse (F2). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Using a multimeter, check wire P05 RED for continuity between fuse (F2) and pin H of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Check for continuity to ground at pin H (wire P05 RED) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000562 -19-14APR10-6/6

000162.04 — 2-Speed Switch Input Out of Range Low

Two speed switch (S25) input out of range low. KK70125,0000563 -19-16DEC09-1/5

2-Speed Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000563 -19-16DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-33

KK70125,0000563 -19-16DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=59


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left joystick 8-pin connector (X53). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin M (wire T04 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. KK70125,0000563 -19-16DEC09-4/5

• 3

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) disconnected. Press two speed switch (S25) and check continuity through switch between pins 4 and 8 of left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) (switch side).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does switch continuity check OK? (Continuity with little resistance when switch is pressed.)

NO: Replace two speed switch (S25).

Key switch OFF. Left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin 4 of left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) (switch side). YES: Short to ground in switch or switch harness. Replace switch. Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000563 -19-16DEC09-5/5

000676.05 — Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range Low

Open circuit or short to power with driver off in the wire harness to glow plug relay (K2). KK70125,0000570 -19-12JAN10-1/6

Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000570 -19-12JAN10-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and glow plug relay (K2) connections for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-34

KK70125,0000570 -19-12JAN10-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=60


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect glow plug relay (K2). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire E03 WHT between pin G of EMU J1 connector (X6) and glow plug relay (K2).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire E03 WHT. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check continuity of wire G01 BLK between glow plug relay (K2) and ground.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G01 BLK. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-35

KK70125,0000570 -19-12JAN10-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=61


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Glow plug relay (K2) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire E03 WHT at pin G of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Turn key switch OFF. YES: Go to next step in this Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and glow plug relay (K2) connections for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause check. short to power condition for E03 WHT wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin G (wire E03 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Component Check. KK70125,0000570 -19-12JAN10-5/6

• 4

Component Check

Key switch OFF.

Check glow plug relay (K2). See Glow Plug Relay Check in Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is relay resistance within specification and operating correctly?

NO: Replace glow plug relay (K2). KK70125,0000570 -19-12JAN10-6/6

000676.06 — Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range High

Open circuit or short to ground in the wire harness to glow plug relay (K2). KK70125,0000565 -19-22DEC09-1/6

Glow Plug Relay Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-36

KK70125,0000565 -19-22DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=62


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and glow plug relay (K2) connections for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000565 -19-22DEC09-3/6

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect glow plug relay (K2). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire E03 WHT between pin G of EMU J1 connector (X6) and glow plug relay (K2).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire E03 WHT. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check continuity of wire G01 BLK between glow plug relay (K2) and ground.

YES: Go to Short to Ground Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G01 BLK. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000565 -19-22DEC09-4/6

• 3

Short to Ground Check Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Glow plug relay (K2) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin G (wire E03 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Component Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-37

KK70125,0000565 -19-22DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=63


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Component Check

Key switch OFF.

Check glow plug relay (K2). See Glow Plug Relay Check in Electrical Component Checks. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is relay resistance within specification and operating correctly?

NO: Replace glow plug relay (K2). KK70125,0000565 -19-22DEC09-6/6

000920.05 — Alarm Output Out of Range Low Low current output from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to EMU warning alarm (H4); short to power or open circuit. KK70125,0000566 -19-11NOV10-1/5

Alarm Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000566 -19-11NOV10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6) and EMU warning alarm (H4) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000566 -19-11NOV10-3/5

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU warning alarm (H4). Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire Z01 GRY between pin F of EMU J1 connector (X6) and EMU warning alarm (H4) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire Z01 GRY. Repair or replace wire. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check wire G02 BLK for continuity to ground at EMU warning alarm (H4) connector.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G02 BLK. Repair or replace wire. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-38

KK70125,0000566 -19-11NOV10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=64


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU warning alarm (H4) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire Z01 GRY at pin F of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J1 connector (X6) and EMU warning alarm (H4) connector for any damage, YES: Go to next step in this corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for Z01 GRY wire. check. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin F (wire Z01 GRY) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Replace EMU warning alarm (H4). KK70125,0000566 -19-11NOV10-5/5

000920.06 — Alarm Output Out of Range High Short to ground or shorted load in EMU warning alarm (H4) circuit, causing high output current from engagement and monitor unit (EMU). KK70125,0000567 -19-22DEC09-1/5

Alarm Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000567 -19-22DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6) and EMU warning alarm (H4) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Short to Ground Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-39

KK70125,0000567 -19-22DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=65


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Short to Ground Check Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU warning alarm (H4). Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin F (wire Z01 GRY) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire Z01 GRY. Repair or replace wire. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Check wire G02 BLK for continuity to ground at EMU warning alarm (H4) connector.

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G02 BLK. Repair or replace wire. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000567 -19-22DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6) and EMU warning alarm (H4) connector for any damage, YES: Go to next step in this corrosion, or debris that could cause short circuit for Z01 GRY wire. check Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin F (wire Z01 GRY) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Replace EMU warning alarm (H4). KK70125,0000567 -19-22DEC09-5/5

001347.05 — Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range Low

Open circuit to auto shutdown relay (K10) or short to power with relay driver off. KK70125,0000596 -19-08JAN10-1/6

Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-40

KK70125,0000596 -19-08JAN10-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=66


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and auto shutdown relay (K10) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000596 -19-08JAN10-3/6

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Remove auto shutdown relay (K10). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire E05 WHT between pin S of EMU J1 connector (X6) and auto shutdown relay (K10) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Auto shutdown relay (K10) removed. Check continuity of wire G01 BLK between auto shutdown relay (K10) connector and machine ground.

YES: Go to Component Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000596 -19-08JAN10-4/6

• 3

Component Check

Check auto shutdown relay (K10). Resistance of auto shutdown relay coil should be between 71.5—87.5 ohms. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Does relay check OK?

NO: Replace auto shutdown relay (K10). Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-41

KK70125,0000596 -19-08JAN10-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=67


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Auto shutdown relay (K10) removed. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire E05 WHT at pin S of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to next step in this and auto shutdown relay (K10) connector for any damage, corrosion, or debris that check could cause short to power condition for E05 WHT wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin S (wire E05 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000596 -19-08JAN10-6/6

001347.06 — Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range High

Excessive current to auto shutdown relay (K10) exceeding driver limit; possibly a short to ground or shorted relay coil. KK70125,0000597 -19-11NOV10-1/4

Fuel Valve Relay Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000597 -19-11NOV10-2/4

• 1

Component Check

Check auto shutdown relay (K10). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. Resistance of auto shutdown relay coil should be between 71.5—87.5 ohms. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Does relay check OK?

NO: Replace auto shutdown relay (K10). Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-42

KK70125,0000597 -19-11NOV10-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=68


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Remove auto shutdown relay (K10). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin S (wire E05 WHT) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. KK70125,0000597 -19-11NOV10-4/4

001504.04 — Seat Switch Input Out of Range Low

Input from seat switch (S4) shorted to ground. KK70125,0000568 -19-22DEC09-1/5

Seat Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000568 -19-22DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J2 connector (X7) and seat switch (S4) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000568 -19-22DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect seat switch (S4). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin P (wire M01 PUR) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-43

KK70125,0000568 -19-22DEC09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=69


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Seat switch (S4) disconnected. Press seat switch (S4) and check continuity through switch between pins 1 and 2 of seat switch (S4) connector (switch side).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does switch continuity check OK? (Continuity with little resistance when switch is pressed.)

NO: Replace seat switch (S4).

Key switch OFF. Seat switch (S4) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pins 1 and 2 of seat switch (S4) connector (switch side). YES: Short to ground in switch or switch harness. Replace switch. Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000568 -19-22DEC09-5/5

001508.00 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Data Above Normal

Hydraulic oil temperature is above 104.4°C (220°F) or hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) malfunction. KK70125,0000569 -19-22DEC09-1/4

• 1

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure

KK70125,0000569 -19-22DEC09-2/4

Temperature Check

Verify temperature of hydraulic oil in hydraulic oil tank is more than 104.4°C (220°F).

YES: Allow machine to cool before operating. If overheating persists, diagnose cause for oil overheating. See Hydraulic Oil Overheats—EH Controls. (Group 9025-15.)

Is hydraulic oil temperature overheated?

NO: Go to Component Check. KK70125,0000569 -19-22DEC09-3/4

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF. Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Measure resistance across pins 1 and 2 of hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). YES: Checks complete. Compare resistance to specification. See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). KK70125,0000569 -19-22DEC09-4/4

001508.03 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range High

Open circuit in wire harness to hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2), either signal or ground; hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) malfunction. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-44

KK70125,000056A -19-08JAN10-1/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=70


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) diagnostic trouble code 001508.03 can be generated if hydraulic oil temperature is below -34°C (-30°F). KK70125,000056A -19-08JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), EMU J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000056A -19-08JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire X02 YEL between pin D of EMU J1 connector (X6) and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector. Check continuity of wire R01 BLK between pin A of EMU J2 connector (X7) and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector.

YES: Go to Component Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000056A -19-08JAN10-4/5

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). KK70125,000056A -19-08JAN10-5/5

001508.04 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range Low

Short to ground in signal circuit from hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) or sensor malfunction. KK70125,000056B -19-22DEC09-1/5

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-45

KK70125,000056B -19-22DEC09-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=71


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), and hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000056B -19-22DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin D (wire X02 YEL) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Component Check. KK70125,000056B -19-22DEC09-4/5

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check resistance through hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is sensor resistance within specifications?

NO: Replace hydraulic oil temperature sensor (B2). KK70125,000056B -19-22DEC09-5/5

001550.05 — AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range Low

Air conditioning option is enabled and the return current is low compared to expected value. KK70125,000056C -19-15JAN10-1/5

AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-46

KK70125,000056C -19-15JAN10-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=72


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-air conditioner and heater harness 3-pin connector (X9), and air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000056C -19-15JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X41). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7). Using a multimeter, check for continuity of wire A12 ORG between pin R of EMU J1 connector (X6) and pin 86 of air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin R (wire A12 ORG) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Component Check. KK70125,000056C -19-15JAN10-4/5

• 3

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7), See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check relay operation. Resistance of air conditioner compressor clutch relay coil should be between 81—99 ohms.

YES: Checks complete.

Is relay functioning correctly?

NO: Replace air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7). KK70125,000056C -19-15JAN10-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-47

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=73


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001550.06 — AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range High

AC option is enabled and the return current is high compared to the expected value. Possibly shorted air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7) or short to power. KK70125,000056D -19-22DEC09-1/6

AC Compressor Clutch Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000056D -19-22DEC09-2/6

• 1

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7), See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check resistance through relay coil. Resistance of air conditioner compressor clutch relay coil should be between 81—99 ohms.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7). KK70125,000056D -19-22DEC09-3/6

• 2

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X41). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage on wire A12 ORG between pin R of EMU J1 connector (X6) and machine ground.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000056D -19-22DEC09-4/6

• 3

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-air conditioner and heater harness 3-pin connector (X9), and air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7) connector for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for A12 ORG wire.

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-48

KK70125,000056D -19-22DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=74


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin R (wire A12 ORG) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000056D -19-22DEC09-6/6

001713.00 — Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch Data Above Normal

seconds with engine running for more than 10 seconds and hydraulic oil temperature more than 38°C (100°F).

Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) closed or switch malfunction. Input voltage is less than 1 volt for 60 KK70125,000056E -19-14APR10-1/5

Hydraulic Filter Restriction Switch Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000056E -19-14APR10-2/5

• 1

Filter Check

Replace hydraulic oil filter. For skid steer loader, see Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter. (Operator's Manual.) For compact track loader, see Replace Hydraulic Oil Filter. (Operator's Manual.) Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Go to Component Check.

Operate machine and check active DTCs. Does EMU DTC 1713.00 return?

NO: Checks complete.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000056E -19-14APR10-3/5

• 2

Component Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. . (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between pin on switch and machine ground.

YES: Replace hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3).

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Wire Harness Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-49

KK70125,000056E -19-14APR10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=75


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Check for continuity between wires F02 YEL and G01 BLK at hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch off. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) disconnected. Check for ground at pin C (wire F02 YEL) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wire F02 YEL. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000056E -19-14APR10-5/5

001713.03 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Out of Range High

Input shorted to power with hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) open. KK70125,0000598 -19-11NOV10-1/5

Hydraulic Oil Filter Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-50

KK70125,0000598 -19-11NOV10-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=76


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Voltage Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire F02 YEL at pin C of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000598 -19-11NOV10-3/5

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7), cab harness-to-engine YES: Go to Wire Harness harness 47-pin connector (X41), and hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3) connector Check for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for F02 YEL wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000598 -19-11NOV10-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (B3). Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Check for continuity between pin C (wire F02 YEL) of EMU J2 connector (X7) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000598 -19-11NOV10-5/5

001856.04 — Seat Belt Switch Input Out of Range Low

Input from seat belt switch (S5) is shorted to ground. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-51

KK70125,000056F -19-22DEC09-1/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=77


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Seat Belt Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000056F -19-22DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector (X7) and seat belt switch (S5) YES: Go to Wire Harness connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Check. Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000056F -19-22DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect seat belt switch (S5). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin G (wire M09 PUR) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. KK70125,000056F -19-22DEC09-4/5

• 3

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Seat belt switch (S5) disconnected. Latch seat belt. Check continuity through switch between pins 1 and 2 of seat belt switch (S5) connector (switch side).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does switch continuity check OK? (Continuity with little resistance when switch is actuated.)

NO: Replace seat belt switch (S5).

Key switch OFF. Seat belt switch (S5) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pins 1 and 2 of seat belt switch (S5) connector (switch side).

YES: Short to ground in switch or switch harness. Replace switch.

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000056F -19-22DEC09-5/5

002228.09 — No HCU Data on CAN Bus Abnormal Data Range

The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is not receiving any controller area network (CAN) data from the hydraulic control unit (HCU). KK70125,0000571 -19-23DEC09-1/4

No HCU Data on CAN Bus Abnormal Data Range Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-52

KK70125,0000571 -19-23DEC09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=78


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness connector (X41), YES: Go to CAN Circuit controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and HCU J2 connector Check (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions that could cause controller area network (CAN) communication problems. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000571 -19-23DEC09-3/4

• 2

CAN Circuit Check

Check CAN circuit between EMU and HCU. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit YES: Checks complete. Test. (Group 9015-20.) Does CAN circuit test good?

NO: Repair CAN circuit. KK70125,0000571 -19-23DEC09-4/4

003413.04 — Door Switch Input Out of Range Low

Input from cab door switch (S13) shorted to ground. KK70125,0000572 -19-23DEC09-1/5

Seat Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000572 -19-23DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J2 connector (X7) and cab door switch (S13) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000572 -19-23DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect cab door switch (S13). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin E (wire M03 PUR) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-53

KK70125,0000572 -19-23DEC09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=79


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Cab door switch (S13) disconnected. Push cab door switch (S13) and check continuity through switch between pins A and B YES: Go to next step in this of cab door switch (S13) connector (switch side). check. Does switch continuity check OK? (Continuity with little resistance when switch is pushed.)

NO: Replace cab door switch (S13).

Key switch OFF. Cab door switch (S13) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pins A and B of cab door switch (S13) connector (switch side).

YES: Short to ground in switch or switch harness. Replace switch.

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000572 -19-23DEC09-5/5

003597.03 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High

is above specified value. Possible causes include short to power in circuit or voltage regulator malfunction.

The auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) 5 volt power source from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) KK70125,0000573 -19-23DEC09-1/5

5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000573 -19-23DEC09-2/5

• 1

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect right joystick 12-pin connector (X24). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage on wire P20 RED between pin A of EMU J3 connector (X43) and machine ground. Check for voltage on wire R20 BLK between pin C of EMU J3 connector (X43) and machine ground.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-54

KK70125,0000573 -19-23DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=80


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43) and right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for P20 RED and/or R20 BLK wires.

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000573 -19-23DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin A (wire P20 RED) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin C (wire R20 BLK) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000573 -19-23DEC09-5/5

003597.04 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low

is below specified value. Possible causes include short to ground in circuit or voltage regulator malfunction.

The auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) 5 volt power source from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) KK70125,0000574 -19-23DEC09-1/4

5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000574 -19-23DEC09-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43) and right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) for corrosion, YES: Go to Wire Harness loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Check. Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-55

KK70125,0000574 -19-23DEC09-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=81


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect right joystick 12-pin connector (X24). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin A (wire P20 RED) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000574 -19-23DEC09-4/4

520194.13 — Machine Model ID Wrong or Missing Calibrate Error

This code is associated with model security at power up.

The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) and hydraulic control unit (HCU) model identification numbers do not match or the EMU has not had the model ID programmed.

Program machine controllers with latest software for the machine in which the they are installed, and make sure correct machine model is selected on EMU. KK70125,0000575 -19-23DEC09-1/1

520850.04 — Over Ride Switch Input Out of Range Low

Input from auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21) shorted to ground. KK70125,000058D -19-05JAN10-1/5

Over Ride Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000058D -19-05JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J2 connector (X7) and hydraulic override switch (S21) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000058D -19-05JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Disconnect hydraulic override switch (S21). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin B (wire H06 GRN) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-56

KK70125,000058D -19-05JAN10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=82


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21) disconnected. Press auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21) and check continuity through switch. When pressed, switch should have continuity between pins 2 and 3 of auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does switch continuity check OK? (Continuity with little resistance when switch is pressed.)

NO: Replace auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21).

Key switch OFF. Auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pins 2 and 3 of auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21). YES: Short to ground in switch. Replace switch. Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000058D -19-05JAN10-5/5

521050.04 — Aux Flow On-Off Switch Input Out of Range Low

Input from auxiliary flow set switch (S28) shorted to ground. KK70125,000058E -19-05JAN10-1/5

Aux Flow On-Off Switch Input Out of Range Low—EH Control Machines KK70125,000058E -19-05JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) and engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J3 YES: Go to Wire Harness connector (X43) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. Check. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000058E -19-05JAN10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left joystick 8-pin connector (X53). Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin K (wire H24 GRN) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-57

KK70125,000058E -19-05JAN10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=83


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) disconnected. Press auxiliary flow set switch (S28) and check continuity through switch between pins 3 and 8 of left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) (switch side).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does switch continuity check OK? (Continuity with little resistance when switch is pressed.)

NO: Replace auxiliary flow set switch (S28).

Key switch OFF. Left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin 3 of left joystick 8-pin connector (X53) (switch side). YES: Short to ground in switch or switch harness. Replace switch. Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000058E -19-05JAN10-5/5

522379.05 — Park Brake Release Output Out of Range Low

Open circuit or short to power (with driver off) in circuit to park brake solenoid (Y5). KK70125,0000576 -19-23DEC09-1/6

Park Brake Release Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000576 -19-23DEC09-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to Solenoid and park brake solenoid (Y5) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals Check. or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000576 -19-23DEC09-3/6

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of park brake solenoid (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications. YES: Go to Wire Harness (Group 9015-20.) Check. Is solenoid resistance within specification?

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-58

NO: Park brake solenoid (Y5) malfunction. Replace solenoid. KK70125,0000576 -19-23DEC09-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=84


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect park brake solenoid (Y5). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire T03 BLU between pin P of EMU J1 connector (X6) and park brake solenoid (Y5) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire T03 BLU. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check wire G01 BLK for continuity to ground at park brake solenoid (Y5) connector.

YES: Go to Short to Power Check.

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G01 BLK. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-59

KK70125,0000576 -19-23DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=85


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake solenoid (Y5) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire T03 BLU at pin P of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to next step in this and park brake solenoid (Y5) connector for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could check cause short to power condition for T03 BLU wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin P (wire T03 BLU) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000576 -19-23DEC09-6/6

522379.06 — Park Brake Release Output Out of Range High

Excessive current draw in park brake solenoid (Y5) circuit exceeding driver limit, possibly a short to ground or shorted solenoid. KK70125,0000577 -19-23DEC09-1/5

Park Brake Release Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000577 -19-23DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to Solenoid and park brake solenoid (Y5) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals Check. or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-60

KK70125,0000577 -19-23DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=86


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of park brake solenoid (Y5). See Electrical Component Specifications. YES: Go to Wire Harness (Group 9015-20.) Check. Is solenoid resistance within specification?

NO: Park brake solenoid (Y5) malfunction. Replace solenoid.

Key switch OFF. Park brake solenoid (Y5) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pins 1 and 2 of park brake solenoid (Y5).

YES: Short to ground within solenoid. Replace park brake solenoid (Y5).

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Wire Harness Check. KK70125,0000577 -19-23DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake solenoid (Y5) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin P (wire T03 BLU) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000577 -19-23DEC09-5/5

522398.02 — Park Brake Run Switch Input Erratic or Bad Data

Park brake release and park brake run inputs from park brake switch (S2) to engagement and monitor unit (EMU) are an invalid combination. KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-1/8

Park Brake Release Input Erratic or Bad Data Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-2/8

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check park brake switch (S2) connector and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Switch Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-61

KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-3/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=87


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect park brake switch (S2) connector. Check continuity through park brake switch (S2). See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Is switch continuity correct?

NO: Replace park brake switch (S2). KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-4/8

• 3

Open Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Check continuity of wire T01 BLU between pin F of EMU J2 connector (X7) and park brake switch (S2) connector. Check continuity of wire T02 BLU between pin K of EMU J2 connector (X7) and park brake switch (S2) connector.

YES: Go to Short Circuit Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-5/8

• 4

Short Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin F (wire T01 BLU) and pin K (wire T02 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Ground Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-62

KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-6/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=88


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Short to Ground Check Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin F (wire T01 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7). Check for continuity to ground at pin K (wire T02 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Power Check. KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-7/8

• 6

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on T01 BLU wire at park brake switch connector. Check for voltage on T02 BLU wire at park brake switch connector.

YES: Short to power in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000578 -19-23DEC09-8/8

522398.04 — Park Brake Run Switch Input Out of Range Low

Park brake release input out of range/low. Park brake release input has short to ground or open circuit. KK70125,0000579 -19-23DEC09-1/5

Park Brake Release Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000579 -19-23DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check park brake switch (S2) connector and EMU J2 connector (X7) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Switch Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-63

KK70125,0000579 -19-23DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=89


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect park brake switch (S2) connector. Check continuity through park brake switch (S2). See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is switch continuity correct?

NO: Replace park brake switch (S2). KK70125,0000579 -19-23DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J2 connector (X7). Check continuity of wire T02 BLU between pin K of EMU J2 connector (X7) and park brake switch (S2) connector.

YES: Open circuit in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch OFF. Park brake switch (S2) disconnected. EMU J2 connector (X7) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin F (wire T01 BLU) of EMU J2 connector (X7).

YES: Short to ground in wiring harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000579 -19-23DEC09-5/5

523217.06 — Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High

Measured output current above maximum, possibly a short to ground. KK70125,000057D -19-23DEC09-1/5

Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Hydraulic valve power 1 and 3 are both supplied from same source on engagement and monitor unit (EMU): Pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6). Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 523219.06 for hydraulic valve power 1 may also be active. KK70125,000057D -19-23DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to Wire Harness controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and hydraulic control unit Check. (HCU) connectors (X44) and (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-64

KK70125,000057D -19-23DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=90


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin H (wire P32 PNK) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short Circuit Check. KK70125,000057D -19-23DEC09-4/5

• 3

Short Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin H (wire P32 PNK) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Check for continuity between pin H4 (wire P32 PNK) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin H1 (wire P32 PNK) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000057D -19-23DEC09-5/5

523218.06 — Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High

Measured output current above maximum, possibly a short to ground. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-65

KK70125,000057E -19-23DEC09-1/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=91


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000057E -19-23DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and hydraulic control unit (HCU) J2 connector (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000057E -19-23DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin F (wire P33 PNK) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short Circuit Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-66

KK70125,000057E -19-23DEC09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=92


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Short Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin F (wire P33 PNK) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Check for continuity between pin L4 (wire P33 PNK) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000057E -19-23DEC09-5/5

523219.06 — Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High

Measured output current above current limit, possibly a short to ground. KK70125,000057F -19-23DEC09-1/5

Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Hydraulic valve power 1 and 3 are both supplied from same source on EMU: Pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6). Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 523217.06 for hydraulic valve power 3 may also be active. KK70125,000057F -19-23DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to Wire Harness controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and hydraulic control unit Check (HCU) connectors (X44) and (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-67

KK70125,000057F -19-23DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=93


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin H (wire P32 PNK) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short Circuit Check. KK70125,000057F -19-23DEC09-4/5

• 3

Short Circuit Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Check for continuity between pin H (wire P32 PNK) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Check for continuity between pin H1 (wire P32 PNK) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin H4 (wire P32 PNK) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000057F -19-23DEC09-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-68

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=94


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523693.03 — Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range High

Auxiliary hydraulic control channel 1 input from auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) is above maximum valid input or shorted to power. KK70125,0000582 -19-05JAN10-1/5

Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000582 -19-05JAN10-2/5

• 1

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect right joystick 12-pin connector (X24). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage on wire H20 GRN between pin E of EMU J3 connector (X43) and machine ground.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000582 -19-05JAN10-3/5

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43) and right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for H20 GRN wire.

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000582 -19-05JAN10-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Right joystick 12-pin connector (X22) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin E (wire H20 GRN) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) malfunction. Replace switch. KK70125,0000582 -19-05JAN10-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-69

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=95


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523693.04 — Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range Low

Auxiliary hydraulic control channel 1 input from auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) is open or below minimum valid input. KK70125,0000583 -19-05JAN10-1/4

Aux Hyd Channel 1 Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000583 -19-05JAN10-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43) and right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) for corrosion, YES: Go to Wire Harness loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Check. Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000583 -19-05JAN10-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect right control lever 12-pin connector (X24). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire H20 GRN between pin E of EMU J3 connector (X43) and right control lever 12-pin connector (X24).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity to ground at pin E (wire H20 GRN) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) malfunction. Replace switch. KK70125,0000583 -19-05JAN10-4/4

523694.03 — Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range High

Auxiliary hydraulic control channel 2 input from auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) is above maximum valid input or shorted to power. KK70125,0000584 -19-05JAN10-1/5

Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-70

KK70125,0000584 -19-05JAN10-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=96


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect right joystick 12-pin connector (X24). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage on wire H21 GRN between pin D of EMU J3 connector (X43) and machine ground.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000584 -19-05JAN10-3/5

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43) and right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for H21 GRN wire.

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000584 -19-05JAN10-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin D (wire H21 GRN) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) malfunction. Replace switch. KK70125,0000584 -19-05JAN10-5/5

523694.04 — Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range Low

Auxiliary hydraulic control channel 2 input from auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) is open or below minimum valid input. KK70125,0000580 -19-05JAN10-1/4

Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-71

KK70125,0000580 -19-05JAN10-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=97


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43) and right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) for corrosion, YES: Go to Wire Harness loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Check. Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000580 -19-05JAN10-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect right joystick 12-pin connector (X24). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire H21 GRN between pin D of EMU J3 connector (X43) and right joystick 12-pin connector (X24).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity to ground at pin D (wire H21 GRN) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Auxiliary proportional control switch (B15) malfunction. Replace switch. KK70125,0000580 -19-05JAN10-4/4

523694.12 — Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Device Fault

Auxiliary hydraulic control channel 2 input does not compare proportionally to channel 1 input. KK70125,0000581 -19-05JAN10-1/3

Aux Hyd Channel 2 Input Device Fault Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000581 -19-05JAN10-2/3

• 1

Code Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Auxiliary proportional switch (B15) malfunction. Replace switch.

Cycle key switch. Operate machine hydraulics using auxiliary proportional control switch (B15). Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC reoccurs, replace auxiliary proportional control switch (B15).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000581 -19-05JAN10-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-72

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=98


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523917.05 — Two Speed Output Out of Range Low

Open circuit to two speed solenoid (Y6) leading to low or no current to the load. KK70125,0000585 -19-05JAN10-1/5

Two Speed Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000585 -19-05JAN10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to Solenoid and two speed solenoid (Y6) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals Check. or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000585 -19-05JAN10-3/5

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of two speed solenoid (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications. YES: Go to Wire Harness (Group 9015-20.) Check. Is solenoid resistance within specification?

NO: Two speed solenoid (Y6) malfunction. Replace solenoid. KK70125,0000585 -19-05JAN10-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect two speed solenoid (Y6). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire T05 BLU between pin N of EMU J1 connector (X6) and two speed solenoid (Y6) connector. Check continuity of wire R03 BLK between pin M of EMU J1 connector (X6) and two speed solenoid (Y6) connector.

YES: Checks complete.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000585 -19-05JAN10-5/5

523917.06 — Two Speed Output Out of Range High

Excessive current exceeding driver limit, possibly a short to ground, shorted two speed solenoid (Y6), or return current is high compared to the expected value. KK70125,0000586 -19-05JAN10-1/6

Two Speed Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-73

KK70125,0000586 -19-05JAN10-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=99


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to Solenoid and two speed solenoid (Y6) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals Check. or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000586 -19-05JAN10-3/6

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of two speed solenoid (Y6). See Electrical Component Specifications. YES: Go to next step in this (Group 9015-20.) check. Is solenoid resistance within specification?

NO: Two speed solenoid (Y6) malfunction. Replace solenoid.

Key switch OFF. Two speed solenoid (Y6) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pins 1 and 2 of two speed solenoid YES: Short to ground (Y6). within solenoid. Replace two speed solenoid (Y6). Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Wire Harness Check. KK70125,0000586 -19-05JAN10-4/6

• 3

Short to Ground Check Key switch OFF.

Two speed solenoid (Y6) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin N (wire T05 BLU) of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Power Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-74

KK70125,0000586 -19-05JAN10-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=100


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Two speed solenoid (Y6) disconnected. EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire R03 BLK at pin M of EMU J1 connector (X6).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J1 connector (X6), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to next step in this and two speed solenoid (Y6) connector for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could check cause short to power condition for R03 BLK wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin M (wire R03 BLK) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000586 -19-05JAN10-6/6

523935.05 — Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range Low

Open circuit to male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) causing low or no current, or return current is low compared to expected value. KK70125,0000587 -19-05JAN10-1/5

Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-75

KK70125,0000587 -19-05JAN10-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=101


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector YES: Go to Solenoid (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and male AUX Check. port pilot solenoid (Y23) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000587 -19-05JAN10-3/5

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is solenoid resistance within specification?

NO: Male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) malfunction. Replace solenoid. KK70125,0000587 -19-05JAN10-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire H34 GRN between pin G of EMU J3 connector (X43) and male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) connector. Check continuity of wire R38 BLK between pin B of EMU J3 connector (X43) and male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin B (wire R38 BLK) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire R38 BLK. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000587 -19-05JAN10-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-76

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=102


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523935.06 — Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range High

Excessive current exceeding driver limit, possibly a short to ground, shorted male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23), or return current is high compared to the expected value. KK70125,0000588 -19-05JAN10-1/7

Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000588 -19-05JAN10-2/7

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector YES: Go to Solenoid (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and male AUX Check. port pilot solenoid (Y23) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000588 -19-05JAN10-3/7

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is solenoid resistance within specification?

NO: Male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) malfunction. Replace solenoid.

Key switch OFF. Male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pins 1 and 2 of male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23).

YES: Short to ground within solenoid. Replace male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23).

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Wire Harness Check. KK70125,0000588 -19-05JAN10-4/7

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin G (wire H34 GRN) and pin B (wire YES: Short circuit in wire R38 BLK) of EMU J3 connector (X43). harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Ground Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-77

KK70125,0000588 -19-05JAN10-5/7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=103


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Short to Ground Check Key switch OFF.

Male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) disconnected. EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin G (wire H34 GRN) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Power Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-78

KK70125,0000588 -19-05JAN10-6/7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=104


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) disconnected. EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire R38 BLK at pin B of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J3 connector (X43), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector YES: Go to next step in this (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and male AUX port check pilot solenoid (Y23) connector for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for R38 BLK wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin B (wire R38 BLK) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000588 -19-05JAN10-7/7

523941.05 — Aux Hyd Retract Output Out of Range Low

Open circuit to female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) causing low or no current, or return current is low compared to expected value. KK70125,0000589 -19-14APR10-1/5

Aux Hyd Extend Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-79

KK70125,0000589 -19-14APR10-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=105


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector YES: Go to Solenoid (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and female AUX Check. port pilot solenoid (Y24) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000589 -19-14APR10-3/5

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is solenoid resistance within specification?

NO: Female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) malfunction. Replace solenoid. KK70125,0000589 -19-14APR10-4/5

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire H35 GRN between pin H of EMU J3 connector (X43) and female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) connector. Check continuity of wire R38 BLK between pin B of EMU J3 connector (X43) and female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin B (wire R38 BLK) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire R38 BLK. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000589 -19-14APR10-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-80

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=106


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523941.06 — Aux Hyd Retract Output Out of Range High

Excessive current exceeding driver limit, possibly a short to ground, shorted female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24), or return current is high compared to the expected value. KK70125,000058A -19-14APR10-1/7

Aux Hyd Retract Output Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000058A -19-14APR10-2/7

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector YES: Go to Solenoid (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and female AUX Check. port pilot solenoid (Y24) connector for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000058A -19-14APR10-3/7

• 2

Solenoid Check

Check resistance of female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is solenoid resistance within specification?

NO: Female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) malfunction. Replace solenoid.

Key switch OFF. Female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pins 1 and 2 of female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24).

YES: Short to ground within solenoid. Replace female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24).

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Wire Harness Check. KK70125,000058A -19-14APR10-4/7

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin H (wire H35 GRN) and pin B (wire YES: Short circuit in wire R38 BLK) of EMU J3 connector (X43). harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Ground Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-81

KK70125,000058A -19-14APR10-5/7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=107


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Short to Ground Check Key switch OFF.

Female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) disconnected. Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin H (wire H35 GRN) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to Short to Power Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-82

KK70125,000058A -19-14APR10-6/7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=108


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 5

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) disconnected. EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. Turn key switch ON. Check for voltage on wire R38 BLK at pin B of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check

Turn key switch OFF. Check EMU J3 connector (X43), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) connector for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for R38 BLK wire.

YES: Go to next step in this check

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check for continuity between pin B (wire R38 BLK) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000058A -19-14APR10-7/7

524225.04 — Remote Start Input Out of Range Low

Remote start input short to ground. KK70125,000058B -19-05JAN10-1/4

Remote Start Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-83

KK70125,000058B -19-05JAN10-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=109


Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), YES: Go to Wire Harness and remote start box connector (X10) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals Check or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000058B -19-05JAN10-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect remote start box. Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin L (wire E32 WHT) of EMU J3 connector (X43).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000058B -19-05JAN10-4/4

524264.11 — Checksum Error Unknown Fault Checksum error when writing to EEPROM. Cycle power to release. KK70125,000058C -19-05JAN10-1/3

Checksum Error Unknown Fault Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000058C -19-05JAN10-2/3

• 1

Controller Check

Program engagement and monitor unit (EMU) with correct software.

Operate machine and check for DTCs.

YES: Engagement and monitor unit (EMU) malfunction. Replace EMU.

Does DTC return?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000058C -19-05JAN10-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-10-84

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=110


Group 20

Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000744.04, 000744 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number.

NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all HCU diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions my affect diagnostics and test results.

Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

KK70125,000054B -19-04DEC09-1/1

000091.03 — Throttle Sensor Out of Range High

Input is shorted to 5 volts or greater. KK70125,0000547 -19-03DEC09-1/5

000091.03—Throttle Sensor Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000547 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Go to Voltage Check.

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check for intermittent opens or shorts. Check for loose connections. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000547 -19-03DEC09-3/5

• 2

Voltage Check

Using EMU, check output voltage of throttle position sensor. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Are output voltages within specification?

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Specification Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (slow idle, minimum).................................................................................0.65 V Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (fast idle, maximum)..................................................................................4.35 V NO: Adjust throttle position sensor. See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,0000547 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Turn key switch OFF. Disconnect throttle position sensor (B14). Disconnect HCU connector (X44) and (X45).

YES: Repair wire.

Using a multimeter, check wires P34 RED pin J1, R43 BLK pin J2 at (X45), and E30 WHT pin F2 at (X44) for opens and shorts. Does a open or short exist?

NO: Replace throttle position sensor (B14). See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,0000547 -19-03DEC09-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=111


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000091.04 — Throttle Sensor Out of Range Low

Input is open or shorted to ground. Measured valve is below 0.5 volt for more than 1 second. KK70125,0000548 -19-03DEC09-1/5

000091.04—Throttle Sensor Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000548 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. UsingService ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), YES: Go to Voltage Check. clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return? NO: DTC is intermittent. Check for intermittent opens or shorts. Check for loose connections.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000548 -19-03DEC09-3/5

• 2

Voltage Check

Using EMU, check output voltage of throttle position sensor.See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Are output voltages within specification?

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Specification Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (slow idle, minimum).................................................................................0.65 V Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (fast idle, maximum)..................................................................................4.35 V NO: Adjust throttle position sensor. See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,0000548 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Turn key switch OFF. Disconnect throttle position sensor (B14). Disconnect HCU connector (X44) and (X45).

YES: Repair wire.

Using a multimeter, check wires P34 RED pin J1, R43 BLK pin J2 at (X45), and E30 WHT pin F2 at (X44) for opens and shorts. Does a open or short exist?

NO: Replace throttle position sensor (B14). See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,0000548 -19-03DEC09-5/5

000091.16 — Throttle Sensor Moderately High Value

Voltage at input is above maximum sensor output but less than sensor power. Measured value is above maximum calibrated voltage but less than 4.5 more than 1 second. KK70125,0000549 -19-03DEC09-1/5

000091.16—Throttle Sensor Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-2

KK70125,0000549 -19-03DEC09-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=112


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Go to Voltage Check

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check for intermittent opens or shorts. Check for loose connections. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000549 -19-03DEC09-3/5

• 2

Voltage Check

Using EMU, check output voltage of throttle position sensor.See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Are output voltages within specification?

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Specification Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (slow idle, minimum).................................................................................0.65 V Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (fast idle, maximum)..................................................................................4.35 V NO: Adjust throttle position sensor. See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,0000549 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Turn key switch OFF. Disconnect throttle position sensor (B14). Disconnect HCU connector (X44) and (X45) .

YES: Repair wire.

Using a multimeter, check wires P34 RED pin J1, R43 BLK pin J2 at (X45), and E30 WHT pin F2 at (X44) for opens and shorts. Does a open or short exist?

NO: Replace throttle position sensor (B14). See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,0000549 -19-03DEC09-5/5

000091.18 — Throttle Sensor Moderately Low Value

minimum calibrated voltage but greater than 0.5 volt for more than 1 second.

Voltage at input is below the minimum sensor output but greater than 0 Volts. Measured value is below KK70125,000054A -19-03DEC09-1/5

000091.18—Throttle Sensor Moderately Low Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000054A -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. UsingService ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), YES: Go to Voltage Check. clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return? NO: DTC is intermittent. Check for intermittent opens or shorts. Check for loose connections.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-3

KK70125,000054A -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=113


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Voltage Check

Using EMU, check output voltage of throttle position sensor. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Are output voltages within specification?

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Specification Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (slow idle, minimum).................................................................................0.65 V Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (fast idle, maximum)..................................................................................4.35 V NO: Adjust throttle position sensor. See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,000054A -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Turn key switch OFF. Disconnect throttle position sensor (B14). Disconnect HCU connector (X44) and (X45).

YES: Repair wire.

Using a multimeter, check wires P34 RED pin J1, R43 BLK pin J2 at (X45), and E30 WHT pin F2 at (X44) for opens and shorts. Does a open or short exist?

NO: Replace throttle position sensor (B14). See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,000054A -19-03DEC09-5/5

000168.03 — Unswitched Power Input Out of Range High

(HCU), the unswitched power input is greater than 16 volts for more than 1 second. Main HCU power is being fed through switched power.

Unswitched power is too high. With key on and switched power applied to hydraulic control unit KK70125,000050F -19-02DEC09-1/4

Unswitched Power Input Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000050F -19-02DEC09-2/4

• 1

Voltage Check

Start engine.

Check voltage across positive and negative battery terminals.

YES: Go to Alternator Check.

Is voltage more than 16 volts?

NO: Hydraulic control unit (HCU) malfunction. Program HCU. KK70125,000050F -19-02DEC09-3/4

• 2

Alternator Check

Perform Alternator Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Hydraulic control unit (HCU) malfunction. Program HCU.

Does alternator test good?

NO: Replace alternator. KK70125,000050F -19-02DEC09-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=114


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

000168.04 — Unswitched Power Input Out of Range Low

less than 8 volts for more than 1 second. Main HCU power is being fed through switched power.

Unswitched power is missing. With key on and switched power applied to HCU, the unswitched power input is KK70125,0000510 -19-02DEC09-1/4

Unswitched Power Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000510 -19-02DEC09-2/4

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. Check for intermittent opens or shorts. Check for loose connections.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000510 -19-02DEC09-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45) and remove key switch and accessory 20 A fuse (F1). Using a multimeter, check continuity of P04 RED wire between pin L1 on HCU J2 connector (X45) and fuse (F1).

YES: Open in P04 RED wire. Repair wire.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch OFF. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected and 20 amp fuse (F1) removed. Using a multimeter, check P04 RED wire for continuity to ground at pin L1 on HCU J2 connector (X45).

YES: Short to ground in P04 RED wire. Repair wire.

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000510 -19-02DEC09-4/4

000190.12 — Engine Speed Sensor Device Fault

Input at 0 rpm when oil pressure and system voltage both normal for engine running for more than 5 seconds.

No input while engine is running. Probable cause is either open circuit or engine rpm sensor (B13) malfunction. KK70125,0000511 -19-02DEC09-1/4

Engine Speed Sensor Device Fault Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-5

KK70125,0000511 -19-02DEC09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=115


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check engine rpm sensor (B13) connector, controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin YES: Go to Wire Harness connector (X51), and HCU J1 connector (X44) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out Check. terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000511 -19-02DEC09-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect engine rpm sensor (B13). Using a multimeter, check wire E31 WHT, pin D1 of HCU J1 connector (X44) for opens and shorts. Check wire G31 BLK for continuity between engine rpm sensor (B13) connector and ground.

YES: Repair wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Does an open or short exist?

NO: Replace engine rpm sensor (B13). KK70125,0000511 -19-02DEC09-4/4

000237.02 — Vehicle Identification Erratic or Bad Data

Download and program HCU with latest software for the machine in which the controller is installed.

VIN record not valid. The hydraulic control unit (HCU) has detected an invalid model number. KK70125,0000512 -19-02DEC09-1/1

001594.00 — Left Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal

Left motor speed sensor (B16) input voltage is higher than commanded pump output. KK70125,0000513 -19-02DEC09-1/4

Left Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-6

KK70125,0000513 -19-02DEC09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=116


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage at pin 2 (M05 PUR) and pin 4 (M06 PUR) of speed sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace wire harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. KK70125,0000513 -19-02DEC09-3/4

• 2

Sensor Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) and right motor speed sensor (B17). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Turn key switch ON, and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.

YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace left motor speed sensor (B16). See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is HCU code 001595.00 now active? (DTC followed speed sensor to switched location.) NO: Go to next step in this check. Is HCU code 001594.00 still active?

YES: Re-check wire harness and connectors for damage that could cause short to power condition.

(Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000513 -19-02DEC09-4/4

001594.01 — Left Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal

Left motor speed sensor (B16) input voltage is lower than commanded pump output. KK70125,0000514 -19-02DEC09-1/5

Left Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-7

KK70125,0000514 -19-02DEC09-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=117


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check left motor speed sensor (B16) connector and HCU connectors (X44) and (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000514 -19-02DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin 2 (M05 PUR) and pin 4 (M06 PUR) of speed sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. KK70125,0000514 -19-02DEC09-4/5

• 3

Sensor Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) and right motor speed sensor (B17). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Turn key switch ON, and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.

YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace left motor speed sensor (B16). See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is HCU code 001595.01 now active? (DTC followed speed sensor to switched location.) NO: Go to next step in this check. Is HCU code 001594.01 still active?

YES: Re-check wire harness and connectors for damage that could cause low input signal condition.

(Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000514 -19-02DEC09-5/5

001594.02 — Left Speed Sensor Input Erratic or Bad Data

Device malfunction or wiring problem leading to unreliable or bad data from left motor speed sensor (B16).

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-8

KK70125,0000515 -19-02DEC09-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=118


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Left Speed Sensor Input Erratic or Bad Data Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000515 -19-02DEC09-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check left motor speed sensor (B16) connector and HCU connectors (X44) and (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Sensor Install Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000515 -19-02DEC09-3/6

• 2

Sensor Install Check

Verify that left motor speed sensor (B16) is mounted correctly and mounting hardware is secure. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check. NO: Install speed sensor in correct position and secure.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-9

KK70125,0000515 -19-02DEC09-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=119


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Using a multimeter, check continuity of M05 PUR wire between pin 2 of speed sensor connector (harness side) and pin B2 of HCU J1 connector (X44). Check continuity of M06 PUR wire between pin 4 of speed sensor connector (harness side) and pin A1 of HCU J1 connector (X44).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Left motor speed sensor (B16) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Check for continuity to ground at pin 2 (M05 PUR) and pin 4 (M06 PUR) of speed sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch OFF. Left motor speed sensor (B16) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Check for continuity between wires in left motor speed sensor (B16) connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity between wires indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-10

KK70125,0000515 -19-02DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=120


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Sensor Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) and right motor speed sensor (B17). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Turn key switch ON, and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.

YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace left motor speed sensor (B16). See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is HCU code 001595.02 now active? (DTC followed speed sensor to switched location.) NO: Go to next step in this check. Is HCU code 001594.02 still active?

YES: Re-check wire harness and connectors for damage that could cause incorrect input signal condition.

(Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000515 -19-02DEC09-6/6

001594.14 — Left Speed Sensor Input Left motor is turning opposite commanded direction. Filtered speed sensor feedback is opposite in direction to commanded pump output for more than 100 milliseconds. KK70125,0000516 -19-02DEC09-1/5

Left Speed Sensor Input Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000516 -19-02DEC09-2/5

• 1

Wire Position Check

Key switch OFF.

Check that wires to speed sensor are installed in correct pin locations. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are wires installed in correct pin locations for all connectors?

NO: Install wires in correct positions.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-11

KK70125,0000516 -19-02DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=121


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Using a multimeter, check for continuity between M05 PUR wire and M06 PUR wire at pin 2 and pin 4 of speed sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Short between M05 PUR and M06 PUR wires in harness. Repair or replace wire harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. KK70125,0000516 -19-02DEC09-4/5

• 3

Sensor Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left motor speed sensor (B16) and right motor speed sensor (B17). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Turn key switch ON, and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.

YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace left motor speed sensor (B16). See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is HCU code 001595.14 now active? (DTC followed speed sensor to switched location.) NO: Go to next step in this check. Is HCU code 001594.14 still active?

YES: Re-check wire harness and connectors for damage that could cause incorrect input signal condition.

(Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000516 -19-02DEC09-5/5

001595.00 — Right Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal

Right side speed sensor input is higher than commanded pump output. KK70125,0000517 -19-02DEC09-1/4

Right Speed Sensor Input Data Above Normal Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-12

KK70125,0000517 -19-02DEC09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=122


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right motor speed sensor (B17). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage at pin 2 (M07 PUR) and pin 4 (M08 PUR) of speed sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace wire harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. KK70125,0000517 -19-02DEC09-3/4

• 2

Sensor Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect right motor speed sensor (B17) and left motor speed sensor (B16). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Turn key switch ON, and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.

YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace right motor speed sensor (B17). See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is HCU code 001594.00 now active? (DTC followed speed sensor to switched location.) NO: Go to next step in this check. Is HCU code 001595.00 still active?

YES: Re-check wire harness and connectors for damage that could cause short to power condition.

(Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000517 -19-02DEC09-4/4

001595.01 — Right Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal

Left side speed sensor input voltage is lower than commanded pump output. KK70125,0000518 -19-02DEC09-1/5

Right Speed Sensor Input Data Below Normal Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-13

KK70125,0000518 -19-02DEC09-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=123


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check right motor speed sensor (B17) connector and HCU connectors (X44) and (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000518 -19-02DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect right motor speed sensor (B17) connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Using a multimeter, check for continuity to ground at pin 2 (M07 PUR) and pin 4 (M08 PUR) of speed sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. KK70125,0000518 -19-02DEC09-4/5

• 3

Sensor Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect right motor speed sensor (B17) and left motor speed sensor (B16). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Turn key switch ON, and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.

YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace right motor speed sensor (B17). See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is HCU code 001594.01 now active? (DTC followed speed sensor to switched location.) NO: Go to next step in this check. Is HCU code 001595.01 still active?

YES: Re-check wire harness and connectors for damage that could cause low input signal condition.

(Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000518 -19-02DEC09-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=124


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

001595.14 — Right Speed Sensor Input Right motor is turning opposite commanded direction. Filtered speed sensor feedback is opposite in direction to commanded pump output for more than 100 milliseconds. KK70125,0000519 -19-02DEC09-1/5

Right Speed Sensor Input Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000519 -19-02DEC09-2/5

• 1

Wire Position Check

Key switch OFF.

Check that wires to speed sensor are installed in correct pin locations. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are wires installed in correct pin locations for all connectors?

NO: Install wires in correct positions. KK70125,0000519 -19-02DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect right motor speed sensor (B17) connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU connectors (X44) and (X45). Using a multimeter, check for continuity between M07 PUR wire and M08 PUR wire at pin 2 and pin 4 of speed sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Short between M07 PUR and M08 PUR wires in harness. Repair or replace wire harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-15

KK70125,0000519 -19-02DEC09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=125


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Sensor Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect right motor speed sensor (B17) and left motor speed sensor (B16). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) NOTE: The speed sensor test harness switches the sensors from side-to-side without having to remove and install the speed sensors. Connect DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness to both speed sensors. See DFT1318 Motor Speed Sensor Test Harness. (Group 9900-99.) Turn key switch ON, and clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Operate machine and check for active DTCs.

YES: Check wire harness from speed sensor for damage. If damaged, repair sensor harness. If speed sensor harness is not damaged, replace right motor speed sensor (B17). See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is HCU code 001594.14 now active? (DTC followed speed sensor to switched location.) NO: Go to next step in this check. Is HCU code 001595.14 still active?

YES: Re-check wire harness and connectors for damage that could cause incorrect input signal condition.

(Switching sensors did not affect DTC location.)

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000519 -19-02DEC09-5/5

002201.09 — Right Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate

Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from right joystick controller (JSR). KK70125,000051A -19-02DEC09-1/4

Right Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000051A -19-02DEC09-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check right joystick 6-pin connector (X23), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and HCU J2 connector (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to CAN Circuit Check

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-16

KK70125,000051A -19-02DEC09-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=126


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

CAN Circuit Check

Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Right joystick controller (A6) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (A6). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does CAN circuit test good?

NO: Repair CAN circuit. KK70125,000051A -19-02DEC09-4/4

002213.09 — Left Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate

Controller area network (CAN) communication lost from left joystick controller (JSL). KK70125,000051B -19-02DEC09-1/4

Left Joystick CAN Data Abnormal Data Rate Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000051B -19-02DEC09-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check left joystick 6-pin connector (X54), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and HCU J2 connector (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to CAN Circuit Check

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,000051B -19-02DEC09-3/4

• 2

CAN Circuit Check

Perform CAN circuit test. See Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Left joystick controller (A5) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (A5). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Does CAN circuit test good?

NO: Repair CAN circuit. KK70125,000051B -19-02DEC09-4/4

002392.05 — Backup Alarm Output Out of Range Low

driver fault detected when the output load voltage is high with no input. Should be near 0 volts.

Backup alarm option is enabled and has a open circuit leading to low or no current to the load. High side KK70125,0000546 -19-03DEC09-1/4

Backup Alarm Output Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-17

KK70125,0000546 -19-03DEC09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=127


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check HCU J1 connector (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), engine harness-to-backup alarm harness 3-pin connector (X48), and backup alarm (H2) connections for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Open Circuit Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000546 -19-03DEC09-3/4

• 2

Open Circuit Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU warning alarm (H4). Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X41). Using a multimeter, check continuity of wire A01 ORG/A03 ORG between pin D1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and backup alarm (H2).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire A01 ORG/A03 ORG. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check wire G01 BLK for continuity to ground at backup alarm (H2).

YES: Replace backup alarm (H2).

Is continuity to ground indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire G01 BLK. Repair or replace wire. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000546 -19-03DEC09-4/4

002660.07 — Right Joystick X-axis Mechanical Fault

Right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) X-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. KK70125,000051C -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-18

KK70125,000051C -19-02DEC09-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=128


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Right joystick controller (A6) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller. See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC returns, replace right joystick controller.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000051C -19-02DEC09-3/3

002661.07 — Right Joystick Y-axis Mechanical Fault

Right joystick controller (JSR) (A6) Y-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. KK70125,000051D -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000051D -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller. See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC returns, replace right joystick controller.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000051D -19-02DEC09-3/3

002697.07 — Left Joystick Mechanical Fault Left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) X-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. KK70125,000051E -19-02DEC09-1/3

Left Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-19

KK70125,000051E -19-02DEC09-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=129


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller. See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC returns, replace left joystick controller.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000051E -19-02DEC09-3/3

002698.07 — Left Joystick Mechanical Fault Left joystick controller (JSL) (A5) Y-axis position sensor data is inconsistent or conflicting. KK70125,000051F -19-02DEC09-1/3

Left Joystick Mechanical Fault Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000051F -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON.

Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs).

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller. See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC returns, replace left joystick controller.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000051F -19-02DEC09-3/3

003597.03 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High

specified value. The measured power supplied is greater than 5.5 volts for > 1 second.

The 5 volt power supply from the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to the motor speed sensors is above the KK70125,0000520 -19-02DEC09-1/6

5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-20

KK70125,0000520 -19-02DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=130


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Supply Voltage Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left and right motor speed sensors (B16 and B17). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage at pin 1 of both left and right motor speed sensor connectors (harness side).

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is measured voltage approximately 5 volts (maximum)?

NO: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000520 -19-02DEC09-3/6

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Left and right motor speed sensors (B16 and B17) disconnected. Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage at pin K1 (wire P35 RED) and pin K2 (wire R44 BLK) of HCU J2 connector (X45).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000520 -19-02DEC09-4/6

• 3

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000520 -19-02DEC09-5/6

• 4

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Left and right motor speed sensors (B16 and B17) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin K1 (wire P35 RED) and pin K2 (wire R44 BLK) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000520 -19-02DEC09-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-21

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=131


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

003597.04 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low

the specified value. Measured value is less than 4.5 volts for more than 1 second.

The 5 volt power supply from the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to the motor speed sensors is below KK70125,0000521 -19-02DEC09-1/6

5 Volt Sensor Supply 1 Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000521 -19-02DEC09-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check left motor speed sensor (B16) connector, right motor speed sensor (B17) connector, and HCU J2 connector (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000521 -19-02DEC09-3/6

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect left and right motor speed sensors (B16 and B17). Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Using a multimeter, check continuity of P35 RED wire between pin 1 of left motor speed sensor (B16) connector and pin K1 of HCU J2 connector (X45). Check continuity of P35 RED wire between pin 1 of right motor speed sensor (B17) connector and pin K1 of HCU J2 connector (X45). Check continuity of R44 BLK wire between pin 3 of left motor speed sensor (B16) connector and pin K2 of HCU J2 connector (X45). Check continuity of R44 BLK wire between pin 3 of right motor speed sensor (B17) connector and pin K2 of HCU J2 connector (X45).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check continuity of P35 RED wire between pin 1 of left motor speed sensor (B16) connector and machine ground. Check continuity of P35 RED wire between pin 1 of right motor speed sensor (B17) connector and machine ground. Check continuity of R44 BLK wire between pin 3 of left motor speed sensor (B16) connector and machine ground. Check continuity of R44 BLK wire between pin 3 of right motor speed sensor (B17) connector and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Harness Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-22

KK70125,0000521 -19-02DEC09-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=132


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Sensor Harness Check Key switch OFF.

Left and right motor speed sensors (B16 and B17) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check continuity between pin 1 (RED wire) of left motor speed sensor connector (to sensor) and machine ground. Check continuity between pin 3 (BLK wire) of left motor speed sensor connector (to sensor) and machine ground. Check continuity between pin 1 (RED wire) of right motor speed sensor connector (to sensor) and machine ground. Check continuity between pin 3 (BLK wire) of right motor speed sensor connector (to sensor) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in speed sensor harness. Repair harness or replace motor speed sensor. See Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000521 -19-02DEC09-5/6

• 4

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Checks complete. open circuit or short to ground. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000521 -19-02DEC09-6/6

003597.03 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range High

the specified value. The measured power supplied is greater than 5.5 volts for > 1 second.

The 5 volt power supply from the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to the throttle position sensor (B14) is above KK70125,0000522 -19-02DEC09-1/6

5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-23

KK70125,0000522 -19-02DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=133


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Supply Voltage Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect throttle position sensor (B14). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage at pin C (wire P34 RED) of sensor connector (harness side).

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Is measured voltage approximately 5 volts (maximum)?

NO: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000522 -19-02DEC09-3/6

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Throttle position sensor (B14) disconnected. Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage at pin J1 (wire P34 RED) and pin J2 (wire R43 BLK) of HCU J2 connector (X45).

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000522 -19-02DEC09-4/6

• 3

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-24

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000522 -19-02DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=134


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Throttle position sensor (B14) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin J1 (wire P34 RED) and pin J2 (wire R43 BLK) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000522 -19-02DEC09-6/6

003597.04 — 5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range Low

below the specified value. Measured value is less than 4.5 volts for more than 1 second.

The 5 volt power supply from the hydraulic control unit (HCU) to the throttle position sensor (B14) is KK70125,0000523 -19-03DEC09-1/6

5 Volt Sensor Supply 2 Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000523 -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check throttle position sensor (B14) connector, controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and HCU J2 connector (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-25

KK70125,0000523 -19-03DEC09-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=135


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect throttle position sensor (B14). Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Using a multimeter, check continuity of P34 RED wire between pin C of throttle position sensor (B14) connector and pin J1 of HCU J2 connector (X45). Check continuity of R43 BLK wire between pin A of throttle position sensor (B14) connector and pin J2 of HCU J2 connector (X45).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check continuity of P34 RED wire between pin C of throttle position sensor (B14) connector and machine ground. Check continuity of R43 BLK wire between pin A of throttle position sensor (B14) connector and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Sensor Harness Check. KK70125,0000523 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Sensor Harness Check Key switch OFF.

Throttle position sensors (B14) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check continuity between pin C of left motor speed sensor connector (at sensor) and machine ground. Check continuity between pin A of left motor speed sensor connector (at sensor) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in throttle position sensor. Replace sensor. See Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-26

KK70125,0000523 -19-03DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=136


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Checks complete. open circuit or short to ground. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000523 -19-03DEC09-6/6

520652.05 — Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,0000524 -19-03DEC09-1/5

Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000524 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21) connector and HCU J3 connector (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000524 -19-03DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check continuity of H33 GRN wire between pin C1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21) connector. Check continuity of R37 BLK wire between pin B1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Check continuity of H33 GRN wire between pin C1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-27

KK70125,0000524 -19-03DEC09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=137


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). KK70125,0000524 -19-03DEC09-5/5

520652.06 — Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000525 -19-03DEC09-1/6

Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000525 -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R37 BLK wire at bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21) connector.

YES: Short to power in R37 BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000525 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R37 BLK wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-28

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000525 -19-03DEC09-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=138


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin B1 (wire R37 BLK) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000525 -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). KK70125,0000525 -19-03DEC09-6/6

520652.16 — Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000526 -19-03DEC09-1/6

Bucket Curl Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000526 -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of H33 GRN wire at bucket rollback pilot solenoid connector. Is voltage indicated?

YES: Short to power in H33 GRN wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-29

KK70125,0000526 -19-03DEC09-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=139


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for H33 GRN wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000526 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Bucket curl solenoid (Y21) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin C1 (wire H33 GRN) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000526 -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21). KK70125,0000526 -19-03DEC09-6/6

520653.05 — Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,0000527 -19-03DEC09-1/5

Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000527 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) connector and HCU J3 connector (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-30

KK70125,0000527 -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=140


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check continuity of H32 GRN wire between pin F1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) connector. Check continuity of R36 BLK wire between pin F2 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Check continuity of H32 GRN wire between pin F1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000527 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). KK70125,0000527 -19-03DEC09-5/5

520653.06 — Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000528 -19-03DEC09-1/6

Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-31

KK70125,0000528 -19-03DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=141


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R36 BLK wire at bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) YES: Short to power in connector. R36 BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000528 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R36 BLK wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000528 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin F2 (wire R36 BLK) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000528 -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). KK70125,0000528 -19-03DEC09-6/6

520653.16 — Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-32

KK70125,0000529 -19-03DEC09-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=142


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Bucket Dump Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000529 -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of H32 GRN wire at bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) connector.

YES: Short to power in H32 GRN wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000529 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for H32 GRN wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000529 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin F1 (wire H32 GRN) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000529 -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22). KK70125,0000529 -19-03DEC09-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-33

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=143


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

520849.04 — Float Switch Input Out of Range Low

Float switch (S27) input is shorted to ground. KK70125,0000545 -19-14APR10-1/5

Float Switch Input Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000545 -19-14APR10-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check right joystick 12-pin connector (X24), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and HCU J1 connector (X44) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000545 -19-14APR10-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right joystick 12-pin connector (X24). Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Using a multimeter, check continuity of H23 GRN wire between pin 4 of right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) and pin G1 of HCU J1 connector (X44).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Check continuity of H23 GRN wire between pin G1 of HCU J1 connector (X44) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Switch Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-34

KK70125,0000545 -19-14APR10-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=144


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Switch Check

Key switch OFF.

Right joystick 12-pin connector (X22) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check continuity between pins 4 and 8 of right joystick 12-pin connector (X24) (switch side of connector). Pins 4 and 8 should have continuity when float switch is pressed.

YES: Checks complete.

Is continuity indicated (when float switch is pressed)?

NO: Float switch (S27) malfunction. Replace switch. (Group 9015-20.) KK70125,0000545 -19-14APR10-5/5

522447.05 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,000052A -19-03DEC09-1/5

Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000052A -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) connector, controller harness-to-engine YES: Go to Wire Harness harness 31-pin connector (X51), and HCU J2 connector (X45) for corrosion, loose Check. fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-35

KK70125,000052A -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=145


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Using a multimeter, check continuity of T31 BLU wire between pin D3 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) connector. Check continuity of R31 BLK wire between pin C3 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and right YES: Go to next step in this C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) connector. check. Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Check continuity of T31 BLU wire between pin D3 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,000052A -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). KK70125,000052A -19-03DEC09-5/5

522447.06 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,000052B -19-03DEC09-1/6

Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-36

KK70125,000052B -19-03DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=146


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R31 BLK wire at right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) connector.

YES: Short to power in R31 BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000052B -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R31 BLK wire. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000052B -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin C3 (wire R31 BLK) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,000052B -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). KK70125,000052B -19-03DEC09-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=147


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522447.16 — Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,000052C -19-03DEC09-1/6

Right Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000052C -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of T31 BLU wire at right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) connector.

YES: Short to power in T31 BLU wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000052C -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for T31 BLU wire. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000052C -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin D3 (wire T31 BLU) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-38

KK70125,000052C -19-03DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=148


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y16). KK70125,000052C -19-03DEC09-6/6

522448.05 — Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,000052D -19-03DEC09-1/5

Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000052D -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) connector, controller harness-to-engine YES: Go to Wire Harness harness 31-pin connector (X51), and HCU J2 connector (X45) for corrosion, loose Check. fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-39

KK70125,000052D -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=149


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Using a multimeter, check continuity of T30 BLU wire between pin A4 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) connector. Check continuity of R30 BLK wire between pin B4 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and right YES: Go to next step in this C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) connector. check. Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Check continuity of T30 BLU wire between pin A4 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,000052D -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). KK70125,000052D -19-03DEC09-5/5

522448.06 — Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,000052E -19-03DEC09-1/6

Right Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-40

KK70125,000052E -19-03DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=150


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R30 BLK wire at right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15).

YES: Short to power in R30 BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000052E -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R30 BLK wire. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000052E -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin B4 (wire R30 BLK) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,000052E -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). KK70125,000052E -19-03DEC09-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-41

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=151


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522448.16 — Right Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,000052F -19-14APR10-1/6

Right Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000052F -19-14APR10-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of T30 BLU wire at right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) connector.

YES: Short to power in T30 BLU wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000052F -19-14APR10-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for T30 BLU wire. Is HCU J2 connector (X45) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000052F -19-14APR10-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin A4 (wire T30 BLU) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-42

KK70125,000052F -19-14APR10-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=152


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y15). KK70125,000052F -19-14APR10-6/6

522449.05 — Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,0000530 -19-03DEC09-1/5

Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000530 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) connector, controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and HCU J3 connector (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-43

KK70125,0000530 -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=153


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check continuity of T32 BLU wire between pin C2 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) connector. Check continuity of R32 BLK wire between pin A1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Check continuity of T32 BLU wire between pin C2 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000530 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). See Electrical Component YES: Checks complete. Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). KK70125,0000530 -19-03DEC09-5/5

522449.06 — Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000531 -19-14APR10-1/6

Left Pump Rev Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-44

KK70125,0000531 -19-14APR10-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=154


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R32 BLK wire at left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid YES: Short to power in R32 (Y17) connector. BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000531 -19-14APR10-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R32 BLK wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000531 -19-14APR10-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin A1 (wire R32 BLK) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000531 -19-14APR10-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). See Electrical Component YES: Checks complete. Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). KK70125,0000531 -19-14APR10-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-45

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=155


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522449.16 — Left Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000532 -19-03DEC09-1/6

Left Pump Rev Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000532 -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of T32 BLU wire at left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid YES: Short to power in T32 (Y17) connector. BLU wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000532 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for T32 BLU wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000532 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin C2 (wire T32 BLU) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-46

KK70125,0000532 -19-03DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=156


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). See Electrical Component YES: Checks complete. Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y17). KK70125,0000532 -19-03DEC09-6/6

522450.05 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,0000533 -19-03DEC09-1/5

Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000533 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) connector, controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), and HCU J3 connector (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-47

KK70125,0000533 -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=157


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check continuity of T33 BLU wire between pin B2 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) connector. Check continuity of R33 BLK wire between pin A2 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Check continuity of T33 BLU wire between pin B2 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000533 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). See Electrical Component YES: Checks complete. Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). KK70125,0000533 -19-03DEC09-5/5

522450.06 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000534 -19-03DEC09-1/6

Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-48

KK70125,0000534 -19-03DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=158


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R33 BLK wire at left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid YES: Short to power in R33 (Y18) connector. BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000534 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R33 BLK wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000534 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin A2 (wire R33 BLK) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000534 -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). See Electrical Component YES: Checks complete. Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). KK70125,0000534 -19-03DEC09-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-49

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=159


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

522450.16 — Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000535 -19-03DEC09-1/6

Left Pump Fwd Sol Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000535 -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of T33 BLU wire at left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid YES: Short to power in T33 (Y18) connector. BLU wire. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000535 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for T33 BLU wire. Is HCU J3 connector (X46) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000535 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin B2 (wire T33 BLU) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-50

KK70125,0000535 -19-03DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=160


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). See Electrical Component YES: Checks complete. Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid (Y18). KK70125,0000535 -19-03DEC09-6/6

523217.03 — Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High

control unit (HCU) and EMU valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 3 status expected to be off, but is on for 2 seconds.

Hydraulic valve power 3 supply from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is shorted to power or the hydraulic KK70125,0000536 -19-03DEC09-1/5

Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Hydraulic valve power 1 and 3 are both supplied from same source on EMU: Pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6). Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 523219.03 for hydraulic valve power 1 may also be active. KK70125,0000536 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage on wire P32 RED between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and machine ground.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-51

KK70125,0000536 -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=161


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), HCU J1 connector (X44), and HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for P32 RED wire.

YES: Go to Wire Check.

Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000536 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin H (wire P32 RED) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin H4 (wire P32 RED) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin H1 (wire P32 RED) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000536 -19-03DEC09-5/5

523217.04 — Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range Low

the EMU and hydraulic control unit (HCU) valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 3 status expected to be on, but is off for 2 seconds.

Hydraulic valve power 3 from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is shorted to ground, has open circuit, or KK70125,0000537 -19-14APR10-1/4

Hydraulic Valve Power 3 to HCU Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Hydraulic valve power 1 and 3 are both supplied from same source on EMU: Pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6). Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 523219.04 for hydraulic valve power 1 may also be active. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-52

KK70125,0000537 -19-14APR10-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=162


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector YES: Go to Wire Harness (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and HCU J1 connector Check. (X44) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000537 -19-14APR10-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check wire P32 RED for continuity between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and pin H4 of HCU J1 connector (X44). Check wire P32 RED for continuity between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and pin H1 of HCU J3 connector (X46).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check wire P32 RED for continuity between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000537 -19-14APR10-4/4

523218.03 — Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High

control unit (HCU) and EMU valve power interlock is not working correctly. Valve power 2 status expected to be off, but is on for 2 seconds.

Propel valve power 2 supply from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is shorted to power or the hydraulic KK70125,0000538 -19-14APR10-1/5

Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-53

KK70125,0000538 -19-14APR10-2/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=163


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage on wire P33 RED between pin F of EMU J3 connector (X43) and machine ground.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000538 -19-14APR10-3/5

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector YES: Go to Wire Check. (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and HCU J2 connector (X45) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for P33 RED wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000538 -19-14APR10-4/5

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J3 connector (X43) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin F (wire P33 RED) of EMU J3 connector (X43) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin L4 (wire P33 RED) of HCU J2 connector (X45) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000538 -19-14APR10-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-54

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=164


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523218.04 — Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range Low

and hydraulic control unit (HCU) valve power interlock is not working correctly. Propel valve power 2 status expected to be on, but is off for 2 seconds.

Propel valve power 2 from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is shorted to ground, has open circuit, or the EMU KK70125,0000539 -19-14APR10-1/4

Propel Valve Power 2 to HCU Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000539 -19-14APR10-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J3 connector (X43), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector YES: Go to Wire Harness (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and HCU J2 connector Check. (X45) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000539 -19-14APR10-3/4

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J3 connector (X43). Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Using a multimeter, check wire P33 RED for continuity between pin F of EMU J3 connector (X43) and pin L4 of HCU J2 connector (X45).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check wire P33 RED for continuity between pin F of EMU J3 connector (X43) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000539 -19-14APR10-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-55

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=165


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523219.03 — Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High

control unit (HCU) and EMU valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 1 status expected to be off, but is on for 2 seconds.

Hydraulic valve power 1 supply from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is shorted to power or the hydraulic KK70125,000053A -19-03DEC09-1/5

Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Hydraulic valve power 1 and 3 are both supplied from same source on EMU: Pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6). Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 523217.03 for hydraulic valve power 3 may also be active. KK70125,000053A -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Short to Power Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check for voltage on wire P32 RED between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and machine ground.

YES: Short to power in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000053A -19-03DEC09-3/5

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X6), , controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector YES: Go to Wire Check. (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), HCU J1 connector (X44), and HCU J3 connector (X46) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause short to power condition for P32 RED wire. Are connectors in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-56

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000053A -19-03DEC09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=166


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

EMU J1 connector (X6) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin H (wire P32 RED) of EMU J1 connector (X6) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin H4 (wire P32 RED) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector. Check for continuity between pin H1 (wire P32 RED) of HCU J3 connector (X46) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000053A -19-03DEC09-5/5

523219.04 — Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range Low

the EMU and hydraulic control unit (HCU) valve power interlock is not working correctly. Hydraulic valve power 1 status expected to be on, but is off for 2 seconds.

Hydraulic valve power 1 from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) is shorted to ground, has open circuit, or KK70125,000053B -19-14APR10-1/4

Hydraulic Valve Power 1 to HCU Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure NOTE: Hydraulic valve power 1 and 3 are both supplied from same source on EMU: Pin H of EMU J1 connector (X41). Diagnostic trouble code (DTC) 523217.04 for hydraulic valve power 3 may also be active. KK70125,000053B -19-14APR10-2/4

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check EMU J1 connector (X41), controller harness-to-engine harness 31-pin connector YES: Go to Wire Harness (X51), cab harness-to-engine harness 47-pin connector (X41), and HCU J3 connector Check. (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-57

KK70125,000053B -19-14APR10-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=167


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Disconnect EMU J1 connector (X6). Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check wire P32 RED for continuity between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and pin H4 of HCU J1 connector (X44). Check wire P32 RED for continuity between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and pin H1 of HCU J3 connector (X46).

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Check wire P32 RED for continuity between pin H of EMU J1 connector (X6) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,000053B -19-14APR10-4/4

523411.05 — Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,000053C -19-03DEC09-1/5

Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000053C -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) connector and HCU J1 connector (X44) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-58

KK70125,000053C -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=168


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Using a multimeter, check continuity of H31 GRN wire between pin D4 of HCU J1 connector (X44) and boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) connector. Check continuity of R35 BLK wire between pin E4 of HCU J1 connector (X44) and boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Check continuity of H31 GRN wire between pin D4 of HCU J1 connector (X44) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,000053C -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Verify boom down function is operating correctly. If boom down function is slow or only operates in float mode, or if diagnostic trouble code (DTC) reoccurs, replace boom down pilot solenoid (Y20).

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). KK70125,000053C -19-03DEC09-5/5

523411.06 — Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,000053D -19-03DEC09-1/6

Boom Down Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-59

KK70125,000053D -19-03DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=169


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R35 BLK wire at boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) connector.

YES: Short to power in R35 BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000053D -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J1 connector (X44) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R35 BLK wire. Is HCU J1 connector (X44) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000053D -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin E4 (wire R35 BLK) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-60

KK70125,000053D -19-03DEC09-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=170


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Verify boom down function is operating correctly. If boom down function is slow or only operates in float mode, or if diagnostic trouble code (DTC) reoccurs, replace boom down pilot solenoid (Y20).

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). KK70125,000053D -19-03DEC09-6/6

523411.16 — Boom Down Solenoid Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,000053E -19-03DEC09-1/6

Boom Down Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000053E -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of H31 GRN wire at boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) connector.

YES: Short to power in H31 GRN wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,000053E -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J1 connector (X44) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for H31 GRN wire. Is HCU J1 connector (X44) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-61

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,000053E -19-03DEC09-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=171


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin D4 (wire H31 GRN) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,000053E -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Verify boom down function is operating correctly. If boom down function is slow or only operates in float mode, or if diagnostic trouble code (DTC) reoccurs, replace boom down pilot solenoid (Y20).

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace boom down pilot solenoid (Y20). KK70125,000053E -19-03DEC09-6/6

523414.05 — Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range Low

There is an open in the circuit, an open solenoid, or the high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,000053F -19-03DEC09-1/5

Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000053F -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

Check boom up pilot solenoid (Y19) connector and HCU J1 connector (X44) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check.

Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-62

KK70125,000053F -19-03DEC09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=172


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). Using a multimeter, check continuity of H30 GRN wire between pin C4 of HCU J1 connector (X44) and boom up pilot solenoid (Y19) connector. Check continuity of R34 BLK wire between pin B4 of HCU J1 connector (X44) and boom up pilot solenoid (Y19) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Boom up pilot solenoid (Y19) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Check continuity of H30 GRN wire between pin C4 of HCU J1 connector (X44) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,000053F -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). KK70125,000053F -19-03DEC09-5/5

523414.06 — Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range High

Return input is shorted to power or the solenoid is shorted. May not be detectable due to hardware current control. Low side driver is disabled. KK70125,0000540 -19-03DEC09-1/6

Boom Up Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-63

KK70125,0000540 -19-03DEC09-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=173


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of R34 BLK wire at boom up pilot solenoid (Y19) connector.

YES: Short to power in R34 BLK wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000540 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J1 connector (X44) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for R34 BLK wire. Is HCU J1 connector (X44) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000540 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Boom up pilot solenoid (Y19) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin B4 (wire R34 BLK) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000540 -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). KK70125,0000540 -19-03DEC09-6/6

523414.16 — Boom Up Solenoid Current Moderately High Value

High side driver output malfunction (always on) or shorted to power. Low side driver is disabled. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-64

KK70125,0000541 -19-03DEC09-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=174


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes Boom Up Solenoid Current Moderately High Value Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000541 -19-03DEC09-2/6

• 1

Short to Power Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Disconnect HCU J1 connector (X44). See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Turn key switch ON. Using a multimeter, check voltage of H30 GRN wire at boom up pilot solenoid connector. YES: Short to power in H30 GRN wire. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) Is voltage indicated?

NO: Go to Connector Check. KK70125,0000541 -19-03DEC09-3/6

• 2

Connector Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Inspect HCU J1 connector (X44) for any damage, corrosion, or debris that could cause YES: Go to Wire Check. short to power condition for H30 GRN wire. Is HCU J1 connector (X44) in good condition and free of corrosion and debris?

NO: Repair or replace connector. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) KK70125,0000541 -19-03DEC09-4/6

• 3

Wire Check

Key switch OFF.

Boom up solenoid (Y19) disconnected. HCU J1 connector (X44) disconnected. Using a multimeter, check for continuity between pin C4 (wire H30 GRN) of HCU J1 connector (X44) and other pins in same connector.

YES: Short circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated between any circuits?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000541 -19-03DEC09-5/6

• 4

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of boom up solenoid (Y19). See Electrical Component Specifications. YES: Checks complete. (Group 9015-20.) Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace boom up solenoid (Y19). KK70125,0000541 -19-03DEC09-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-65

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=175


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523426.05 — Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range Low

Open circuit to solenoid or short to ground on return side of solenoid. KK70125,0000542 -19-03DEC09-1/5

Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000542 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check port lock solenoid (Y4) connector, HCU J2 connector (X45), and HCU J3 connector (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. Check. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000542 -19-03DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Turn key switch OFF.

Disconnect port lock solenoid (Y4). Disconnect HCU J2 connector (X45). Disconnect HCU J3 connector (X46). Using a multimeter, check continuity of H41 GRN wire between pin E1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and port lock solenoid (Y4) connector. Check continuity of R41 BLK wire between pin F3 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and port lock solenoid (Y4) connector.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Open circuit in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Key switch OFF. Port lock solenoid (Y4) disconnected. HCU J2 connector (X45) disconnected. Check continuity of R41 BLK wire between pin F3 of HCU J2 connector (X45) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000542 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of port lock solenoid (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace port lock solenoid (Y4). KK70125,0000542 -19-03DEC09-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-66

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=176


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

523426.06 — Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range High

Solenoid shorted or high side driver output shorted to ground. KK70125,0000543 -19-03DEC09-1/5

Hyd Port Lock Solenoid Current Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000543 -19-03DEC09-2/5

• 1

Connector Check

Key switch OFF.

YES: Go to Wire Harness Check port lock solenoid (Y4) connector, HCU J2 connector (X45), and HCU J3 connector (X46) for corrosion, loose fit, bent/pushed out terminals or crimp malfunctions. Check. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) Are connectors in good condition?

NO: Repair or replace connector(s) or terminal(s) as needed. KK70125,0000543 -19-03DEC09-3/5

• 2

Wire Harness Check

Key switch OFF.

Port lock solenoid (Y4) disconnected. HCU J3 connector (X46) disconnected. Check continuity of H41 GRN wire between pin E1 of HCU J3 connector (X46) and machine ground.

YES: Short to ground in wire harness. Repair or replace harness. See Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Solenoid Check. KK70125,0000543 -19-03DEC09-4/5

• 3

Solenoid Check

Key switch OFF.

Check resistance of port lock solenoid (Y4). See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Checks complete.

Is resistance within specification?

NO: Replace port lock solenoid (Y4). KK70125,0000543 -19-03DEC09-5/5

524264.11 — Checksum Error Unknown Fault Checksum error when writing to EEPROM. KK70125,0000544 -19-03DEC09-1/3

Checksum Error Unknown Fault Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-67

KK70125,0000544 -19-03DEC09-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=177


Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

• 1

Controller Check

Program hydraulic control unit (HCU) with correct software.

Operate machine and check for DTCs.

YES: Hydraulic control unit (HCU) malfunction. Replace HCU.

Does DTC return?

NO: Checks complete. KK70125,0000544 -19-03DEC09-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-20-68

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=178


Group 30

Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Left Joystick Controller (JSL) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000744.04, 000744 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number.

NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all JSL diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions my affect diagnostics and test results.

Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

LW86157,00004D9 -19-31JAN08-1/1

002697.03 — Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range High

Either or both x-axis sensors are above 4.8 volts, indicating a malfunction in left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004DA -19-31JAN08-1/3

Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,00004DA -19-31JAN08-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004DA -19-31JAN08-3/3

002697.04 — Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low

Either or both x-axis sensors are below 0.2 volts, indicating a malfunction in left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004DB -19-31JAN08-1/3

Left Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,00004DB -19-31JAN08-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004DB -19-31JAN08-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-30-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=179


Left Joystick Controller (JSL)

002697.13 — Left Joystick X-axis Calibration Error

X-axis calibration data missing or corrupt for left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004DC -19-31JAN08-1/3

Left Joystick X-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,00004DC -19-31JAN08-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004DC -19-31JAN08-3/3

002697.14 — Left Joystick X-axis Sensor Redundancy Error

X-axis sensor redundancy error in left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004DD -19-31JAN08-1/3

Left Joystick X-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,00004DD -19-31JAN08-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004DD -19-31JAN08-3/3

002698.03 — Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High

Either or both y-axis sensors are above 4.8 volts, indicating a malfunction in left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004DE -19-31JAN08-1/3

Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-30-2

LW86157,00004DE -19-31JAN08-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=180


Left Joystick Controller (JSL)

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004DE -19-31JAN08-3/3

002698.04 — Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low

Either or both y-axis sensors are below 0.2 volts, indicating a malfunction in left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004DF -19-31JAN08-1/3

Left Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low LW86157,00004DF -19-31JAN08-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004DF -19-31JAN08-3/3

002698.13 — Left Joystick Y-axis Calibration Error

Y-axis calibration data missing or corrupt for left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004E0 -19-31JAN08-1/3

Left Joystick Y-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,00004E0 -19-31JAN08-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004E0 -19-31JAN08-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-30-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=181


Left Joystick Controller (JSL)

002698.14 — Left Joystick Y-axis Sensor Redundancy Error

Y-axis sensor redundancy error in left joystick controller (JSL) (A5). LW86157,00004E1 -19-12JAN10-1/3

Left Y-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure LW86157,00004E1 -19-12JAN10-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Left joystick controller (JSL) malfunction. Replace left joystick controller (JSL). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace left joystick controller (JSL).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,00004E1 -19-12JAN10-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-30-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=182


Group 40

Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Right Joystick Controller (JSR) Diagnostic Trouble Codes

Service ADVISOR™ diagnostic application. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

The diagnostic trouble code number is indicated by a suspect parameter number (SPN) and a failure mode indicator (FMI) number. In the example 000744.04, 000744 is the SPN and 04 is the FMI number.

NOTE: For in-depth diagnostics on all JSR diagnostic trouble codes, see specific code diagnostic procedure in this group. Perform visual inspection of components prior to diagnostics and tests. These conditions my affect diagnostics and test results.

Diagnostic trouble codes can be displayed using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) or by using the Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company

KK70125,0000506 -19-02DEC09-1/1

002660.03 — Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range High

Either or both x-axis sensors are above 4.8 volts, indicating a malfunction in right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,0000507 -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000507 -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000507 -19-02DEC09-3/3

002660.04 — Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low

Either or both x-axis sensors are below 0.2 volts, indicating a malfunction in right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,0000508 -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick X-axis Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,0000508 -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000508 -19-02DEC09-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-40-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=183


Right Joystick Controller (JSR)

002660.13 — Right Joystick X-axis Calibration Error

X-axis calibration data missing or corrupt for right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,0000509 -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick X-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Error KK70125,0000509 -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,0000509 -19-02DEC09-3/3

002660.14 — Right Joystick X-axis Redundancy Error

X-axis sensor redundancy error in right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,000050A -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick X-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000050A -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000050A -19-02DEC09-3/3

002661.03 — Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High

Either or both y-axis sensors are above 4.8 volts, indicating a malfunction in right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,000050B -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range High Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-40-2

KK70125,000050B -19-02DEC09-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=184


Right Joystick Controller (JSR)

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000050B -19-02DEC09-3/3

002661.04 — Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low

Either or both y-axis sensors are below 0.2 volts, indicating a malfunction in right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,000050C -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick Y-axis Out of Range Low Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000050C -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000050C -19-02DEC09-3/3

002661.13 — Right Joystick Y-axis Calibration Error

Y-axis calibration data missing or corrupt for right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,000050D -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick Y-axis Calibrate Error Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000050D -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000050D -19-02DEC09-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-40-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=185


Right Joystick Controller (JSR)

002661.14 — Right Joystick Y-axis Sensor Redundancy Error

Y-axis sensor redundancy error in right joystick controller (JSR) (A6). KK70125,000050E -19-02DEC09-1/3

Right Joystick Y-axis Error Diagnostic Procedure KK70125,000050E -19-02DEC09-2/3

• 1

Intermittent Check

Turn key switch ON. Using Service ADVISOR™ or engagement and monitor unit (EMU), clear diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Cycle key switch. Does DTC return?

YES: Right joystick controller (JSR) malfunction. Replace right joystick controller (JSR). See Joystick Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) NO: DTC is intermittent. If DTC continues to occur, replace right joystick controller (JSR).

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000050E -19-02DEC09-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9001-40-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=186


Contents

Section 9005 Operational Checkout Procedure

Page

Group 10—Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout................................ 9005-10-1 Key Switch OFF, Engine OFF Checks ..................................................9005-10-1 Key Switch ON, Engine OFF Checks ..................................................9005-10-2 Key Switch ON, Engine ON Checks ..................................................9005-10-6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Group 10

Operational Checkout Procedure Operational Checkout

space to operate machine. Some checks may require varied surfaces.

Use this procedure to make a quick check of machine operation by doing a walk around inspection and performing specific checks from operator’s seat.

No special tools are necessary to perform the checkout. If no problem is found, go to next check. If problem is indicated, an additional check or repair procedure will be suggested.

Complete visual checks (oil levels, oil condition, external leaks, loose hardware, linkage, wiring, etc.) before performing checkout. Most checks will require machine systems to be at normal operating temperatures and a level area with adequate

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-1/37

Key Switch OFF, Engine OFF Checks MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-2/37

• 1

Diagnostic Trouble Code Check

Always check for diagnostic trouble codes and correct them before performing the operational checkout.

Diagnostic trouble codes are displayed on the EMU. Sit in seat and access diagnostic trouble code menu. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Correct all diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Are diagnostic trouble codes present?

NO: Proceed with operational checkout. MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-3/37

• 2

EMU Circuits Check (Standard Controls)

Sit in operator's seat.

LOOK: Do gauges move to the far right position, then move to the center position, and then display the machine status? LOOK: Do all indicators illuminate and then go out depending on machine status? LOOK: Do all EMU display segments turn on, turn off, display correct machine model setting for 3 seconds, display hour meter for 10 seconds, and then display last selected run display item? Close cab door— if equipped.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Does cab door indicator go off?

NO: Check F2 monitor 15 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

Buckle seat belt.

NO: Check seat switch, seat belt switch, cab switch (jumper) connector, or cab door switch (if equipped). See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items for switch diagnostics. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Do seat and seat belt indicators go off?

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend for further information. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-1

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-4/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=189


Operational Checkout Procedure

• 3

EMU Circuits Check (EH Controls)

Sit in operator's seat.

LOOK: Do all indicators illuminate and then go out depending on machine status?

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Do all EMU display segments turn on, turn off, display SSL BY DEERE for 2 seconds, display correct machine model setting for 2 seconds, and then display the hour meter?

NO: Check F2 monitor 15 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

Buckle seat belt.

NO: Check seat and seat belt switches. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items for switch diagnostics. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Do seat and seat belt indicators go off?

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls for further information. (Group 9015-10.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-5/37

Key Switch ON, Engine OFF Checks MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-6/37

• 1

EMU Circuits Check (Standard Controls)

Turn key switch ON.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Do switches on instrument panel illuminate?

NO: Check F1 key switch and accessory fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check F3 accessory 25 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check K4 accessory relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LISTEN: Does EMU alarm sound?

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend for further information. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-2

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-7/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=190


Operational Checkout Procedure

• 2

EMU Circuits Check (EH Controls)

Turn key switch ON.

LOOK: Do gauges move to the far right position, then move to the center position, and then display the machine status? LOOK: Do switches on instrument panel illuminate?

YES: Go to next check.

LISTEN: Does EMU alarm sound?

NO: Check F1 key switch and accessory fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check F2 monitor 15 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check F3 accessory 25 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check K4 accessory relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

Close cab door—if equipped.

NO: Cab door indicator stays on. Check cab switch (jumper) connector or cab door switch (if equipped). See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items for switch diagnostics. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Does the cab door indicator go off?

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls for further information. (Group 9015-10.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-3

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-8/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=191


Operational Checkout Procedure

• 3

Horn Circuit Check

Press the horn switch.

YES: Go to next check.

LISTEN: Does horn sound?

NO: Check F1 key switch and accessory fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check F3 accessory 25 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.) Check K4 accessory relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.) NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls for further information. (Group 9015-10.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-9/37

• 4

Lights Circuit Check

Push light switch to middle position.

LOOK: Do front work lights and tail lights turn on? Push light switch to upper position.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK: Do front work lights and tail lights stay on and rear work light turn on?

NO: Check F4 lights 20 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

If equipped, push dual flasher switch to the upper position.

NO: Check F1 key switch and accessory fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check F3 accessory 25 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check K4 accessory relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Do the dual flashers turn on?

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls for further information. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-4

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-10/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=192


Operational Checkout Procedure

• 5

Windshield Wiper Circuit Check (If Equipped)

Close cab door.

YES: Go to next check.

Push windshield wiper and washer switch to the middle position.

NO: Check F1 key switch and accessory fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check F3 accessory 25 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check K4 accessory relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Does wiper operate?

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls for further information. (Group 9015-10.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-11/37

• 6

Windshield Washer Circuit Check (If Equipped)

Close cab door.

YES: Go to next check.

Turn on windshield wiper.

NO: Check washer fluid level.

Push and hold windshield wiper and washer switch in the upper position.

NO: Check washer hose for kinks or obstructions.

IMPORTANT: Washer motor may be damaged if washer switch is held for more than 20 seconds, or continually operated with no fluid in the washer fluid tank.

NO: Check F1 key switch and accessory fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check F3 accessory 25 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check K4 accessory relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Does washer operate?

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls for further information. (Group 9015-10.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-5

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-12/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=193


Operational Checkout Procedure Key Switch ON, Engine ON Checks MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-13/37

• 1

Engine Start Check

Position engine speed control lever in slow idle position.

Start engine.

YES: Go to next check.

LISTEN/LOOK: Does engine speed increase briefly, then return to slow idle?

NO: Check slow idle and fast idle engine speeds. Check governor linkage. MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-14/37

• 2

Hydraulic Control Enable Check (Standard Controls)

Close cab door—if equipped.

Engine speed at slow idle.

NO: Continue check.

Engage park brake.

YES: Check park brake switch.

Actuate boom and bucket functions.

YES: Check diagnostic trouble codes and check port lock solenoid valve and port lock spool. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Do boom and bucket move?

YES: Go to next check. YES: Check diagnostic trouble codes and check boom and bucket spool lock solenoids. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

Move park brake switch to the run position to enable hydraulics.

NO: Check park brake switch.

Actuate boom and bucket functions.

NO: Check diagnostic trouble codes and check port lock solenoid valve and port lock spool. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Do boom and bucket move?

NO: Check diagnostic trouble codes and check boom and bucket spool lock solenoids. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-6

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-15/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=194


Operational Checkout Procedure

• 3

Hydraulic Controls Enable Check (EH Controls)

Close cab door—if equipped.

Engine speed at slow idle. Engage park brake.

NO: Continue check.

Actuate boom and bucket functions.

YES: Check park brake switch.

LOOK: Do boom and bucket move?

YES: Check diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) Check hydraulic controller unit (HCU) circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.)

Move park brake switch to the run position to enable hydraulics.

YES: Go to next step.

Actuate boom and bucket functions.

NO: Check park brake switch.

LOOK: Do boom and bucket move?

NO: Check diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) Check hydraulic controller unit (HCU) circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-16/37

• 4

Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Check (S.N. —131876) (If Equipped)

Close cab door—if equipped.

Move park brake switch to the run position to enable hydraulics. Press and hold lower part of hydraulic Quik-Tatch switch to unlock the Quik-Tatch latches. LOOK/LISTEN: Do hydraulic Quik-Tatch latches release attachment?

YES: Go to next check.

Press and hold the upper part of hydraulic Quik-Tatch switch to lock the Quik-Tatch latches.

NO: Hydraulic Quik-Tatch operates opposite of function indicated on switch. See Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Does Not Function Properly (S.N. —131876). (Group 9025-15.)

LOOK/LISTEN: Do hydraulic Quik-Tatch latches secure attachment?

NO: Hydraulic Quik-Tatch does not unlock or lock latches. See Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Does Not Function Properly (S.N. —131876). (Group 9025-15.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-7

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-17/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=195


Operational Checkout Procedure

• 5

Electric Quik-Tatch Check (S.N. 131877— )(If Equipped)

IMPORTANT: Damage to Electric Quik-Tatch motor will occur if motor is immersed in liquid. Do Not Immerse in Liquid

Close cab door—if equipped. Press and hold lower part of Quik-Tatch switch to unlock the Quik-Tatch latches. LOOK/LISTEN: Do Quik-Tatch latches release attachment? Press and hold upper part of Quik-Tatch switch to lock the Quik-Tatch latches.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/LISTEN: Do Quik-Tatch latches secure attachment?

NO: Electric Quik-Tatch does not unlock or lock latches. Electric Quik-Tatch (W28) Component Location (S.N. 131877— ). (Group 9015-10.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-18/37

• 6

Steering Mistracking Check (Standard Controls)

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine.

Engine speed at fast idle. Drive machine at full speed forward on a flat and level surface for 30.5 m (100 ft.). Repeat procedure for reverse direction. Observe which direction and how much the machine mistracks from a straight line.

YES: Steering levers misadjusted. Check steering lever adjustment. See Steering Lever Adjustment—Centering. (Group 9026-25.) Tracking Adjustment. (Group 9026-25.)

LOOK: Does machine mistrack more than the width of the machine over 30.5 m (100 ft.)?

NO: Go to next check. MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-19/37

• 7

Steering Mistracking Check (EH Controls)

CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine. Engine speed at fast idle. Drive machine at full speed forward on a flat and level surface for 30.5 m (100 ft.). Repeat procedure for reverse direction. Observe which direction and how much the machine mistracks from a straight line.

YES: Tracking misadjusted. Perform manual tracking adjustment. See Manual Tracking Adjustment. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Does machine mistrack more than the width of the machine over 30.5 m (100 ft.)?

NO: Go to next check.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-8

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-20/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=196


Operational Checkout Procedure

• 8

Two Speed Check CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine. Engine speed at slow idle.

YES: Go to next check.

Drive machine at full speed forward on a flat and level surface.

NO: Check two speed switch.

Push two speed switch to activate fast speed mode.

NO: Check two speed electrical circuit. See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend. (Group 9015-10.)

Push two speed switch to activate slow speed mode.

NO: Check two speed solenoid valve. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK/FEEL: Does machine accelerate then decelerate?

NO: Hydrostatic system malfunction. See Diagnose Hydrostatic System Malfunctions. (Group 9026-15.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-21/37

• 9

Back-Up Alarm Check (If Equipped)

YES: Go to next check. CAUTION: Prevent injury from unexpected machine movement. Keep bystanders clear of machine. Engine speed at slow idle.

NO: Check back-up alarm. See Back-Up Alarm Check. (Group 9015-20.)

Drive machine in reverse.

NO: Check F1 key switch and accessory fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check F3 accessory 25 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check K4 accessory relay. See Relay Test. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK/LISTEN: Does back-up alarm sound?

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-9

NO: See System Functional Schematic and Section Legend or see System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls for further information. (Group 9015-10.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-22/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=197


Operational Checkout Procedure

10 Boom Down Drift Check

NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door—if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F Actuate boom function to lower boom to ground. Raise boom half way. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.

NO: Go to next check.

Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift.........................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum LOOK: Does boom drift down more than specification?

YES: Continue check.

Raise boom half way.

YES: Check boom cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

Engage park brake.

NO: Check system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

Turn engine off.

NO: Check boom up circuit relief valve. See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-10

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-23/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=198


Operational Checkout Procedure Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift.........................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum

NO: Check boom lift check valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.)

LOOK: Does boom drift down more than specification?

NO: Check control valve for leakage. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-11

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-24/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=199


Operational Checkout Procedure

11 Boom Up Drift Check

NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door—if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F NOTE: Bucket may need to be in dump position. Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the boom cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. Measure marked distance on boom cylinder rod.

NO: Go to next check.

Specification Boom Circuit—Drift............................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum LOOK: Does boom drift up more than specification?

YES: Continue check.

Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground.

YES: Check boom cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

Engage park brake.

NO: Check self-level valve.

Turn engine off.

NO: Check system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes.

NO: Check boom lift check valve.

Specification Boom Cylinder—Drift.........................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.)

LOOK: Does boom drift up more than specification?

NO: Check control valve for leakage. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-12

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-25/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=200


Operational Checkout Procedure

12 Bucket Dump Drift Check

NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door—if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F Raise boom half way. Fully rollback bucket. Dump bucket half way. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.

NO: Go to next check.

Specification Bucket Circuit—Drift...........................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum LOOK: Does bucket drift down more than specification?

YES: Continue check.

Raise boom half way. Fully rollback bucket.

YES: Check bucket cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

Dump bucket half way.

NO: Check self-level valve.

Engage park brake.

NO: Check system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

Turn engine off.

NO: Check bucket rollback circuit relief valve. See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-13

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-26/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=201


Operational Checkout Procedure Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. Specification Bucket Cylinder—Drift........................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum

NO: Check bucket lift check valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.)

LOOK: Does bucket drift down more than specification?

NO: Check control valve for leakage. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-14

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-27/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=202


Operational Checkout Procedure

13 Bucket Rollback Drift Check

NOTE: This check may require two people. NOTE: Machine must be equipped with a bucket for this check. Close cab door—if equipped. Operate hydraulic system until hydraulic oil reaches specification. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature..................................................................................... 43°C 110°F Dump bucket half way. Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground. Engage park brake. Mark and record a distance on the bucket cylinder rod from the cylinder barrel. Disengage park brake. Allow machine to sit with engine speed at slow idle for 5 minutes. Engage park brake. Measure marked distance on bucket cylinder rod.

NO: Go to next check.

Specification Bucket Circuit—Drift...........................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum LOOK: Does bucket drift up more than specification?

YES: Continue check.

Dump bucket half way.

YES: Check bucket cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

Actuate boom down function to raise front of machine off of the ground.

NO: Check self-level valve.

Engage park brake.

NO: Check system relief valve. See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

Turn engine off.

NO: Check bucket dump circuit relief valve. See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-15

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-28/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=203


Operational Checkout Procedure Allow machine to sit for 5 minutes. Specification Bucket Cylinder—Drift........................................................................12.7 mm Maximum 0.5 in. Maximum

NO: Check bucket lift check valve. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.)

LOOK: Does bucket drift up more than specification?

NO: Check control valve for leakage. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble—EH Controls. (Group 3160.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-29/37

14 Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Check (Standard Controls)

CAUTION: Prevent injury from operating attachments. Stay clear of moving parts on the attachment.

Close cab door—if equipped. Operate auxiliary hydraulic function. Unbuckle seat belt and exit machine. LISTEN/LOOK: Does machine shut down? Return to seat, fasten seat belt and close cab door—if equipped. Restart machine and operate auxiliary hydraulic function. Press auxiliary hydraulic override switch. LOOK: Does “BYPAS” appear in EMU display? NOTE: Operator must exit machine within 15 seconds of pressing auxiliary hydraulic override switch. Open cab door and exit machine. LISTEN/LOOK: Does machine continue to operate after operator has exited the machine? Return to seat, fasten seat belt and close cab door, if equipped.

YES: Go to next check.

Disengage auxiliary hydraulics.

NO: Check auxiliary hydraulic override switch. See Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch Check. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Does EMU exit “BYPAS” mode and return to last run data item?

NO: See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for auxiliary hydraulic override logic. (Group 9015-15.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-16

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-30/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=204


Operational Checkout Procedure

15 Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Check (EH Controls)

CAUTION: Prevent injury from operating attachments. Stay clear of moving parts on the attachment.

Close cab door—if equipped. Operate auxiliary hydraulic function. Unbuckle seat belt and exit machine. LISTEN/LOOK: Do the auxiliary hydraulics shut off? Return to seat, fasten seat belt and close cab door—if equipped. Operate auxiliary hydraulic function. Press auxiliary hydraulic override switch. LOOK: Does “AUX HYDRAULIC BYPASS” appear in EMU display? NOTE: Operator must exit machine within 15 seconds of pressing auxiliary hydraulic override switch. Open cab door and exit machine. LISTEN/LOOK: Do the auxiliary hydraulics continue to operate after operator has exited the machine? Return to seat, fasten seat belt and close cab door, if equipped.

YES: Go to next check.

Disengage auxiliary hydraulics.

NO: Check auxiliary hydraulic override switch. See Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch Check. (Group 9015-20.)

LOOK: Does EMU exit “AUX HYDRAULIC BYPASS” mode and return to last run data item?

NO: See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation—EH Controls for auxiliary hydraulic override logic. (Group 9015-15.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-31/37

16 Self-Level Valve Check NOTE: Self-level function is only active for boom up function. (If Equipped)

Close cab door—if equipped. Lower boom to the ground. Position bottom of bucket on the ground.

YES: Go to next check.

Raise boom.

NO: Check adjustable orifice screw. See Self-Level Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

LOOK: Does bucket self-level as boom is raised?

NO: Check valve removed from self-level valve. See Self-Level Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-17

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-32/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=205


Operational Checkout Procedure

17 Heating and Air Conditioning System Check

NOTE: Engine will need to be at operating temperature for this check.

Engine speed at slow idle. Turn fan speed switch from off to slow, medium and high speeds. LISTEN/FEEL: Does fan speed increase and/or decrease as switch is moved? Turn fan speed switch to medium speed. Turn temperature control to hot (red). FEEL: Does warm air come out of air ducts? Turn temperature control to cold (blue).

YES: Go to next check.

FEEL: Does cool air come out of air ducts?

NO: Blower motor does not operate. Check blower motor 15 amp fuse. See Fuse Specifications or see Fuse Specifications—EH Controls. (Group 9015-10.) Check blower motor switch. See Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch Check. (Group 9015-20.)

Turn on air conditioner.

NO: Cab temperature does not change. Check cab temperature control dial. See Cab Temperature Control Dial Check. (Group 9015-20.) See Diagnose Heater System Malfunctions. (Group 9031-15.)

FEEL/LISTEN: Does cold air come out of air duct after a couple of minutes?

NO: Air conditioner does not operate. Check air conditioner switch. See Air Conditioner Switch Check. (Group 9015-20.) See Diagnose Air Conditioning System Malfunctions. (Group 9031-15.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-33/37

18 Engine Speed Check (Standard Controls)

Set the EMU to display engine RPM.

Engine speed at slow idle. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 1230—1370 RPM? Engine speed at fast idle.

YES: Go to next check.

LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 2930—3070 RPM?

NO: Check engine speed. See Engine Speed Test and Adjustment. (Group 9010-25.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-18

MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-34/37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=206


Operational Checkout Procedure

19 Engine Speed Check (EH Controls)

Set EMU to display engine RPM.

Set engine speed at slow idle with engine speed control lever pulled back and engine speed control pedal released. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 1230—1370 RPM? Push engine speed control lever full forward to set the engine speed at fast idle. Engine speed control pedal must be released. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 2930—3070 RPM? Fully depress engine speed control pedal to set engine speed at fast idle. Engine speed YES: Go to next check. control lever must be in full back position. LOOK/LISTEN: Does engine run between 2930—3070 RPM?

NO: Check engine speed. See Engine Speed Test and Adjustment. (Group 9010-25.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-35/37

20 Cycle Times Check—325

NOTE: Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.

Engine speed at fast idle. Record cycle time for each function.

YES: Go to next check.

Does machine perform within specification?

NO: Check engine speed. Perform Engine Speed Test and Adjustment. (Group 9010-25.)

Cycle Times—Specification Boom Raise—Cycle Time............................................................................ 3.3—4.1 sec Boom Lower—Cycle Time........................................................................... 2.3—2.8 sec Bucket Rollback—Cycle Time...................................................................... 1.6—2.0 sec Bucket Dump—Cycle Time.......................................................................... 1.0—1.2 sec

Check hydraulic pump flow. Perform Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-36/37

21 Cycle Times Check—328

NOTE: Warm hydraulic oil to operating temperature for this check.

Engine speed at fast idle. Record cycle time for each function.

YES: Go to next check.

Does machine perform within specification?

NO: Check engine speed. Perform Engine Speed Test and Adjustment. (Group 9010-25.)

Cycle Times—Specification Boom Raise—Cycle Time............................................................................ 3.7—4.5 sec Boom Lower—Cycle Time........................................................................... 2.2—2.7 sec Bucket Rollback—Cycle Time...................................................................... 2.1—2.5 sec Bucket Dump—Cycle Time.......................................................................... 1.4—1.8 sec

Check hydraulic pump flow. Perform Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) MH00303,00000F2 -19-23MAR15-37/37

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-19

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=207


Operational Checkout Procedure

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9005-10-20

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=208


Section 9010 Engine Contents Page

Group 05—Theory Of Operation 2.4 L & 3.0 L (4024 & 5030) John Deere Engines....................................... 9010-05-1 Group 15—Diagnose Observable Machine Symptoms 2.4 L & 3.0 L Diesel Engine for 325 & 328 Skid Steer Loader ....................... 9010-15-1 Engine Fuel System Component Location ................................................. 9010-15-3 Group 25—Tests Engine Speed Test and Adjustment............................................. 9010-25-1 Engine Power Test Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure................ 9010-25-3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Group 05

Theory Of Operation 2.4 L & 3.0 L (4024 & 5030) John Deere Engines

• PowerTech 2.4 L & 3.0 L Diesel Engines (CTM301.) • Alternators and Starting Motors (CTM77.)

POWERTECH® For more information on John Deere engines and components, see the following Component Technical Manuals. POWERTECH is a trademark of Deere & Company LD30992,0000035 -19-28JAN04-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-05-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=211


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-05-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=212


Group 15

Diagnose Observable Machine Symptoms 2.4 L & 3.0 L Diesel Engine for 325 & 328 Skid Steer Loader Symptom

Problem

Solution

Excessive Oil Consumption

Engine Problem

See L1 - Excessive Oil Consumption in Section 4, Group 150 of CTM 301.

Engine Oil Pressure Low

Engine Problem

See L2 - Engine Oil Pressure Low in Section 4, Group 150 of CTM 301.

Engine Oil Pressure High

Engine Problem

See L3 - Engine Oil Pressure High in Section 4, Group 150 of CTM 301.

Engine Coolant Temperature Above Engine Problem Normal

See C1 - Engine Coolant Temperature Above Normal in Section 4, Group 150 of CTM 301.

Engine Coolant Temperature Below Engine Problem Normal

See C2 - Engine Coolant Temperature Below Normal in Section 4, Group 150 of CTM 301.

Coolant in Oil or Oil in Coolant

Engine Problem

See C3 - Coolant in Oil or Oil in Coolant in Section 4, Group 150 of CTM 301.

Engine Cranks/Won't Start

Engine Problem

See E1 - Engine Cranks/Won't Start in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Engine Misfires/Runs Irregularly

Engine Problem

See E2 - Engine Misfires/Runs Irregularly in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Engine Does Not Develop Full Power

Engine Problem

See E3 - Engine Does Not Develop Full Power in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Engine Emits Excessive White Exhaust Smoke

Engine Problem

See E4 - Engine Emits Excessive White Exhaust Smoke in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Engine Emits Excessive Black or Gray Exhaust Smoke

Engine Problem

See E5 - Engine Emits Excessive Black or Gray Exhaust Smoke in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Engine Will Not Crank

Engine Problem

See E6 - Engine Will Not Crank in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Engine Idles Poorly

Engine Problem

See E7 - Engine Idles Poorly in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Abnormal Engine Noise

Engine Problem

See E8 - Abnormal Engine Noise in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-15-1

LD30992,0000070 -19-14JUL05-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=213


Diagnose Observable Machine Symptoms Symptom

Problem

Solution

Excessive Fuel Consumption

Engine Problem

See F2 - Excessive Fuel Consumption in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301.

Fuel in Oil

Engine Problem

See F3 - Fuel in Oil in Section 4, Group 151 of CTM 301. LD30992,0000070 -19-14JUL05-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-15-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=214


Diagnose Observable Machine Symptoms

Engine Fuel System Component Location 12

13

11

23 15 22

22

23

6

TX1055570

TX1055570 —UN—06FEB09

21

Engine Fuel System Component Location 6— Fuel Tank 13— Fuel Water Separator 22— Fuel Transfer Pump-to11— Fuel Transfer Pump-to-Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Rack Hose Auxiliary Water Separator Water Separator Filter Hose 15— Fuel Rack-to-Fuel Tank Hose Fuel Filter Hose—If 12— Fuel Water Separator Filter 21— Auxiliary Water Separator Equipped Fuel Filter—If Equipped 23— Auxiliary Water Separator Fuel Filter-to-Fuel Tank Hose—If Equipped DH10862,00000A1 -19-06FEB09-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-15-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=215


Diagnose Observable Machine Symptoms

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-15-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=216


Group 25

Tests Engine Speed Test and Adjustment SPECIFICATIONS Engine—Slow Idle Speed

1230—1370 rpm

Engine—Fast Idle Speed

2930—3070 rpm

3

2

1. Park machine on a flat level surface. 2. Run machine until engine reaches operating temperature.

1 TX1034627 —UN—21JAN08

3. Run machine at slow idle and record engine rpm from engagement and monitor unit (EMU) display. Check measurement against specification. Specification Engine—Slow Idle—Speed................................................................... 1230—1370 rpm

4. Repeat procedure for fast idle. Check measurement against specification.

Speed Control Arm

Specification Engine—Fast Idle—Speed................................................................... 2930—3070 rpm

TX1034682A —UN—21JAN08

NOTE: Engine will pull down to 2800 rpm under load at fast idle. This is the rated rpm of the machine and is where the machine makes full power. 5. If engine speed does not meet specification, check adjustment of engine speed control linkage. 6. If engine meets specification, but will not maintain engine speed, tighten engine speed control lever pivot cap screw.

Engine Speed Control Pedal Screw Adjustment

7. Raise boom and engage boom lock. 1— Speed Control Arm 2— Fast Idle Speed Stop Screw

8. Raise engine cover and remove side shields. 9. Remove air conditioner compressor from bracket (if equipped) and move aside. See Air Conditioner Compressor Remove and Install. (Group 1830.) 10. Move engine speed control lever to slow and fast idle. Make sure speed control arm (1) makes contact with both the fast (2) and slow (3) idle speed stop screws. If speed control arm does not make contact with stop screws, adjust engine speed control linkage.

3— Slow Idle Speed Stop Screw 4— Engine Speed Control Pedal Stop Screw

11. Adjust engine speed control pedal stop screw (4) until speed control arm (1) makes contact with the fast (2) and slow (3) idle speed stop screws.

IMPORTANT: DO NOT adjust slow and fast idle speed stop screws. Idle speed stop screws are set at the factory. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-25-1

JH38101,00001F8 -19-30MAR09-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=217


Tests

12. Loosen nuts (6, 7, 9, and 10) and adjust cable until speed control arm makes contact with the fast (2) and slow (3) idle speed stop screws. 13. Verify slow and fast idle speeds on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU).

15. Install a/c compressor, side shields, close engine cover, and lower boom to ground position. 5— Engine Speed Control Cable 6— Nut 7— Nut

9 5 10

8— Bracket 9— Nut 10— Nut (2 used)

TX1034618 —UN—21JAN08

14. If engine speed control is still out of an adjustment, calibrate throttle position sensor. See Throttle Position Sensor Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

T198965A —UN—31MAR04

Engine Speed Control Lever Linkage

Engine Speed Control Cable JH38101,00001F8 -19-30MAR09-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-25-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=218


Tests

Engine Power Test Using Turbocharger Boost Pressure 88—94°C

Engine Coolant

190—200°F

Engine Speed Fast Idle

2930—3070 rpm

Engine Speed Rated

2800 rpm

T197654A —UN—05FEB04

SPECIFICATIONS Engine Coolant Temperature

325 Turbocharger Boost Pressure 107 kPa at 2800 rpm 1.07 bar at 2800 rpm 16 psi at 2800 rpm 328 Turbocharger Boost Pressure 121 kPa at 2800 rpm 1.21 bar at 2800 rpm 17 psi at 2800 rpm 1— Tee Fitting 2— Manifold Pressure Gauge Hose

This procedure should only be used as a guide to determine engine condition.

3— Aneroid Line

1. Raise cab. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

• Drive machine at full forward speed while cycling

2. Remove aneroid line (3) from engine rocker arm cover and install tee fitting (1). 3. Connect hose (2) from JDE147 Manifold Pressure Test Kit or KFM10002 Universal Pressure Test Kit to tee fitting. Route the hose and gauge into cab so that hose is not pinched when cab is lowered. 4. Lower cab. IMPORTANT: Engine must be at operating temperature to develop full power. 5. Before checking turbo boost pressure, warm up engine to allow the lubricating oil to reach operating temperature. Specification Engine Coolant—Temperature.....................................................................................88—94°C 190—200°F

6. Run engine at specification and set the engagement and monitor unit to display engine RPM. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation. (Group 9015-20.)

boom down over relief.

• Counter rotate machine while cycling bucket roll back over relief.

8. Repeat either procedure three times and record highest pressure reading. Compare results with specification. Specification 325 Turbocharger Boost—Pressure.....................................................107 kPa at 2800 rpm 1.07 bar at 2800 rpm 16 psi at 2800 rpm 328 Turbocharger Boost—Pressure.....................................................121 kPa at 2800 rpm 1.21 bar at 2800 rpm 17 psi at 2800 rpm

NOTE: Reduce boost pressure specification by 7% if No. 1 fuel is used. 9. Check the following if turbocharger boost pressure is low:

Specification Engine Speed—Fast Idle................................................................................. 2930—3070 rpm

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from unexpected machine movement. Perform test in an open area clear of objects and bystanders. 7. Pull engine down to rated engine speed during test using either of the following procedures:

• Incorrect fuel • Restricted air cleaner element • Restricted fuel filter element • Incorrect fast idle adjustment • Exhaust manifold leaks • Low compression pressure • Cam lobe wear (valve clearance) • Carbon build-up in turbocharger • Faulty injectors • Turbocharger compressor or turbine wheel rubbing housing

Specification Engine Speed—Rated............................................................... 2800 rpm LD30992,0000033 -19-30MAR09-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-25-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=219


Tests

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9010-25-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=220


Section 9015 Electrical System Contents Page Page

Group 05—System Information Electrical Diagram Information .................. 9015-05-1 Electrical Schematic Symbols ................... 9015-05-5 Group 10—System Diagrams Fuse Specifications ................................... 9015-10-1 System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Master Legend ........................ 9015-10-3 System Functional Schematic and Section Legend...................................... 9015-10-5 System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Master Legend—EH Controls ............................................... 9015-10-24 System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls............. 9015-10-26 Engine Harness (W1) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-53 Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-55 Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-58 Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram.................................... 9015-10-63 Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Component Location................... 9015-10-69 Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Wiring Diagram ........................... 9015-10-73 Backup Alarm Harness (W4) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-76 Backup Alarm Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-79 Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location ........................... 9015-10-81 Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-83 Horn Harness (W6) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-86 Horn Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-88 Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location................... 9015-10-89 Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram ........................... 9015-10-90 Wiper Harness (W8) Component Location ............................................... 9015-10-94 Wiper Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram ............................................... 9015-10-96 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness (W9) Component Location................... 9015-10-98

12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram ......................... 9015-10-101 Beacon Harness (W10) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-103 Beacon Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-104 Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-106 Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram...................................9015-10-111 Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Component Location............... 9015-10-126 Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Wiring Diagram ....................... 9015-10-133 8-Button Controller Harness (W15) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-140 8-Button Controller Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-143 Operator Convenience Package Harnesses (W18 and W19) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-146 Operator Convenience Package Harnesses (W18 and W19) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-147 Electric Quik-Tatch (W28) Component Location (S.N. 131877— )......................................... 9015-10-149 Electric Quik-Tatch (W28) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 131877— ) ................. 9015-10-151 Helper Fan Control and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-152 Helper Fan Control and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Wiring Diagram ............................................. 9015-10-155 Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location............... 9015-10-158 Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram ....................... 9015-10-163 Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-170 Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-173 Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-184 Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) Wiring Diagram.......... 9015-10-186 Horn Harness—EH Controls (W34) Component Location ......................... 9015-10-188

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

Page

Page

Horn Harness—EH Controls (W34) Wiring Diagram.................................. 9015-10-189 Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location ............................................. 9015-10-190 Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram.......... 9015-10-195 Attachment Control Harness (W36) Component Location—If Equipped ........................................... 9015-10-198 Attachment Control Harness (W36) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped ............ 9015-10-201 Water-in-Fuel Indicator Harness (W37) and Water-in-Fuel Sensor Harness (W38) Component Location—If Equipped ....................... 9015-10-204 Water-in-Fuel Indicator Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped ........................................... 9015-10-205 Water-in-Fuel Sensor Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped ........................................... 9015-10-209 License Plate Light Harness (W39) Component Location—If Equipped ........................................... 9015-10-211 License Plate Light Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped ............ 9015-10-212

Anti-Theft Security System Activation—EH Controls ...................... 9015-20-11 Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items.................................................... 9015-20-12 Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls............................. 9015-20-13 Engagement and Monitor Unit Display Messages—EH Controls ............................................... 9015-20-14 Engagement and Monitor Unit Service Menu Operation—EH Controls ............................................... 9015-20-15 Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure ............................................ 9015-20-16 Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes .................................................. 9015-20-17 Throttle Position Sensor Calibration—EH Controls .................... 9015-20-21 Hydrostatic System Calibration—EH Controls .................... 9015-20-22 Boom and Bucket Calibration—EH Controls ............................................... 9015-20-23 Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration—EH Controls .................... 9015-20-24 Manual Tracking Adjustment Procedure—EH Controls ..................... 9015-20-25 Electrical Component Specifications ...................................... 9015-20-26 Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test........................................... 9015-20-29 Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics .........................................9015-20-29 Fuse Test ................................................. 9015-20-36 Relay Test................................................ 9015-20-37 Alternator Test ......................................... 9015-20-38 Solenoid Test ........................................... 9015-20-39 Solenoid Observable Symptom Check ..................................................9015-20-37 Temperature Sensor Test ........................ 9015-20-44 Electrical Component Checks ................. 9015-20-44 Electrical Component Checks .................9015-20-42 Battery Remove and Install ..................... 9015-20-52 Instrument Panel, Engagement and Monitor Unit, and Key Switch Remove and Install .................. 9015-20-53 Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration.............................. 9015-20-54 Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration—EH Controls ................ 9015-20-55 Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Remove and Install.............................. 9015-20-56 Backup Alarm Remove and Install............ 9015-20-56 Joystick Remove and Install .................... 9015-20-56 Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install ............................................ 9015-20-58 Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install ................................................... 9015-20-62

Group 15—Sub-System Diagnostics Starting Circuit Theory of Operation............................................... 9015-15-1 Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation ................. 9015-15-13 Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation—EH Controls ............................................... 9015-15-19 Electrohydraulic Controls Circuit Theory of Operation............................. 9015-15-29 Backup Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation............................................. 9015-15-42 Backup Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation—EH Controls...................... 9015-15-45 Electric Quik-Tatch Theory of Operation (S.N. 131877— )................. 9015-15-48 Group 20—References Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation............................................... 9015-20-1 Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation—EH Controls........................ 9015-20-3 Anti-Theft Security System Operation—If Equipped ......................... 9015-20-5 Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—EH Controls .................. 9015-20-8 Anti-Theft Security System Operation—EH Controls—If Equipped ............................................. 9015-20-10

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Contents

Page

Replace (Pull Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-67 Replace (Push Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-68 Replace Weather Pack™ Connector ............................................ 9015-20-68 Install Weather Pack™ Contact............... 9015-20-69 Replace DEUTSCH® Rectangular or Triangular Connectors ..................... 9015-20-70 Replace DEUTSCH® Connectors .......................................... 9015-20-71 Install DEUTSCH® Contact..................... 9015-20-72

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=3


Contents

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=4


Group 05

System Information Electrical Diagram Information NOTE: All System Functional Schematics, Circuit Schematics, and Wiring Diagrams are shown with key switch in the off position.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-1

LW86157,000022F -19-01FEB08-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=225


System Information

TX1001190 —19—26MAR10

System Functional Schematic Diagram

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-2

LW86157,000022F -19-01FEB08-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=226


System Information 1— Continuity Chart 4— Wire Identification 2— Power Wires 5— Ground Wires 3— Routing Location Information 7— Section Number

8— Component Name 9— Component Identification Number

The System Functional Schematic is made up of sections which contain one or more Subsystem Functional Schematics laid out side by side in a logical sequence of related functions. Each subsystem is a major group of components like starting components or charging components. Each section of the System Functional Schematic is assigned a number (7). The System Functional Schematic is formatted with power supply wires (2) shown across the top of the drawing and ground wires (5) across the bottom. The schematic contains no harness and limited connector information. Each electrical component is shown by a schematic symbol (10), the component name (8), and a component identification number (9). A component identification

10— Component Schematic Symbol

number and name will remain the same throughout the Operation and Test Technical Manual. This will allow for easy cross-referencing of all electrical drawings (Schematics, Wiring Diagrams, and Component Location). A continuity chart (1) is included for each multi-terminal switch. Routing location information (3) is presented to let the reader know when a wire is connected to a component in another section. TO and FROM statements identify when power is going “To” or coming “From” a component in a different location. The section and component number are given in parenthesis at the bottom of the statement. In the example, power is going to component F15 Horn Fuse, in section SE15. LW86157,000022F -19-01FEB08-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=227


System Information Wiring Diagram

4

X278 1 2 3 4 5 6

6

1 H14Z H13A H19A G31AA H19ZZ H58B

SIDE A G31CC G31DD SIDE B G31AA G31BB

Y52 1 2

H19ZZ G31BB

2

X277

1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

SIDE A H58C H58D SIDE B H58B

10

END #1 X52 Y52 X278 X278 X52 S52 X52 X52 X52 X52 X277 X277

NUMBER G31AA G31BB G31CC G31DD H13A H14Y H14Z H19A H19ZZ H58B H58C H58D

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN GRN

END #2 X278 X278 Y58 Y59 S52 S52 S52 S52 Y52 X277 Y59 Y58

8

9

6

5 4

7

— H14Y H14Z H19A — H14Y H13A — — — —

5 H5

BC

D

9

G31D

8

21

S52

3 7

3

Y58 1 2

H58D G31CC

Y59

TX1020361 —UN—19MAR07

X52

10

TX1020361 Wiring Diagram Example 1— Component Identification Number 2— Connector 3— Connector End View

4— Wire Harness 5— Wire Number 6— Wire Splice 7— Wire End #1 Termination Location

Each harness on the machine is drawn showing connectors, wires, and splices. A “W” component identification number identifies harnesses. (W6, Etc.) The harness is drawn showing spatial arrangement of components and branches. A component identification or connector number (1) identifies each component. The harness branch (4) is terminated by a top or side view of the connector (2). If more than one wire is supplied to the connector, a harness side connector end view (3) is provided. Each wire number is labeled for the appropriate pin. If only one wire is supplied to the connector, the wire number (5) is indicated. An “X” component identification number of 100 or higher identifies splices (6). Each splice lists side A wires and side B wires to differentiate the side of the harness that the wires come from.

8— Wire Number 9— Wire Color 10— Wire End #2 Termination Location

A wire legend is provided for each harness. A component identification number is listed in the “END #1” column (7) to indicate the termination location of one end of a wire. In the center, the wire number (8) and wire color (9) are listed. A component identification number in the “END #2” column (10) identifies the opposite end of the wire. Component Location Diagram The Component Location Diagram is a pictorial view by harness showing location of all electrical components, connectors, harness main ground locations and harness band and clamp location. Each component will be identified by the same identification letter/number and description used in the System Functional Schematic Diagram. LW86157,000022F -19-01FEB08-4/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=228


System Information

Electrical Schematic Symbols T143000 —UN—21JUN01

LW86157,0000230 -19-29JAN08-1/2

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=229


System Information

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=230


System Information 1— Battery 2— Wire Splice 3— Fuse 4— Circuit Breaker 5— Fusible Link 6— Power Outlet 7— Alternator 8— Air Conditioner Compressor 9— Compressor 10— Liquid Pump 11— Antenna 12— Diode 13— Zener Diode 14— Capacitor 15— Magnet 16— Flasher 17— Buzzer 18— Horn 19— Alarm 20— Clock 21— Internal Ground 22— Single Point Ground 23— External Ground 24— Sensor 25— Sensor with Normally Open Switch 26— Speed Sensor 27— Rotary Sensor 28— Single Element Bulb 29— Dual Element Bulb

30— Solenoid Operated Hydraulic Valve With Suppression Diode 31— Solenoid Normally Open 32— Solenoid Normally Closed 33— Starter Motor 34— Starter Motor 35— DC Motor 36— DC Stepping Motor 37— Wiper Motor 38— Blower Motor 39— Servo Motor 40— Speedometer 41— Tachometer 42— Temperature Gauge 43— Liquid Level Gauge 44— Gauge 45— Hourmeter 46— Resistor 47— Variable Resistor 48— Manually Adjusted Variable Resistor 49— Multi-Pin Connector 50— Single Pin Connector

51— Connector 52— 4 Pin Relay 53— 5 Pin Relay 54— 5 Pin Relay With Internal Suppression Diode 55— 5 Pin Relay With Internal Suppression Resistor 56— Key Switch 57— Temperature Switch Normally Open 58— Temperature Switch Normally Closed 59— Pressure Switch Normally Open 60— Pressure Switch Normally Closed 61— Liquid Level Switch Normally Open 62— Liquid Level Switch Normally Closed 63— Momentary Switch Normally Open 64— Momentary Switch Normally Closed 65— Toggle Switch Normally Open

66— Toggle Switch Normally Closed 67— 2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Open 68— 2 Way Toggle Switch Normally Closed 69— Manual Switch Operation 70— Push Switch Operation 71— Pull Switch Operation 72— Turn Switch Operation 73— Toggle Switch Operation 74— Pedal Switch Operation 75— Key Switch Operation 76— Detent Switch Operation 77— Temperature Sensor 78— Solar Sensor 79— Pressure Sensor 80— Liquid Level Sensor

LW86157,0000230 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=231


System Information

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-05-8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=232


Group 10

System Diagrams Fuse Specifications Fuse Specifications—Standard Controls The fuses are located behind a panel on the right side of the cab.

1

F1 Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788) on standard controls machines. F1 Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— ) on standard controls machines.

2

F2 Monitor 15 Amp Fuse on standard controls machines. F3 Accessory 25 Amp Fuse on standard controls machines.

3

F4 Lights 20 Amp Fuse. F5 Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse is located underneath the cab on the engine in the engine harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location for location of F5 Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse. (Group 9015-10.)

T198240 —UN—08MAR04

4

F6 Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse is located by the blower motor under the air conditioner and heater cover. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location for location of F6 Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse. (Group 9015-10.) F7 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness 10 Amp Fuse (if equipped). 1— F1 Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788) 1— F1 Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— ) 2— F2 Monitor 15 Amp Fuse

F8 8-Button Controller Harness 10 Amp Fuse (if equipped). F9 Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10 Amp Fuse (if equipped). F12 Electric Quik-Tatch 30 Amp Fuse is located behind a panel on right side of cab. Electric Quik-Tatch (W28) Component Location (S.N. 131877— ). (Group 9015-10.) F13 Water-in-Fuel Sensor 15 Amp Fuse is located behind a panel on right side of cab. See Water-in-Fuel Sensor (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

3— F3 Accessory 25 Amp Fuse 4— F4 Lights 20 Amp Fuse

and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.)

F15 Helper Fan 25 Amp Fuse is located in Helper Fan Control Harness near the starter. See Helper Fan Control Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-1

DH10862,0000096 -19-16MAR09-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=233


System Diagrams Fuse Specifications—EH Controls The main fuse blocks (X60 and X70) are located behind a panel on the right side of the cab. The joystick fuse block (X80) is located on the right side of the cab, behind the right armrest.

X60 222

F1

F1 Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse on EH controls machines.

F2 F19

F2 Monitor Unswitched Power 10 Amp Fuse on EH controls machines. F3 Accessory 20 Amp Fuse on EH controls machines.

X70 222

F4 Lights 20 Amp Fuse.

F3

F5 Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse is located underneath the cab on the engine in the engine harness. See Engine Harness (W1) Component Location for location of F5 Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse. (Group 9015-10.)

F4

F6 Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse is located by the blower motor under the air conditioner and heater cover. See Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location for location of F6 Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse. (Group 9015-10.)

X80 222

F18

TX1057107 —UN—19MAR09

F10

F17 F16

F7 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness 10 Amp Fuse (if equipped). F8 8-Button Controller Harness 10 Amp Fuse (if equipped).

Fuse Blocks

F9 Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10 Amp Fuse. F10 Air Conditioner and Heater 20 Amp Fuse.

TX1033121A —UN—28JAN08

F11 Left Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse. F12 Electric Quik-Tatch 30 Amp Fuse is located behind a panel on right side of cab. See Electric Quik-Tatch (W28) Component Location (S.N. 131877— ). (Group 9015-10.) F13 Water-in-Fuel Sensor 15 Amp Fuse is located behind a panel on right side of cab. See Water-in-Fuel Sensor (W38) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) F14 Right Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse.

Fuse Blocks (X60 and X70)

F15 Helper Fan 25 Amp Fuse is located in Helper Fan Control Harness near the starter. See Helper Fan Control and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Component Location. (Group 9015-10.) F16 Joystick 10 Amp Fuse is located in the joystick fuse block (X80) inside the cab, just behind the right armrest. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) F17 Joystick 5 Amp Fuse is located in the joystick fuse block (X80) inside the cab, just behind the right armrest. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.)

X40— Service ADVISOR Connector X60— Fuse Block 1

X70— Fuse Block 2

F18 Joystick 5 Amp Fuse is located in the joystick fuse block (X80) inside the cab, just behind the right armrest. See Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram. (Group 9015-10.) F19 Monitor Switched Power 10 Amp Fuse. DH10862,0000096 -19-16MAR09-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=234


System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Master Legend

• G1 — Battery (SE1) • G2 — Alternator (SE2, W1) • G3 — 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Outlet (W9) • H2 — Backup Alarm (SE17, W4) • H3 — Horn (SE17, W6) • H4 — Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm

NOTE: A1—Radio (SE10, W1)

• A1 indicates component identification number. • Radio indicates component name. • SE10 indicates section number of SYSTEM •

FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. W1 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located.

(SE6, W2 or W12)

• A2 — Engagement and Monitor Unit (SE5, W2 or W12) • B1 — Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE4, W1) • B2 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE4, W1) • B3 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (SE4, W1) • B4 — Fuel Level Sensor (SE4, W1) • B5 — Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE4, W1) • B6 — Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE4, W1) • B9 — Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch (SE18, • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

W7) B10 — Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (SE18, W7) B11 — Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch (SE4, W3, W13) B18 — Water-in-Fuel Sensor—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) B19 — Fuel Heater Temperature Switch—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) E1 — Left Front Work Light (SE13, W2 or W12) E2 — Right Front Work Light (SE13, W2 or W12) E3 — Left Tail Light (SE13, W2 or W12) E4 — Right Tail Light (SE13, W2 or W12) E5 — Rear Work Light (SE13, W2 or W12) E6 — Left Front Flasher Light (SE15, W5 or W12) E7 — Right Front Flasher Light (SE15, W5 or W12) E8 — Beacon (SE19)(W10 or W37) E9 — Dome Light (SE17, W2) E10 — License Plate Light—If Equipped (SE13)(W39) E11 — Water-in-Fuel Indicator—If Equipped (SE19)(W37) F1 — Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788) (SE1, W1) F1 — Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— ) (SE1, W1) F2 — Monitor 15 Amp Fuse (SE4, W1) F3 — Accessory 25 Amp Fuse (SE13, W1) F4 — Lights 20 Amp Fuse (SE13, W1) F5 — Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse (SE1, W1) F6 — Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse (SE18, W7) F7 — 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness 10 Amp Fuse (W9) F8 — 8-Button Controller Harness 10 Amp Fuse (W15) F9 — Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10 Amp Fuse (SE17, W2) F11 — Left Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse (SE15) F12 — Electric Quik-Tatch Harness 30 Amp Fuse (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16, W28) F13 — Fuel Heater 15 Amp Fuse—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) F14 — Right Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse (SE15) F15 — Helper Fan 25 Amp Fuse (SE1, W29)

TM2191 (26MAR19)

• K1 — Starter Relay (SE1, W1) • K2 — Glow Plug Relay (SE2, W1) • K4 — Accessory Relay (SE13, W1) • K5 — Dual Flasher Relay (SE15, W5 or W12) • K6 — High Flow Relay (SE15, W12) • K7 — Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Relay (SE18, W7)

• K10 — Auto Shutdown Relay (SE2, W1) • K13 — Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16, W28)

• K14 — Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16, W28)

• K15 — Helper Fan Relay (SE17, W29) • K16 — Fuel Heater Relay—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) • M1 — Starter Motor (SE1, W1) • M3 — Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor (SE18, W7)

• M4 — Windshield Wiper Motor (SE14, W8 or W12) • M5 — Windshield Washer Motor (SE14, W1) • M6 — Heater Control Valve Actuator (SE18, W7) • M10 — Electric Quik-Tatch Motor (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16, W28)

• M11 — Helper Fan Motor (SE17, W29) • R3 — Cab Temperature Control Dial (SE17, W12) • R4 — Blower Motor Resistor Block (SE18, W7) • R5 — Glow Plugs (SE1, W1) • R10 — Fuel Heater—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) • S1 — Key Switch (SE1, W2 or W12) • S2 — Park Brake Switch (SE4, W2 or W12) • S4 — Seat Switch (SE4, W2 or W12) • S5 — Seat Belt Switch (SE4, W2 or W12) • S6 — Work Lights Switch (SE13, W2 or W12) • S7 — Dual Flasher Switch (SE15, W5 or W12) • S8 — High Flow Switch (SE15, W12) • S9 — Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch (SE17, W12)

• S10 — Left Reverse Switch (SE17, W4) • S11 — Right Reverse Switch (SE17, W4) • S12 — Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch (SE14, W8 or W12)

• S13 — Door Switch (cab machines) (SE4, W2 or W12) • S14 — Two Speed Switch (W13) • S17 — Horn Switch (SE17, W6) • S19 — Air Conditioner Switch (SE18, W12) • S20 — Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. —131876) (SE16, W12)

• S21 — Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch (SE4, W2 or W12)

• S22 — Right 12 Volt Power Switch (W9) • S23 — Left 12 Volt Power Switch (W9) • S24 — Dome Light Switch (SE17, W2)

Continued on next page

9015-10-3

DH10862,0000097 -19-14DEC17-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=235


System Diagrams

• S26 — Electric Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. 131877— )

• X16 — 8-Button Controller Harness to 8-Button

• • • • • •

• X17 — 8-Button Controller Harness to 8-Button

• • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

(SE16, W28) V5 — Alternator Diode (SE2, W1) V6 — Right 12 Volt Power Switch Diode (W9) V7 — Left 12 Volt Power Switch Diode (W9) V8 — 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode 1 (W15) V9 — 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode 2 (W15) V10 — 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode Block (W15) W1 — Engine Harness (W1) W2 — Cab Harness—Standard (W2) W3 — Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) W4 — Backup Alarm Harness (W4) W5 — Dual Flasher Harness (W5) W6 — Horn Harness (W6) W7 — Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) W8 — Wiper Harness (W8) W9 — 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness (W9) W10 — Beacon Harness (W10) W12 — Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) W13 — Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) W15 — 8-Button Controller Harness (W15) W18 — Operator Convenience Package Harness (S.N. —170536) (W18) W19 — Operator Convenience Package Harness (W19) W20 — Battery to Frame Ground (SE1) W21 — Alternator Ground (W1) W22 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Housing Ground (W1) W23 — Engine Harness to Frame Ground (W1) W24 — Solenoid Ground (W1) W25 — Cab Harness Ground (W2 or W12) W28 — Electric Quik-Tatch Harness (S.N. 131877— ) (W28) W29 — Helper Fan Control Harness W30 — Helper Fan Tee Harness X1 — Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector (W1, W2 or W12) X2 — Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector (W1, W2 or W12) X3 — Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector (W1, W2 or W12) X4 — Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector (W12, W13) X5 — Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector (W1, W3, W13) X6 — Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) (W2 or W12) X7 — Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) (W2 or W12) X8 — Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector (W7, W12) X9 — Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector (W7, W12) X10 — Remote Start Box Connector (SE2, W1) X11 — Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector (W1) X12A — Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector (SE19)(W2 or W12) X12B — Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector (SE19)(W2 or W12) X15 — 8-Button Controller Harness to Attachment 14-Pin Connector (W15)

TM2191 (26MAR19)

Controller 6-Pin Connector (W15) Controller 2-Pin Connector (W15)

• X18 — Door Switch (canopy machines) (SE4, W2 or W12)

• X20 — Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector (W2)

• X21 — Dome Light With F9 Fuse 2-Pin Connector (W2) • X22 — 12-Volt Accessory Power Socket (SE17, W2) • X30 — Electric Quik-Tatch Motor 2-Pin Connector (S.N. 131877— ) (W28)

• X32 — Electric Quik-Tatch 1-Pin Connector (S.N. 131877— ) (W28)

• X33 — Electric Quik-Tatch 1-Pin Connector (S.N. 131877— ) (W28)

• X34 — Electric Quik-Tatch Power From Battery Connector (S.N. 131877— ) (W28)

• X35 — Electric Quik-Tatch Ground to Frame Connector (S.N. 131877— ) (W28)

• X36 — Electric Quik-Tatch 4-Pin Connector (S.N. 131877— ) (W13, W28)

• X37 — Helper Fan Harness to Helper Fan Tee Harness 1-Pin Connector (W29 and W30)

• X38 — Helper Fan Tee Harness to Air Conditioning Harness 1-Pin Connector (W29)

• X39 — Helper Fan Tee Harness to B10 1-Pin Connector (W29)

• X55 — Cab Connector—If Equipped (SE19)(W37) or (W38)

• X100 — Splice (W3, W13) • X101 — Splice (W3, W13) • X102 — Splice (W13) • X103 — Splice (W4) • X104 — Splice (W4) • X105 — Splice (W2 or W12) • X106 — Splice (W2 or W12) • X107 — Splice (W2 or W12) • X108 — Splice (W2 or W12) • X109 — Splice (W2 or W12) • X110 — Splice (W2 or W12) • X111 — Splice (W2 or W12) • X112 — Splice (W12) • X113 — Splice (W12) • X114 — Splice (W12) • X115 — Splice (W12) • X116 — Splice (W1) • X117 — Splice (W1) • X118 — Splice (W1) • X119 — Splice (W1) • X120 — Splice (W1) • X121 — Splice (W1) • X122 — Splice (W1) • X123 — Splice (W1) • X124 — Splice (W1) • X125 — Splice (W1) • X126 — Splice (W1) • X127 — Splice (W6) • X128 — Splice (W6) • X129 — Splice (W5) • X130 — Splice (W8) • X131 — Splice (W8) Continued on next page

9015-10-4

DH10862,0000097 -19-14DEC17-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=236


System Diagrams

• X149 — Splice (W2, W12) • X240 — G02 BLK Splice (W37) • X241 — P02 RED Splice (W37) • X242 — P02 RED Splice (W38) • X243 — G02 BLK Splice (W38) • Y1 — Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid (SE2, W1) • Y2 — Boom Spool Lock Solenoid (SE6, W3, W13) • Y3 — Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid (SE6, W3, W13) • Y4 — Port Lock Solenoid (SE6, W3, W13) • Y5 — Park Brake Solenoid (SE6, W1) • Y6 — Two Speed Solenoid (SE5, W13) • Y7 — High Flow Solenoid (SE15, W13) • Y11 — Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Lock Solenoid (S.N.

• X132 — Splice (W10) • X133 — Splice (W10) • X134 — Splice (W9) • X135 — Splice (W9) • X136 — Splice (W9) • X137 — Splice (W9) • X138 — Splice (W9) • X139 — Splice (W15) • X140 — Splice (W15) • X141 — Splice (W15) • X142 — Splice (W15) • X143 — Splice (W15) • X144 — Splice (W15) • X145 — Splice (W15) • X146 — Splice (W15) • X147 — Splice (W15) • X148 — Splice (W1)

—131876) (SE16, W13)

• Y12 — Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Unlock Solenoid (S.N. —131876) (SE16, W13)

• Y13 — Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch (SE18, W1) DH10862,0000097 -19-14DEC17-3/3

System Functional Schematic and Section Legend NOTE: SE1—Start Circuit SE1 indicates section number of Functional Schematic where circuit is located. Start Circuit indicates circuit name.

• SE1—Start Circuit • SE2—Preheat, Fuel, and Charging Circuit • SE3—Preheat, Fuel, and Charging Circuit • SE4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit • SE5—Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit • SE6—Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit

• SE7—Not used on Standard Controls Machine • SE8—Not used on Standard Controls Machine • SE9—Not used on Standard Controls Machine • SE10—Not used on Standard Controls Machine • SE11—Not used on Standard Controls Machine • SE13—Windshield Wiper, Washer, and Lights Circuit • SE14—Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit • SE15—Dual Flasher and High Flow Circuit • SE16—Quik-Tatch and Back-Up Circuit • SE17—Dome Light and 12-Volt Accessory Power Socket Circuit

• SE18—Air Conditioner Circuit • SE19—Water-in-Fuel (WIF), Fuel Heater, and Beacon Circuit

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-5

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-1/11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=237


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=238


System Diagrams

TX1073876 —UN—31MAR10

Standard Controls System Functional Schematic (SE1, SE2, and SE3) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=239

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-2/11


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=240


System Diagrams

F1— Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788) F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— )

F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse F15— Helper Fan 25 Amp Fuse G1—Battery G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay K2—Glow Plug Relay

K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M1—Starter Motor R5—Glow Plugs S1— Key Switch V5— Alternator Diode W20—Battery to Frame Ground Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-9

X10— Remote Start Box Connector Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-3/11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=241


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=242


System Diagrams

XJ1248615 —UN—14DEC17

XJ1248615 Standard Controls System Functional Schematic (SE4, SE5, and SE6) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=243

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-4/11


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=244


System Diagrams A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor

B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch F2— Monitor 15 Amp Fuse H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch

S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch X6— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-13

X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-5/11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=245


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=246


System Diagrams

TX1089785 —UN—25APR11

Standard Controls System Functional Schematic (SE13, SE14, and SE15) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=247

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-6/11


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-16

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=248


System Diagrams

E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light

E10— License Plate Light—If Equipped F3— Accessory 25 Amp Fuse F4— Lights 20 Amp Fuse F11— Left Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse F14— Right Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse

K4—Accessory Relay K5—Dual Flasher Relay K6—High Flow Relay M4—Windshield Wiper Motor M5—Windshield Washer Motor S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-17

S8— High Flow Switch S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Y7— High Flow Solenoid

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-7/11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=249


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=250


System Diagrams

TX1073852 —UN—05APR10

Standard Controls System Functional Schematic (SE16, SE17, and SE18) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-19

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=251

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-8/11


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-20

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=252


System Diagrams

B9—Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch B10— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch E9— Dome Light F6— Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse F9— Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10 Amp Fuse F12— Electric Quik-Tatch Harness 30 Amp Fuse (S.N. 131877— ) H2—Backup Alarm H3—Horn K7—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Relay

K13— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) K14— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) K15— Helper Fan Relay M3—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor M6—Heater Control Valve Actuator M10— Electric Quik-Tatch Motor (S.N. 131877— ) M11— Helper Fan Motor R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial R4—Blower Motor Resistor Block

S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch S10— Left Reverse Switch S11— Right Reverse Switch S17— Horn Switch S19— Air Conditioner Switch S20— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. —131876) S24— Dome Light Switch S26— Electric Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. 131877— ) X8— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-21

X9— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector X22— 12-Volt Accessory Power Socket Y11— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Lock Solenoid (S.N. —131876) Y12— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Unlock Solenoid (S.N. —131876) Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-9/11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=253


TX1073854 —UN—31MAR10

System Diagrams

Standard Controls System Functional Schematic (SE19)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-22

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-10/11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=254


System Diagrams F13— Fuel Heater 15 Amp B18— Water-in-Fuel Sensor—If Fuse—If Equipped Equipped K16— Fuel Heater Relay—If B19— Fuel Heater Temperature Equipped Switch—If Equipped R10— Fuel Heater—If Equipped E8— Beacon E11— Water-in-Fuel Indicator—If Equipped

W20—Battery to Frame Ground X12A— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X12B— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector

X55— Cab Connector—If Equipped

DH10862,0000098 -19-13DEC17-11/11

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-23

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=255


System Diagrams

System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Master Legend—EH Controls

• F13 — Fuel Heater 15 Amp Fuse—If Equipped

NOTE: A1—Radio (SE10, W1)

(SE19)(W38)

• A1 indicates component identification number. • Radio indicates component name. • SE10 indicates section number of SYSTEM •

FUNCTIONAL SCHEMATIC where component is located. W1 indicates HARNESS WIRING DIAGRAM and HARNESS COMPONENT LOCATION drawings where component is located.

• A2 — Engagement and Monitor Unit (SE5) • A4 — Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (SE11) • A5 — Left Joystick (SE7) • A6 — Right Joystick (SE9) • B1 — Air Filter Restriction Switch (SE4, W31) • B2 — Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (SE4, W31) • B3 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (SE4, W31) • B4 — Fuel Level Sensor (SE4, W31) • B5 — Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (SE4, W31) • B6 — Engine Oil Pressure Switch (SE4, W31) • B9 — Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch (SE18) • B10 — Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (SE18) • B13 — Engine RPM Sensor (SE10, W31) • B14 — Throttle Position Sensor (SE10, W31) • B15 — Auxiliary Proportional Control Switch (SE9) • B16 — Left Motor Speed Sensor (SE10, W35) • B17 — Right Motor Speed Sensor (SE10, W35) • B18 — Water-in-Fuel Sensor—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) • B19 — Fuel Heater Temperature Switch—If Equipped

• F14 — Right Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse (SE15) • F15 — Helper Fan 25 Amp Fuse (SE1) • F16 — Joystick 10 Amp Fuse (SE8) • F17 — Joystick 5 Amp Fuse (SE8) • F18 — Joystick 5 Amp Fuse (SE8) • F19 — Monitor Switched Power 10 Amp Fuse (SE4) • G1 — Battery (SE1) • G2 — Alternator (SE11, W31) • G3 — 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Outlet (W9) • H2 — Backup Alarm (SE11, W33) • H3 — Horn (SE8, W34) • H4 — Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm (SE6, W32)

• K1 — Starter Relay (SE1, W31) • K2 — Glow Plug Relay (SE2, W31) • K4 — Accessory Relay (SE13, W31) • K5 — Dual Flasher Relay (SE15, W32) • K6 — High Flow Relay (SE15, W32) • K7 — Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Relay (SE18) • K10 — Auto Shutdown Relay (SE2, W31) • K13 — Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16)

• K14 — Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16)

(SE19)(W38)

• K15 — Helper Fan Relay (SE17) • K16 — Fuel Heater Relay—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) • M1 — Starter Motor (SE1, W31) • M3 — Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor (SE18) • M4 — Windshield Wiper Motor (SE14, W32) • M5 — Windshield Washer Motor (SE14, W31) • M6 — Heater Control Valve Actuator (SE18) • M10 — Electric Quik-Tatch Motor (S.N. 131877— )

• F1 — Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (SE1) • F2 — Monitor Unswitched Power 10 Amp Fuse (SE4) • F3 — Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (SE13) • F4 — Lights 20 Amp Fuse (SE13) • F5 — Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse (SE1, W31) • F6 — Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse (SE18) • F7 — 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness 10 Amp Fuse

(SE19)(W37)

• M11 — Helper Fan Motor (SE17) • R3 — Cab Temperature Control Dial (SE18, W32) • R4 — Blower Motor Resistor Block (SE18) • R5 — Glow Plugs (SE1) • R6 — CAN Termination Resistor 1 (SE9, W32) • R7 — CAN Termination Resistor 2 (SE10, W35) • R10 — Fuel Heater—If Equipped (SE19)(W38) • S1 — Key Switch (SE1, W32) • S2 — Park Brake Switch (SE4, W32) • S4 — Seat Switch (SE4, W32) • S5 — Seat Belt Switch (SE4, W32) • S6 — Work Lights Switch (SE13, W32) • S7 — Dual Flasher Switch (SE15, W32) • S8 — High Flow Switch (SE15, W32) • S9 — Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch

• F8 — 8-Button Controller Harness 10 Amp Fuse (if

• S12 — Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch (SE14,

• F9 — Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10

• S13 — Door Switch (cab machines) (SE4, W32) • S19 — Air Conditioner Switch (SE18, W32) • S20 — Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. —131876)

• E1 — Left Front Work Light (SE13, W32) • E2 — Right Front Work Light (SE13, W32) • E3 — Left Tail Light (SE13, W32) • E4 — Right Tail Light (SE13, W32) • E5 — Rear Work Light (SE13, W32) • E6 — Left Front Flasher Light (SE15, W32) • E7 — Right Front Flasher Light (SE15, W32) • E8 — Beacon—If Equipped (SE19)(W37) • E9 — Dome Light (SE17) • E10 — License Plate Light—If Equipped (SE13)(W39) • E11 — Water-in-Fuel Indicator—If Equipped

(SE16)

(if equipped)

(SE17, W32)

equipped)

Amp Fuse (SE17)

W32)

• F10 — Air Conditioner and Heater 20 Amp Fuse (SE17) • F11 — Left Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse (SE15) • F12 — Electric Quik-Tatch Harness 30 Amp Fuse (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16)

TM2191 (26MAR19)

(SE16)

• S21 — Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch (SE4, W32)

Continued on next page

9015-10-24

DH10862,0000099 -19-14DEC17-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=256


System Diagrams

• S24 — Dome Light Switch (SE17) • S25 — Left Joystick Two Speed Switch (if equipped) • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • • •

• X26 — Right Motor Speed Sensor 4-Pin Connector (SE10)

(SE7) S26 — Electric Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. 131877— ) (SE16, W32) S27 — Float Enable Switch (SE9) S28 — Left Joystick Auxiliary Switch (SE7) S29 — Right Joystick Aux 2A Switch (SE9) S30 — Right Joystick Aux 2B Switch (SE9) S31 — Left Joystick Aux 3A Switch (SE7) S32 — Left Joystick Aux 3B Switch (SE7) S33 — Auxiliary Switch (SE8) S34 — Left Joystick Horn Switch (SE7) V5 — Alternator Diode (SE2, W31) V6 — Right 12 Volt Power Switch Diode (W9) V7 — Left 12 Volt Power Switch Diode (W9) V8 — 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode 1 (W15) V9 — 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode 2 (W15) V10 — 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode Block (W15) V11 — Remote Start Diode (SE2, W31) V12 — Attachment Control Harness Left Handle Diode (W36) V13 — Attachment Control Harness 5-Diode Pack (W36) W20 — Battery to Frame Ground (SE1) W21 — Alternator Ground (W31) W22 — Hydraulic Oil Filter Housing Ground (W31) W23 — Engine Harness to Frame Ground (W31) W24 — Solenoid Ground (W31) W25 — Cab Harness Ground (W32) W28 — Electric Quik-Tatch Harness (S.N. 131877— ) (W28) W29 — Helper Fan Control Harness (W29) W30 — Helper Fan Tee Harness (W30) W31 — Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) W32 — Cab Harness Deluxe—EH Controls (W32) W33 — Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) W34 — Horn Harness—EH Controls (W34) W35 — Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) W36 — Attachment Control Harness—if Equipped (W36) X6 — Cab Harness-to-Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) (W32) X7 — Cab Harness-to-Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) (W32) X8 — Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector (W32) X9 — Park Brake Signal Connector (W32) X10 — Remote Start Box 4-Pin Connector (W31) X12A — Cab Harness Accessory Power 4-Pin Connector (SE19)(W32) X12B — Cab Harness Accessory Power 4-Pin Connector (SE19)(W32) X18 — Door Switch (canopy machines) (SE4, W32) X20 — Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector (W32) X23 — Right Joystick 6-Pin Connector (SE9, W32) X24 — Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector (SE9, W32) X25 — Left Motor Speed Sensor 4-Pin Connector (SE10)

TM2191 (26MAR19)

• X27 — Attachment Control Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector (W31, W36)

• X36 — Electric Quik-Tatch 4-Pin Connector (W31) • X40 — Service ADVISOR Connector (SE7, W31) • X41 — Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 47-Pin Connector (W31, W32)

• X42 — Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector (W31, W32)

• X43 — Cab Harness-to-Engagement and Monitor Unit 12-Pin Connector (J3) (W32)

• X44 — Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic

Control Unit 32-Pin Black Connector (J1) (SE11, W35)

• X45 — Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic

Control Unit 48-Pin Brown Connector (J2) (SE11, W35)

• X46 — Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic

Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3) (SE11, W35)

• X47 — Engine Harness-to-Horn Harness 2-Pin Connector (W31) (W34)

• X48 — Engine Harness-to-Backup Alarm Harness 3-Pin Connector (W31) (W33)

• X49 — Attachment Harness Connector A (W36) • X50 — Attachment Harness Connector B (W36) • X51 — Controller Harness-to-Engine Harness 31-Pin Connector (W31, W35)

• X52 — Left Joystick 10-Pin Connector (W32) • X53 — Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector (SE7, W32) • X54 — Left Joystick 6-Pin Connector (SE7, W32) • X55 — Cab Connector—If Equipped (SE19)(W37) or (W38)

• X60 — Fuse Block 1 (W31) • X70 — Fuse Block 2 (W31) • X80 — Joystick Fuse Block (W32) • X182 — Splice (W31) • X183 — Splice (W31) • X184 — Splice (W31) • X185 — Splice (W31) • X186 — Splice (W31) • X187 — Splice (W31) • X188 — Splice (W31) • X189 — Splice (W31) • X190 — Splice (W31) • X192 — Splice (W31) • X193 — Splice (W31) • X195 — Splice (W31) • X196 — Splice (W31) • X197 — Splice (W31) • X198 — Splice (W36) • X199 — Splice (W36) • X200 — Splice (W36) • X201 — Splice (W36) • X202 — Splice (W36) • X203 — Splice (W36) • X204 — Splice (W36) • X205 — Splice (W35) • X206 — Splice (W35) • X207 — Splice (W35) • X208 — Splice (W35) • X209 — Splice (W35) • X210 — Splice (W35) • X211 — Splice (W35) Continued on next page DH10862,0000099 -19-14DEC17-2/3

9015-10-25

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=257


System Diagrams

• X241 — P02 RED Splice (W37) • X242 — P02 RED Splice (W38) • X243 — G02 BLK Splice (W38) • Y1 — Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid (SE2, W31) • Y4 — Port Lock Solenoid (SE11, W35) • Y5 — Park Brake Solenoid (SE5, W31) • Y6 — Two Speed Solenoid (SE5, W31) • Y7 — High Flow Solenoid (SE15, W31) • Y11 — Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Lock Solenoid (S.N.

• X212 — Splice (W35) • X213 — Splice (W35) • X214 — Splice (W35) • X215 — Splice (W35) • X216 — Splice (W32) • X217 — Splice (W32) • X218 — Splice (W32) • X219 — Splice (W32) • X220 — Splice (W32) • X221 — Splice (W32) • X222 — Splice (W32) • X223 — Splice (W32) • X224 — Splice (W32) • X225 — Splice (W32) • X226 — Splice (W32) • X227 — Splice (W32) • X228 — Splice (W32) • X229 — Splice (W32) • X230 — Splice (W32) • X231 — Splice (W32) • X232 — Splice (W32) • X233 — Splice (W32) • X234 — Splice (W32) • X235 — Splice (W32) • X240 — G02 BLK Splice (W37)

—131876) (SE16)

• Y12 — Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Unlock Solenoid (S.N. —131876) (SE16)

• Y13 — Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch (SE18, W31) • Y15 — Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE12, W31)

• Y16 — Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE11, W31)

• Y17 — Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE12, W31) • Y18 — Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (SE11, W31) • Y19 — Boom Up Pilot Solenoid (SE12, W35) • Y20 — Boom Down Pilot Solenoid (SE11, W35) • Y21 — Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid (SE11, W35) • Y22 — Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid (SE12, W35) • Y23 — Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid (SE6, W35) • Y24 — Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid (SE5, W35) DH10862,0000099 -19-14DEC17-3/3

System Functional Schematic and Section Legend—EH Controls NOTE: SE1—Start Circuit SE1 indicates section number of Functional Schematic where circuit is located. Start Circuit indicates circuit name.

• SE1—Start Circuit • SE2—Preheat, Fuel, and Charging Circuit • SE3—Preheat, Fuel, and Charging Circuit • SE4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit • SE5—Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit • SE6—Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit

• SE7—Joystick Control Circuit • SE8—Joystick Control Circuit • SE9—Joystick Control Circuit • SE10—Hydraulic Control Unit Circuit • SE11—Hydraulic Control Unit Circuit • SE12—Hydraulic Control Unit Circuit • SE13—Windshield Wiper, Washer, and Lights Circuit • SE14—Windshield Wiper and Washer Circuit • SE15—Dual Flasher and High Flow Circuit • SE16—Quik-Tatch and Back-Up Circuit • SE17—Dome Light and 12-Volt Accessory Power Socket Circuit

• SE18—Air Conditioner Circuit • SE19—Water-in-Fuel (WIF), Fuel Heater, and Beacon Circuit

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-26

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-1/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=258


System Diagrams

TX1073855 —UN—05APR10

EH Controls System Functional Schematic (SE1, SE2, and SE3) (1 of 7) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-27

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=259

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-2/15


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-28

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=260


System Diagrams

F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse F15— Helper Fan 25 Amp Fuse

G1—Battery G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay K2—Glow Plug Relay K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M1—Starter Motor

R5—Glow Plugs S1— Key Switch V5— Alternator Diode V11— Remote Start Diode W20—Battery to Frame Ground Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-29

X10— Remote Start Box 4-Pin Connector Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-3/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=261


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-30

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=262


System Diagrams

XJ1248618 —UN—14DEC17

XJ1248618 EH Controls System Functional Schematic (SE4, SE5, and SE6) (2 of 7) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-31

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=263

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-4/15


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-32

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=264


System Diagrams A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch

F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 Amp Fuse F19— Monitor Switched Power 10 Amp Fuse H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines)

S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch X6— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X43— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 12-Pin Connector (J3)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-33

Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-5/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=265


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-34

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=266


System Diagrams

TX1073857 —UN—05APR10

EH Controls System Functional Schematic (SE7, SE8, and SE9) (3 of 7) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-35

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=267

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-6/15


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-36

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=268


System Diagrams

A5—Left Joystick A6—Right Joystick B15— Auxiliary Proportional Control Switch F16— Joystick 10 Amp Fuse F17— Joystick 5 Amp Fuse F18— Joystick 5 Amp Fuse H3—Horn R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1

S25— Left Joystick Two Speed Switch (if equipped) S27— Float Enable Switch S28— Left Joystick Auxiliary Switch S29— Right Joystick Aux 2A Switch S30— Right Joystick Aux 2B Switch S31— Left Joystick Aux 3A Switch

S32— Left Joystick Aux 3B Switch S33— Auxiliary Switch S34— Left Joystick Horn Switch X23— Right Joystick 6-Pin Connector X24— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X27— Attachment Control Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-37

X40— Service ADVISOR Connector X53— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector X54— Left Joystick 6-Pin Connector

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-7/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=269


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-38

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=270


System Diagrams

TX1073859 —UN—05APR10

EH Controls System Functional Schematic (SE10, SE11, and SE12) (4 of 7) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-39

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=271

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-8/15


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-40

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=272


System Diagrams

A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X26— Right Motor Speed Sensor B13— Engine RPM Sensor 4-Pin Connector B14— Throttle Position Sensor X44— Hydraulic Controller B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor Harness-to-Hydraulic B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor Control Unit 32-Pin Black H2—Backup Alarm Connector (J1) R7—CAN Termination Resistor 2 X45— Hydraulic Controller X25— Left Motor Speed Sensor Harness-to-Hydraulic 4-Pin Connector Control Unit 48-Pin Brown Connector (J2)

X46— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3) Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-41

Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-9/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=273


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-42

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=274


System Diagrams

TX1089784 —UN—27APR11

EH Controls System Functional Schematic (SE13, SE14, and SE15) (5 of 7) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-43

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=275

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-10/15


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-44

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=276


System Diagrams

E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light

E10— License Plate Light—If Equipped F3— Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F4— Lights 20 Amp Fuse F11— Left Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse F14— Right Front Flasher Light 5 Amp Fuse

K4—Accessory Relay K5—Dual Flasher Relay K6—High Flow Relay M4—Windshield Wiper Motor M5—Windshield Washer Motor S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-45

S8— High Flow Switch S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Y7— High Flow Solenoid

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-11/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=277


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-46

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=278


System Diagrams

TX1073864 —UN—05APR10

EH Controls System Functional Schematic (SE16, SE17, and SE18) (6 of 7) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-47

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=279

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-12/15


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-48

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=280


System Diagrams

B9—Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch B10— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch E9— Dome Light F6— Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse F9— Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10 Amp Fuse F12— Electric Quik-Tatch Harness 30 Amp Fuse (S.N. 131877— ) K7—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Relay

K13— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) K14— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay (S.N. 131877— ) K15— Helper Fan Relay M3—Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor M6—Heater Control Valve Actuator M10— Electric Quik-Tatch Motor (S.N. 131877— ) M11— Helper Fan Motor

R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial R4—Blower Motor Resistor Block S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch S19— Air Conditioner Switch S20— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. —131876) S24— Dome Light Switch S26— Electric Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. 131877— )

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-49

X22— 12-Volt Accessory Power Socket Y11— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Lock Solenoid (S.N. —131876) Y12— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Unlock Solenoid (S.N. —131876) Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-13/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=281


TX1073866 —UN—05APR10

System Diagrams

EH Controls System Functional Schematic (SE19) (7 of 7)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-50

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-14/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=282


System Diagrams B18— Water-in-Fuel Sensor—If Equipped B19— Fuel Heater Temperature Switch—If Equipped E8— Beacon—If Equipped

E11— Water-in-Fuel Indicator—If R10— Fuel Heater—If Equipped Equipped W20—Battery to Frame Ground F13— Fuel Heater 15 Amp X12A— Cab Harness Accessory Fuse—If Equipped Power 4-Pin Connector K16— Fuel Heater Relay—If Equipped

X12B— Cab Harness Accessory Power 4-Pin Connector

DH10862,000009A -19-14DEC17-15/15

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-51

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=283


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-52

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=284


System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W1) Component Location

B1

Y1 B5

F

X10

G2

R5

X1

X11

K10

Y13 V5

B6

K4

B4

X2 K1

M5

X3 M1 F5

K2

W24 Y5

W23

W21

X5 B3

W22

T198437 —UN—26MAR04

B2

T198437 Engine Harness (W1) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-53

LW86157,0000236 -19-25MAR09-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=285


System Diagrams B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch F— Fuse Block (See Detail F) F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse

G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay K2—Glow Plug Relay K4—Accessory Relay K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M1—Starter Motor M5—Windshield Washer Motor R5—Glow Plugs V5— Alternator Diode W21—Alternator Ground W22—Hydraulic Oil Filter Housing Ground

W23—Engine Harness to Frame Ground W24—Solenoid Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector

X10— Remote Start Box Connector X11— Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch

LW86157,0000236 -19-25MAR09-2/3

1— F1 Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788) 1— F1 Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— ) 2— F2 Monitor 15 Amp Fuse

3— F3 Accessory 25 Amp Fuse 4— F4 Lights 20 Amp Fuse

1

2

3

T198240 —UN—08MAR04

4

Detail F—Fuse Block Layout LW86157,0000236 -19-25MAR09-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-54

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=286


System Diagrams

Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram TX1084132 —UN—10NOV10

Engine Harness (W1) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-55

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=287

LW86157,0000237 -19-05NOV10-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-56

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=288


System Diagrams

B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch F— Fuse Block F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay

K2—Glow Plug Relay K4—Accessory Relay K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M1—Starter Motor M5—Windshield Washer Motor R5—Glow Plugs V5— Alternator Diode W21—Alternator Ground W22—Hydraulic Oil Filter Housing Ground W23—Engine Harness-to-Frame Ground W24—Solenoid Ground X1— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector

X2— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X5— Engine Harness-to-Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector X10— Remote Start Box Connector X11— Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector X116— Splice X117— Splice X118— Splice

X119— Splice X120— Splice X121— Splice X122— Splice X123— Splice X124— Splice X125— Splice X126— Splice X148— Splice Y1— Fuel Shutoff Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y13— Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch

LW86157,0000237 -19-05NOV10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-57

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=289


System Diagrams

Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location E3 E5 E4

W25 S21

E1

S6 A2 S2 S1

S13/X18

H4 X12

X7 X6

E2

X1 S5

S4

X3 XJ1248595 —UN—12DEC17

X2

XJ1248595 Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location (S.N. —170536)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-58

LW86157,0000238 -19-13DEC17-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=290


System Diagrams A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm

S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground

X1— Cab Harness to Engine X7— Cab Harness to Engagement Harness 5-Pin Connector and Monitor Unit 14-Pin X2— Cab Harness to Engine Connector (J2) Harness 12-Pin Connector X12— Cab Harness Accessory X3— Cab Harness to Engine Power Connector Harness 12-Pin Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy X6— Cab Harness to Engagement machines) and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-59

LW86157,0000238 -19-13DEC17-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=291


System Diagrams

E3 E5 E4

W25 S21

E1

S6 A2 S2

X13

S1

S13/X18

H4 X12

X7 X6

E2

X1 S5

S4

X3 XJ1248596 —UN—12DEC17

X2

XJ1248596 Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Component Location (S.N. 170537— )

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-60

LW86157,0000238 -19-13DEC17-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=292


System Diagrams A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm S1— Key Switch

S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector

X2— Cab Harness to Engine X12— Cab Harness Accessory Harness 12-Pin Connector Power Connector X3— Cab Harness to Engine X18— Door Switch (canopy Harness 12-Pin Connector machines) X6— Cab Harness to Engagement X20— Operator Convenience and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Package Power 2-Pin Connector (J1) Connector X7— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) LW86157,0000238 -19-13DEC17-4/6

2

3

4

12

5

6

7

8

9

10

13

14

T197805 —UN—25MAR04

1

11

T197805 Instrument Panel 1— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch (S9) 2— Air Conditioner Switch (S19) 3— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch (S21)

4— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. —131876) (S20), Electric Quik-Tatch Switch (S.N. 131877— ) (S26) 5— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch (S12)

6— Dual Flasher Switch (K5) 7— High Flow Switch (S8) 8— Work Lights Switch (S6) 9— MENU Button 10— Park Brake Switch (S2) 11— Key Switch (S1)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-61

12— Cab Temperature Control Dial (R3) 13— SELECT Button 14— Engagement and Monitor Unit (A2) LW86157,0000238 -19-13DEC17-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=293


System Diagrams

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

10

18

1

2

3

T197653 —UN—26MAR04

17

T197653 Engagement and Monitor Unit 1— Engagement and Monitor Unit Display 2— Fuel Gauge 3— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 4— Glow Plug Indicator 5— Seat Switch Indicator

6— Seat Belt Switch Indicator 7— Cab Door Switch Indicator 8— Hydraulics OFF Indicator 9— Park Brake Indicator 10— High Speed Indicator

11— STOP Indicator 12— Low Engine Oil Pressure Indicator 13— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator 14— Low Alternator or Battery Voltage Indicator

15— Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator 16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator 17— MENU Button 18— SELECT Button LW86157,0000238 -19-13DEC17-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-62

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=294


System Diagrams

Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram XJ1248620 —UN—14DEC17

XJ1248620 Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —170536) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-63

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=295

LW86157,0000239 -19-13DEC17-1/4


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-64

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=296


System Diagrams

E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch

S5— Seat Belt Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector

X3— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X6— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-65

X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X105— Splice X106— Splice X107— Splice X108— Splice X109— Splice X110— Splice X111— Splice X149— Splice LW86157,0000239 -19-13DEC17-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=297


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-66

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=298


System Diagrams

XJ1248598 —UN—12DEC17

XJ1248598 Cab Harness—Standard (W2) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 170537— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-67

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=299

LW86157,0000239 -19-13DEC17-3/4


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-68

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=300


System Diagrams

E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch

S6— Work Lights Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector

X6— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X20— Operators Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector

X105— X106— X107— X108— X109— X110— X111— X112— X149—

Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice

LW86157,0000239 -19-13DEC17-4/4

Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Component Location

X5

Y3 B11

Y2

TX1026105 —UN—09JUL07

Y4

TX1026105 Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Component Location (S.N. 150523— ) B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector

Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-69

LW86157,000023A -19-29JAN08-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=301


System Diagrams

X5

Y3 Y2

B11

T197466 —UN—18MAR04

Y4

T197466 Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Component Location (S.N. —150522)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-70

LW86157,000023A -19-29JAN08-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=302


System Diagrams B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector

Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid

LW86157,000023A -19-29JAN08-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-71

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=303


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-72

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=304


System Diagrams

Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Wiring Diagram T197465 —UN—16MAR04

Front Chassis Harness—Standard (W3) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-73

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=305

LW86157,000023C -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-74

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=306


System Diagrams

B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector

X100— Splice X101— Splice Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid

Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid

LW86157,000023C -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-75

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=307


System Diagrams

Backup Alarm Harness (W4) Component Location H2

X11A

X11B S11

T197468 —UN—05MAR04

S10

T197468 Backup Alarm Harness (W4) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-76

LW86157,000023D -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=308


System Diagrams H2—Backup Alarm S10— Left Reverse Switch

S11— Right Reverse Switch X11— Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector LW86157,000023D -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-77

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=309


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-78

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=310


System Diagrams

Backup Alarm Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram TX1186105 —UN—11MAR15

Backup Alarm Harness (W4) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-79

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=311

LW86157,000023E -19-23FEB15-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-80

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=312


System Diagrams H2—Backup Alarm S10— Left Reverse Switch S11— Right Reverse Switch

X11A— Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector X11B— Engine Harness Accessory Power to Backup Alarm Harness Connector

X103— Splice X104— Splice

LW86157,000023E -19-23FEB15-2/2

Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location E7

S7 X12B K5

T197470 —UN—20APR04

X12A

E6

T197470 Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Component Location E6— Left Front Flasher Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light

K5—Dual Flasher Relay S7— Dual Flasher Switch

X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector LW86157,000023F -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-81

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=313


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-82

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=314


System Diagrams

Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram T197469 —UN—15MAR04

Dual Flasher Harness (W5) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-83

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=315

LW86157,0000240 -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-84

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=316


System Diagrams

E6— Left Front Flasher Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light

K5—Dual Flasher Relay S7— Dual Flasher Switch X12A— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector

X12B— Cab Harness Accessory Power to Dual Flasher Harness Connector

X129— Splice

LW86157,0000240 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-85

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=317


System Diagrams

Horn Harness (W6) Component Location

S17 H3 X11A

T197472 —UN—09MAR04

X11B

T197472 Horn Harness (W6) Component Location H3—Horn S17— Horn Switch

X11— Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector LW86157,0000241 -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-86

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=318


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-87

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=319


System Diagrams

T197471 —UN—15MAR04

Horn Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram

Horn Harness (W6) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-88

LW86157,0000242 -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=320


System Diagrams H3—Horn S17— Horn Switch X11A— Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector

X11B— Engine Harness X127— Splice Accessory Power to Horn X128— Splice Harness Connector

LW86157,0000242 -19-29JAN08-2/2

Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location NOTE: Heater-only machines similar.

M6

F6 M3

R4 K7

T197474 —UN—09MAR04

B10

T197474 Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Component Location B10— Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch F6— Blower Motor 15 Amp Fuse

K7—Air Conditioner Compressor M6—Heater Control Valve Clutch Relay Actuator M3—Air Conditioner and Heater R4—Blower Motor Resistor Block Blower Motor LW86157,0000243 -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-89

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=321


System Diagrams

Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram NOTE: Heater-only machines similar. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-90

LW86157,0000244 -19-29JAN08-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=322


System Diagrams

T197473 —UN—15MAR04

Air Conditioner and Heater Harness (W7) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-91

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=323

LW86157,0000244 -19-29JAN08-2/3


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-92

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=324


System Diagrams

B9—Air Conditioner High/Low M3—Air Conditioner and Heater X8— Cab Harness to Air Pressure Switch Blower Motor Conditioner and Heater B10— Air Conditioner Freeze M6—Heater Control Valve Harness 3-Pin Connector Control Switch Actuator X9— Cab Harness to Air K7—Air Conditioner Compressor R4—Blower Motor Resistor Block Conditioner and Heater Clutch Relay Harness 6-Pin Connector LW86157,0000244 -19-29JAN08-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-93

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=325


System Diagrams

Wiper Harness (W8) Component Location

M4

X12B S12

T197476 —UN—07APR04

X12A

T197476 Wiper Harness (W8) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-94

LW86157,0000245 -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=326


System Diagrams M4—Windshield Wiper Motor S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch

X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector LW86157,0000245 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-95

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=327


System Diagrams

T197475 —UN—16MAR04

Wiper Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram

Wiper Harness (W8) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-96

LW86157,0000246 -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=328


System Diagrams M4—Windshield Wiper Motor S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch

X12A— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X12B— Cab Harness Accessory Power to Wiper Harness Connector

X130— Splice X131— Splice

LW86157,0000246 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-97

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=329


System Diagrams

12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness (W9) Component Location

X11B

S22 S23 G3

X11A

V7

F7

T198197 —UN—13APR04

V6

T198197 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness (W9) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-98

LW86157,0000247 -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=330


System Diagrams F7— 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness 10 Amp Fuse G3—12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness Outlet

S22— Right 12 Volt Power Switch V7— Left 12 Volt Power Switch S23— Left 12 Volt Power Switch Diode V6— Right 12 Volt Power Switch X11— Engine Harness Accessory Diode Power Connector LW86157,0000247 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-99

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=331


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-100

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=332


System Diagrams

12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram TX1030392 —UN—10OCT07

12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness (W9) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-101

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=333

LW86157,0000248 -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-102

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=334


System Diagrams F7— 12 Volt Auxiliary Power S23— Left 12 Volt Power Switch Harness 10 Amp Fuse V6— Right 12 Volt Power Switch G3—12 Volt Auxiliary Power Diode Harness Outlet V7— Left 12 Volt Power Switch S22— Right 12 Volt Power Switch Diode X11A— Engine Harness Accessory Power Connector

X11B— Engine Harness Accessory Power to 12 Volt Auxiliary Power Harness Connector X134— Splice X135— Splice

X136— Splice X137— Splice X138— Splice

LW86157,0000248 -19-29JAN08-2/2

Beacon Harness (W10) Component Location

E8

T198199 —UN—20APR04

X12B

X12A

T198199 Beacon Harness (W10) Component Location E8— Beacon X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector

LW86157,0000249 -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-103

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=335


System Diagrams

T198180 —UN—16MAR04

Beacon Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram

Beacon Harness (W10) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-104

LW86157,000024A -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=336


System Diagrams E8— Beacon X12A— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector

X12B— Cab Harness Accessory X132— Splice Power to Beacon Harness X133— Splice Connector LW86157,000024A -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-105

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=337


System Diagrams

Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location E3 E5 E4

W25 E1

X9 X8

A2 S2 S1

S13/X18

H4 E6

X7 X6 M4 E2 E7

S20,S26 S7 S12 S8

S19 S21

S9 R3

S6 X1 S4 K5

X12 K6

X2 X4

XJ1248599

XJ1248599 —UN—12DEC17

S5 X3

Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location (S.N. —170536)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-106

LW86157,000024B -19-13DEC17-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=338


System Diagrams A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K5—Dual Flasher Relay K6—High-Flow Relay M4—Windshield Wiper Motor R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial

S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch S8— High Flow Switch S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S19— Air Conditioning Switch S20— Quik-Tatch Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch

W25—Cab Harness Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector X6— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-107

X8— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector X9— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines)

LW86157,000024B -19-13DEC17-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=339


System Diagrams

E3 E5 E4

W25 E1

X9 X8

A2 S2 S1

X13

H4 E6

S13/X18 X7 X6 M4 E2 E7

S20,S26 S7 S12 S8

S19 S21

S9 R3

S6 X1 S4 K5

X12 K6

X2 X4

XJ1248600

XJ1248600 —UN—12DEC17

S5 X3

Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Component Location (S.N. 170537— )

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-108

LW86157,000024B -19-13DEC17-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=340


System Diagrams A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K5—Dual Flasher Relay K6—High-Flow Relay M4—Windshield Wiper Motor R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial

S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch S8— High Flow Switch S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S19— Air Conditioning Switch S20— Quik-Tatch Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch

W25—Cab Harness Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector X6— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2)

X8— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector X9— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X20— Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector

LW86157,000024B -19-13DEC17-4/6

2

3

4

12

5

6

7

8

9

10

13

14

T197805 —UN—25MAR04

1

11

T197805 Instrument Panel 1— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch 2— Air Conditioner Switch 3— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch

4— Quik-Tatch Switch 5— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch 6— Dual Flasher Switch 7— High Flow Switch

8— Work Lights Switch 9— MENU Button 10— Park Brake Switch 11— Key Switch 12— Cab Temperature Control Dial

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-109

13— SELECT Button 14— Engagement and Monitor Unit

LW86157,000024B -19-13DEC17-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=341


System Diagrams

4

5

6

7

8

9

11

12

13

14

15

16

10

18

1

2

3

T197653 —UN—26MAR04

17

T197653 Engagement and Monitor Unit 1— Engagement and Monitor Unit Display 2— Fuel Gauge 3— Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge 4— Glow Plug Indicator 5— Seat Switch Indicator

6— Seat Belt Switch Indicator 7— Cab Door Switch Indicator 8— Hydraulics OFF Indicator 9— Park Brake Indicator 10— High Speed Indicator

11— STOP Indicator 12— Low Engine Oil Pressure Indicator 13— Hydraulic Oil Temperature Indicator 14— Low Alternator or Battery Voltage Indicator

15— Engine Air Filter Restriction Indicator 16— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Indicator 17— MENU Button 18— SELECT Button LW86157,000024B -19-13DEC17-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-110

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=342


System Diagrams

Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram XJ1248602 —UN—12DEC17

NUMBER A01A A01B A01C A05 A06 A07 A08 A10 A11 A12 E01 E03 E05 F01 F02 G02A G02B G02C G02D G02E G02F G02G G02H G02J1 G02J3 G02K G02L G02M G02N G02P G02R G02T1 G02T2 G02U G02V G02W G02X G02Y G02AA G02AB G02AC G02AD G02AE G02AF H01 H02 H03A H03B H03C H04 H05 H06 J01

COLOR ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG WHT WHT WHT YEL YEL BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN TAN

END #2 X113 X113 X113 X9 X9 X9 X8 X3 X8 X9 X2 X3 X3 X2 X2 X110 X110 X110 X108 X108 X108 W25 R3 X108 X106 E6 E1 S19 S21 X12 S20/S26 S12 S12 S7 K6 S8 S6 K5 X106 X106 X106 X106 X106 X106 X2 S8 X114 X114 X114 X4 X4 S21 X3

S12 K5 E1 E4 E3 E2 S6 S6 K5 K5 X7 X7 X7 X2 X6 X7 X112 X112 X115 X115 X9 X1 X115 X112 K6 S7 S12 X12 S8 S8 S12 S20/S26 S1 S7 X1 X1 X109 X109 S13/X18 X3 X7 X2 S6 S6 S6 S19 S1 S2 X1 X7 X105 S21 S2 S2 X105

J02 J03 L01A L01B L01C L01D L01E L02 L03A L03B M01 M02 M03 M04 M10 N01 P02A P02B P02D P02E P02F P02G P02H P02J1 P02K P02M P02N P02P P02R P02T P02U P02V P04A P04B P04C P04D P05A P05B

TAN TAN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN PUR PUR PUR PUR PUR YEL RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED

P05C RED EARLIER MACHINES

P05D P05E P06A P06B P06C P06D P07 P10A P10B P10C P10D P10E P10F P10G P10H

RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED

P10K RED LATER MACHINES

M4 S7 X107 X107 X107 X107 X107 E5 E7 E6 S4 S5 S13/X18 X6 X2 X3 S19 S20/S26 R3 S9 X112 X112 M4 X115 X115 X115 X112 X115 X115 S8 S12 S20/S26 X111 X111 X111 X111 S5 S4 X109 X109 X109 X149 X149 X149 S6 S9 X105 X105 X105 X105 S21 S21 S2 S2 S13/X18

S1 X7 X12 S12 X6 S2 S2 X6 X7 X6 X6 X6 X6 H4

P11 R01 R02A R02B R03 T01 T02 T03 T04 T05 X01 X02 Y01 Z01

RED BLK BLK BLK BLK DKBLU DKBLU DKBLU DKBLU DKBLU YEL YEL YEL GRY

S2 X2 S12 X3 X4 X7 X7 X2 X4 X4 X2 X2 X2 X6

S1 P04A P10A P11 J01 E01

1 2 3 4 5

S2 1 T02 2 P10B P10G 3 PLUG 4 T01 5 P10G P10H 6 P11 7 G02AD 8 P10H 9 PLUG 10 PLUG 9

6

10 3

5 2

4

HYDRAULIC QUICK-TATCH (S.N.-131876)

EARLIER MACHINES S6 1 2 3 4 5

X6

7

A B C D E F G H

PLUG PLUG X01 X02 PLUG Z01 E03 H01

J K L M N P R S

M10 M04 Y01 R03 T05 T03 A12 E05

X7

A B C D E F G

R01 H06 F02 N01 M03 T01 M02

H J K L M N P

6 7 8 9 10

P05E G02AA T02 F01 T04 P10D M01

S8 1 2 3 4 5

PLUG P06B L01E PLUG P06C P06D L02 G02X P06D PLUG PLUG

S12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLUG H03B H02 PLUG P02R P02T H02 G02W P02T PLUG PLUG

6 7 8 9 10

S7 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

PLUG P02U A01B J02 G02T2 R02A/R02B G02T1/G02T2 P02N/P02U PLUG PLUG

S20 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H05 P02V H04 PLUG PLUG PLUG G02R P02B P02V 9 PLUG 10 PLUG

PLUG P04B J03 PLUG PLUG PLUG G02U P02M PLUG PLUG

9

6

5

4

7

9

6

5

4

7

9

6

5

4

7

9

6

5

4

7

9

6

5

4

7

10

3

2

1 8

10

3

2

1 8

10

3

2

1 8

10

3

2

1 8

10

3

2

1 8

9

6

5

4

7

9

6

5

4

10

3

2

1 8

10

3

2

1 8

1 8 H G F E D C B A S R P N M L K J

G F E D C B A P N M L K J H

K5

1

B A

E2 A L01D B G02AF

2

3

4

5

G02Y G02U

L03A L03B

J03

A B

END #1 M4 S12 X3 S9 S9 S9 S19 X8 R3 X6 S1 X6 X6 X7 X7 X1 X1 X9 E4 E5 E3 X110 X108 X110 X110 X108 X108 X108 X108 X106 X108 X106 S12 X106 X106 X106 X106 X106 X7 H4 M4 S2 E7 E2 X6 K6 X4 S8 K6 S20/S26 S20/S26 X7 S1

X105 SIDE A P10A P10B P10D SIDE B P10E P10C

L03A G02AE

C D E7

M4 A B C D

2

B A

A01A G02AC J02 P02H

1

H4 1 Z01 2 G02AB

X106 SIDE A G02AA G02AB G02AC G02AD G02AE G02AF SIDE B G02D G02T1 G02V G02W G02X G02Y G02J3

2

4

2 4

1

1

5 3

1 2 3 4 5

K6 G02V H02 P02K PLUG H03C

LATER MACHINES

S12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

J02 A01B P02U PLUG G02T2 R02A/R02B G02T1/G02T2 P02N/P02U PLUG PLUG

ELECTRIC QUICK-TATCH (S.N. 131877-)

7

S26 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

H05 P02V H04 PLUG PLUG PLUG G02R P02B P02V 9 PLUG 10 PLUG

XJ1248602 Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) (S.N. —170536) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-111

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=343

LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-1/8


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-112

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=344


System Diagrams E2— Right Front Work Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K5—Dual Flasher Relay K6—High-Flow Relay

M4—Windshield Wiper Motor S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch S8— High Flow Switch S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch

S20— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch X7— Cab Harness to Engagement Switch (S.N. —131897) and Monitor Unit 14-Pin S26— Electric Quik-Tatch Switch Connector (J2) (S.N. 131898— ) X105— Splice X6— Cab Harness to Engagement X106— Splice and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-113

LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-2/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=345


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-114

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=346


System Diagrams

XJ1248603 —UN—14DEC17

XJ1248603 Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) (S.N. —170536) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-115

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=347

LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-3/8


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-116

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=348


System Diagrams

E1— Left Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch

S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S19— Air Conditioning Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector

X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector X8— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector X9— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-117

X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X107— Splice X108— Splice X109— Splice X110— Splice X111— Splice X112— Splice X113— Splice X114— Splice X115— Splice X149— Splice LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-4/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=349


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-118

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=350


System Diagrams

XJ1248604 —UN—17DEC17

XJ1248604 Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2) (S.N. 170537— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-119

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=351

LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-5/8


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-120

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=352


System Diagrams E2— Right Front Work Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K5—Dual Flasher Relay K6—High-Flow Relay

M4—Windshield Wiper Motor S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch S8— High Flow Switch

S12— Windshield Wiper and X7— Cab Harness to Engagement Washer Switch and Monitor Unit 14-Pin S26— Electric Quik-Tatch Switch Connector (J2) X6— Cab Harness to Engagement X105— Splice and Monitor Unit 16-Pin X106— Splice Connector (J1) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-121

LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-6/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=353


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-122

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=354


System Diagrams

XJ1248605 —UN—13DEC17

XJ1248605 Cab Harness—Deluxe (W12) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2) (S.N. 170537— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-123

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=355

LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-7/8


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-124

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=356


System Diagrams

E1— Left Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines)

S19— Air Conditioning Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground X1— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 5-Pin Connector X2— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X3— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 12-Pin Connector X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector

X8— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector X9— Cab Harness to Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X20— Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector

X107— X108— X109— X110— X111— X112— X113— X114— X115— X149—

Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice

LW86157,000024C -19-13DEC17-8/8

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-125

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=357


System Diagrams

Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Component Location

X4

S14

X5 Y7

X36

Y6

B11

Y3 Y2

TX1024107 —UN—20JUN07

Y4

TX1024107 Front Chassis Harness--Deluxe (W13) Component Location (S.N. 150523— )

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-126

LW86157,000024D -19-29JAN08-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=358


System Diagrams B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch S14— Two Speed Switch X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector

X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector X36— Electric Quik-Tatch 4-pin Connector

Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y7— High Flow Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-127

LW86157,000024D -19-29JAN08-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=359


System Diagrams

X4

S14 X5 Y7 X36

Y6

B11 Y3 Y2

TX1024071 —UN—24MAY07

Y4

TX1024071 Front Chassis Harness--Deluxe (W13) Component Location (S.N. 131877—150522)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-128

LW86157,000024D -19-29JAN08-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=360


System Diagrams B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch S14— Two Speed Switch X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector

X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector X36— Electric Quik-Tatch 4-pin Connector

Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y7— High Flow Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-129

LW86157,000024D -19-29JAN08-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=361


System Diagrams

X4

S14 X5 Y7 Y11

Y12

Y6

B11 Y3 Y2

T198591 —UN—01APR04

Y4

T198591 Front Chassis Harness--Deluxe (W13) Component Location (S.N. —131876)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-130

LW86157,000024D -19-29JAN08-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=362


System Diagrams B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch S14— Two Speed Switch X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector

X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid

Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid Y7— High Flow Solenoid Y11— Quik-Tatch Lock Solenoid

Y12— Quik-Tatch Unlock Solenoid

LW86157,000024D -19-29JAN08-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-131

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=363


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-132

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=364


System Diagrams

Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Wiring Diagram TX1024053 —UN—21JUN07

TX1024053 Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 131877— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-133

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=365

LW86157,0000250 -19-24APR08-1/4


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-134

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=366


System Diagrams

B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch S14— Two Speed Switch X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector

X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector X36— Electric Quik-Tatch 4-pin Connector

X100— Splice Y4— Port Lock Solenoid X101— Splice Y6— Two Speed Solenoid X102— Splice Y7— High Flow Solenoid Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-135

LW86157,0000250 -19-24APR08-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=367


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-136

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=368


System Diagrams

T197479 —UN—16MAR04

Front Chassis Harness—Deluxe (W13) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —131876) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-137

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=369

LW86157,0000250 -19-24APR08-3/4


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-138

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=370


System Diagrams

B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch S14— Two Speed Switch X4— Cab Harness to Front Chassis Harness 6-Pin Connector

X5— Engine Harness to Front Chassis Harness 8-Pin Connector X100— Splice X101— Splice X102— Splice Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid

Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y12— Quik-Tatch Unlock Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid Y7— High Flow Solenoid Y11— Quik-Tatch Lock Solenoid

LW86157,0000250 -19-24APR08-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-139

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=371


System Diagrams

8-Button Controller Harness (W15) Component Location

X11B

X15

X11A F8

X16 V8

X17 V10

T198200 —UN—13APR04

V9

T198200 8-Button Controller Harness (W15) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-140

LW86157,0000252 -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=372


System Diagrams F8— 8-Button Controller Harness V10— 8-Button Controller X16— 8-Button Controller 10 Amp Fuse Suppression Diode Block Harness to 8-Button V8— 8-Button Controller X11— Engine Harness Accessory Controller 6-Pin Connector Suppression Diode 1 Power Connector X17— 8-Button Controller V9— 8-Button Controller X15— 8-Button Controller Harness to 8-Button Suppression Diode 2 Harness to Attachment Controller 2-Pin Connector 14-Pin Connector LW86157,0000252 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-141

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=373


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-142

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=374


System Diagrams

8-Button Controller Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram T198201 —UN—31MAR04

8-Button Controller Harness (W15) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-143

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=375

LW86157,0000253 -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-144

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=376


System Diagrams F8— 8-Button Controller Harness X11A— Engine Harness Accessory Power 10 Amp Fuse Connector V8— 8-Button Controller X11B— Engine Harness Suppression Diode 1 Accessory Power to V9— 8-Button Controller 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode 2 Harness Connector V10— 8-Button Controller Suppression Diode Block X15— 8-Button Controller Harness to Attachment 14-Pin Connector

X16— 8-Button Controller Harness to 8-Button Controller 6-Pin Connector X17— 8-Button Controller Harness to 8-Button Controller 2-Pin Connector X139— Splice X140— Splice

X141— X142— X143— X144— X145— X146— X147—

Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice

LW86157,0000253 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-145

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=377


System Diagrams

Operator Convenience Package Harnesses (W18 and W19) Component Location

X12 X20

W18

F9

S24 E9

W19

TX1058021 —UN—07APR09

X22

TX1058021 Operator Convenience Package Harnesses (W18 and W19) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-146

LW86157,0000254 -19-06APR09-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=378


System Diagrams E9— Dome Light F9— Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10 Amp Fuse S24— Dome Light Switch

W18—Operator Convenience Package Harness (S.N. —170536) W19—Operator Convenience Package Harness

X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X20— Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector

X22— 12-Volt Accessory Power Socket

LW86157,0000254 -19-06APR09-2/2

Operator Convenience Package Harnesses (W18 and W19) Wiring Diagram

A B C D

X20 1 P02 2 G02

C

D

B

A

1

TX1058026 —UN—08APR09

2

X12 NOT USED G02 NOT USED P02

TX1058026 Operator Convenience Package Harness (W18) Wiring Diagram (S.N. —170536) X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector

X20— Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-147

LW86157,0000255 -19-08APR09-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=379


System Diagrams

A

B

F9 A P02 B P03A 1

2

1

2 X20 1 P02 2 G02

S24 1 G02

TX1058028 —UN—08APR09

TX1058028

X22 1 P03 2 G02

E9 1 P03

Operator Convenience Package Harness (W19) Wiring Diagram E9— Dome Light F9— Dome Light and Accessory Power Socket 10 Amp Fuse

S24— Dome Light Switch X20— Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector

X22— 12-Volt Accessory Power Socket

LW86157,0000255 -19-08APR09-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-148

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=380


System Diagrams

Electric Quik-Tatch (W28) Component Location (S.N. 131877— ) TX1009210 —UN—15AUG06

X32

F12

X33

X30

K13 K14

M10

X34

X35

X36 TX1009210 W28 Component Location Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-149

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=381

LW86157,0000256 -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-150

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=382


System Diagrams

F12— Electric Quik-Tatch Harness 30 Amp Fuse K13— Electric Quik Tatch Relay K14— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay

X30— Electric Quik-Tatch Motor 2-Pin Connector X32— Electric Quik-Tatch 1-Pin Connector X33— Electric Quik-Tatch 1-Pin Connector

X34— Electric Quik-Tatch Power X36— Electric Quik-Tatch 4-Pin From Battery Connector Connector X35— Electric Quik-Tatch Ground to Frame Connector

LW86157,0000256 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TX1073797 —UN—22MAR10

Electric Quik-Tatch (W28) Wiring Diagram (S.N. 131877— )

Electric Quik-Tatch™ (W28) Wiring Diagram F12— Electric Quik-Tatch 30 Amp X30— Electric Quik-Tatch Motor X35— Electric Quik-Tatch Ground Fuse 2-Pin Connector to Frame Connector K13— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay X34— Electric Quik-Tatch Power X36— Electric Quik-Tatch 4-Pin K14— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay From Battery Connector Connector Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,0000257 -19-16MAR10-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-151

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=383


System Diagrams

TX1010653 —UN—12AUG06

Helper Fan Control and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Component Location

Helper Fan Control and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-152

LW86157,0000258 -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=384


System Diagrams F15— Helper Fan Fuse (25 Amp) W29—Helper Fan Control K15— Helper Fan Relay Harness M1—Starter Motor W30—Helper Fan Tee Harness M11— Helper Fan Motor X37— Helper Fan Control Harness - to - Helper Fan Tee Harness Connector

X38— Helper Fan Control Harness - to - Air Conditioning Harness X39— Helper Fan Control Harness - to - B10 LW86157,0000258 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-153

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=385


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-154

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=386


System Diagrams

Helper Fan Control and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Wiring Diagram TX1010477 —UN—16AUG06

Helper Fan Control and Tee Harness (W29 and W30) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-155

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=387

LW86157,0000259 -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-156

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=388


System Diagrams

F15— Helper Fan Fuse (25 Amp) W29—Helper Fan Control K15— Helper Fan Relay Harness M1—Starter Motor W30—Helper Fan Tee Harness M11— Helper Fan Motor X37— Helper Fan Control Harness - to - Helper Fan Tee Harness Connector

X38— Helper Fan Control Harness - to - Air Conditioning Harness X39— Helper Fan Control Harness - to - B10 LW86157,0000259 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-157

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=389


System Diagrams

Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Component Location X42

X41

B1

X48

G2 X60

X70 Y13

X40 X10

Y1

R5

K10

V5

B14

K5 X36 F5

K4 B2

X47

B13

Y7

Y18

B4

Y6

K2

M5 Y17

Y16

Y15

B3

X51

TX1032188 —UN—08FEB08

X27

TX1032188 Engine Harness-EH Controls (W31) Component Location (Front)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-158

LW86157,00004FA -19-30APR08-1/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=390


System Diagrams B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B13— Engine RPM Sensor B14— Throttle Position Sensor F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse G2—Alternator K2—Glow Plug Relay K4—Accessory Relay K5—Dual Flasher Relay

K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M5—Windshield Washer Motor R5—Glow Plugs V5— Alternator Diode X10— Remote Start Box Connector X27— Attachment Control Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector X36— Electric Quik-Tatch 4-Pin Connector X40— Service Advisor Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 47-Pin Connector

X42— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector X47— Engine Harness-to-Horn Harness 2-Pin Connector X48— Engine Harness-to-Backup Alarm Harness 3-Pin Connector X51— Controller Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector X60— Fuse Block 1 X70— Fuse Block 2 Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-159

Y7— High Flow Solenoid Y13— Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

LW86157,00004FA -19-30APR08-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=391


System Diagrams

X41

X42

B1

Y18

Y16

Y17

G2

Y5 M1

Y15

W21 B13

W24 W23

B5

TX1037010 —UN—19FEB08

B6

TX1037010 Engine Harness-EH Controls (W31) Component Location (Rear)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-160

LW86157,00004FA -19-30APR08-3/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=392


System Diagrams B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Switch B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch B13— Engine RPM Sensor G2—Alternator

M1—Starter Motor W21—Alternator Ground W23—Engine Harness to Frame Ground W24—Solenoid Ground X41— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 47-Pin Connector

X42— Cab Harness-to-Engine Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Harness 8-Pin Connector Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid LW86157,00004FA -19-30APR08-4/6

F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 Amp Fuse F3— Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F4— Lights 20 Amp Fuse F10— Air Conditioner and Heater 20 Amp Fuse F16— Joystick 10 Amp Fuse

F17— F18— X60— X70— X80—

Joystick 5 Amp Fuse Joystick 5 Amp Fuse Fuse Block 1 Fuse Block 2 Joystick Fuse Block

X60 222

X70 222

F1

F2

F3 F4

X80 222

F18

TX1032995 —UN—28JAN08

F10

F17

F16

Fuse Blocks LW86157,00004FA -19-30APR08-5/6

X70— Fuse Block 2

TX1033121A —UN—28JAN08

X40— Service ADVISOR Connector X60— Fuse Block 1

Fuse Blocks (X60 and X70) LW86157,00004FA -19-30APR08-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-161

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=393


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-162

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=394


System Diagrams

Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram TX1057102 —UN—19MAR09

NUMBER H03A H04 H05 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H23 H34 H35 J01 M10 M12 M12A M12B M13 M13A M13B N01 P02A P02C P02D P02E P03 P04 P04A P04B P04C P04D P05 P06 P08 P09 P10 P10B P10C P10D P10E P13 P32 P33 P34 R01 R01A R01B R01C R02 R03 R13 R13A

COLOR DKGN DKGN DKGN ORG ORG DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN TAN PUR YEL YEL YEL DKGN DKGN DKGN YEL RED RED RED ORG RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED PNK RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

END #2 Y7 X36 X36 X27 X27 X27 X27 X27 X27 X51 X51 X51 X41 G2 X195 X195 X195 X196 X196 X196 B6 X189 X42 X189 X189 G2 X190 X190 X190 X190 X190 X42 X42 K2 X70 X192 X192 X192 X192 X192 X41 W35 W35 B14 X193 X193 X193 X193 X41 Y6 X197 X197

END #1 X51 X51 X51 X51 X41 X51 Y5 X41 X51 X51 X51 X51 X41 X41 X41

NUMBER R13B R30 R31 R32 R33 R38 R43 T03 T05 T30 T31 T32 T33 X01 X02 Y01

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK LTBL LTBL LTBL LTBL LTBL YEL YEL YEL

END #2 X197 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 X51 B14 X41 Y6 Y15 Y16 Y17 Y18 B5 B2 B4

X60 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X40 A B C D E F G H J

K1 30 85 86 87 87A

B01B G01D E01A B05

G01W P04A

P10E P13 — —

30 85 86 87 87A

— — — — —

X197

A B

SIDE A M13 M13A SIDE B M13B

K4 K10 30 85 86 87 87A

— — A B C D

P04B E32B E01B —

R13B

K1

B07C P06 B07D P09

X10

X196

B01C G01B J01 B07A

X70

B07B P02A

X40

X196

X190

X47

X47

X60

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X10

M12B M13B

K10

P10B G01E E05 E07

SIDE A P04A P04B P04C SIDE B P04

X186

SIDE A R13 R13A SIDE B R13B

SIDE A G01J G01R G01S G01T G01U G01V SIDE B G01A G01B G01D G01E G01W

X195

X190

P04D

SIDE A M12 M12A SIDE B M12B

X192 X185 SIDE A E32A E32C SIDE B E32B

X186

X185

A04 G01A

SIDE A P10B P10E SIDE B P10 P10C P10D

X189

X192

X189

SIDE A P02C P02D SIDE B P02A P02E

1

M5

X182

X183

X184

SIDE A B01B B01C SIDE B B01A B01D B01E

SIDE A B07A SIDE B B07B B07C B07D

SIDE A E01A E01B

M5 A B

P02E R02

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

P32 — E03 — P33 — E01 A10 F01 F02 H03A H04

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

Y6 H05 J01 M10 N01 E05 R01 R02 R03 T03 T05 X01 X02

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 32 33 34 35 36

Y01 H23 H10 H11 A04 H12 H13 H14 H15 P13 H34 R38

Continued on next page

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=395

V11

SIDE B E01

X41

Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram (1 of 2)

9015-10-163

B01E P05

K4

TX1057102

TM2191 (26MAR19)

X70 B01D P04C

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

H35 M12A M13A R13A E32A —

1 2

X36

M F1 F2

E32C — P10D

X48 A B C

X36 Y6

T05 R03

A B C D

A03 — G01T

X48

H04 G01R H05 G01S

B2 1 2

X02 R01A

X42

X41

— — — — —

X42

A B C D E F G H

P04D G02A G02B P10C P02C P06 P05 P09

G01G F02

END #1 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 K4 X41 X51 X41 X40 X51 X41 X40 X41 X70 X189 V5 M5 V5 X51 X40 X10 X60 X42 X60 X70 F5 X42 X35 K10 X42 V11 X60 X60 X41 X41 X51 X41 B2 B4 B5 M5 X41 X51 X41

A

END #2 X51 X41 X41 X182 X182 X182 X182 X182 G2 F5 M1 X183 X183 X183 X70 X184 X184 X184 K2 X41 Y1 K2 B14 B13 X185 X185 X185 B1 X41 X186 X186 X186 X186 X187 X187 X187 X187 X187 X187 X186 X186 X186 X186 X186 X186 X187 X188 X188 X188 W21 X187 B13

B

COLOR ORG ORG ORG RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT WHT YEL YEL BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

C

NUMBER A03 A04 A10 B01A B01B B01C B01D B01E B02 B03 B05 B07A B07B B07C B07D E01 E01A E01B E03 E05 E07 E08 E30 E31 E32A E32B E32C F01 F02 G01A G01B G01D G01E G01G G01J G01L G01M G01N G01P G01R G01S G01T G01U G01V G01W G01X G02A G02B G02C G03 G31 G31D

D

END #1 X48 X47 Y13 M1 K1 K4 X60 X60 M1 M1 K1 K4 X70 X70 X183 X41 K1 X10 X41 K10 K10 R5 X51 X51 X41 X10 V11 X41 B3 X47 K4 K1 K10 W22 X186 W23 K2 Y1 B1 X36 X36 X48 Y5 Y7 X40 X27 X42 X42 W24 G2 X51 X51

W22

B3 LW86157,000025B -19-26MAR09-1/4


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-164

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=396


System Diagrams

1— Continued on Sheet 2 of 2 B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil filter Restriction Switch K1—Starter Relay K4—Accessory Relay K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M5—Windshield Washer Motor V11— Remote Start Diode

W22—Hydraulic Oil Filter Housing Ground X10— Remote Start Box Connector X36— Electric Quik-Tatch 4-Pin Connector X40— Service Advisor Connector X41— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 47-Pin Connector X42— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector

X47— Engine Harness-to-Horn Harness 2-Pin Connector X48— Engine Harness-to-Backup Alarm Harness 3-Pin Connector X60— Fuse Block 1 X70— Fuse Block 2 X182— Wire Splice B01 X183— Wire Splice B07 X184— Wire Splice E01 X185— Wire Splice E32

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-165

X186— Wire Splice G01 X189— Wire Splice P02 X190— Wire Splice P04 X192— Wire Splice P10 X195— Wire Splice M12 X196— Wire Splice M13 X197— Wire Splice R13 Y6— Two Speed Solenoid

LW86157,000025B -19-26MAR09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=397


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-166

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=398


System Diagrams

TX1057103 —UN—19MAR09

X51 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

A03 E30 E31 G31 G31D H23 H34 H35 M12 M13 P04 P10

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24

25 26 27 28 29 30 31

P32 P33 P34 R13 R30 R31 R32 R33 R38 R43 T30 T31

X27

X27

T32 T33

A B C D E F G H

X51

— — — — —

Y16 1 2

1 2

Y13

T32 R32

Y5 1 2

A B

E07 G01N

Y7

1A B0

A B

H03A G01V

2C

L

01

G

G0 G03

Y1

Y7

B02

W24

T33 R33

Y15

3 B0

W23

W21

1 2

T30 R30

A10

N01

1 2

T03 G01U

Y18

M1 5

G01X

Y17

Y15

B0

H12 H13 H14 H15

T31 R31

B6

M1

H10 H11

B1

1 X193

A B C

SIDE A R01 R01A SIDE B R01B R01C

SIDE B G01L G01M G01N G01P G01X G31

M F1 F2

03

E03

G

M10

R5

G01M

P34

P02D

— P03

B5 B4

P0

A B

8

E08

R43 E30

V5

K2

F5

G01P F01

V5

2

SIDE A G02C SIDE B G02A G02B

SIDE A G01G G01J

B0

X187

E08

X188

A B

B14

B14

B13 R01B Y01

A B

E31 G31D

1 2

P03

A B

R01C X01

F5 1 2

TX1057103

B03 P08

G2

K2 Engine Harness—EH Controls (W31) Wiring Diagram (2 of 2)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-167

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=399

LW86157,000025B -19-26MAR09-3/4


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-168

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=400


System Diagrams

1— Continued on Sheet 1 of 2 B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Switch B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch B13— Engine RPM Sensor B14— Throttle Position Sensor F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse

G2—Alternator K2—Glow Plug Relay M1—Starter Motor R5—Glow Plugs V5— Alternator Diode W21—Alternator Ground W23—Engine Harness to Frame Ground W24—Solenoid Ground X27— Attachment Control Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector

X51— Controller Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector X187— Wire Splice G01 X188— Wire Splice G02 X193— Wire Splice R01 Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y7— High Flow Solenoid Y13— Air Conditioning Compressor Clutch

Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

LW86157,000025B -19-26MAR09-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-169

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=401


System Diagrams

Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location S21

S9

S19

R3

S12 S20 S8 S7 S6

X12 K6

E1 E6

K5 E3 W25 E5 X9 E4 X8 X20

X43

X41 X7

X42

X6

E1 E6

S2

S13/X18

H4

S1 M4 E2 E7

X53

X54

S4

X52

S5 R6

X23

X24 XJ1249203

XJ1249203 —UN—20DEC17

X80

Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-170

LW86157,000025C -19-20DEC17-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=402


System Diagrams E1— Left Front Work Light E2— Right Front Work Light E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light E5— Rear Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K5—Dual Flasher Relay K6—High Flow Relay M4—Windshield Wiper Motor R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1 S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch

S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch S8— High Flow Switch S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S19— Air Conditioner Switch S26— Electric Quik-Tatch Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground X6— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1)

X7— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) X8— Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector X9— Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X20— Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector X23— Right Joystick 6-Pin Connector X24— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector

X41— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 47-Pin Connector X42— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector X43— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 12-Pin Connector (J3) X52— Left Joystick 10-Pin Connector X53— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector X54— Left Joystick 6-Pin Connector X80— Joystick Fuse Block

LW86157,000025C -19-20DEC17-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-171

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=403


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-172

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=404


System Diagrams

Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram XJ1249204 —UN—21DEC17

END #1 M4 X41 S9 S9 S9 S19 X8 R3 X6 S1 X6 X6 X43 X7 X7 X42 X7 H4 M4 S2 E7 E2 X20 X23 X52 X54 X42 X9 E4 E5 E3 W25 R3 X222 X222 E6 E1 S19 S21 X224 S26 S12 S12 K5 K6 S8 S6 K5 K6 S8 X225 S8 K6 S26 S26 XJ1249204

NUMBER A01 A04 A05 A06 A07 A08 A10 A11 A12 E01 E03 E05 E32 F01 F02 G02A G02AA G02AB G02AC G02AD G02AE G02AF G02AG G02AH G02AJ G02AK G02B G02C G02D G02E G02F G02G G02H G02J1 G02J2 G02K G02L G02M G02N G02P G02R G02T1 G02T2 G02U G02V G02W G02X G02Y H02A H02B H03A H03B H03C H04 H05

COLOR ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG ORG WHT WHT WHT WHT YEL YEL BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN

END #2 S12 X53 X9 X9 X9 X8 X41 X8 X9 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X41 X222 X224 X224 X224 X224 X224 X224 X223 X222 X222 X222 X222 X222 X223 X223 X223 X222 X223 X223 X224 X223 X223 X223 X223 X12 X223 X224 S12 S7 X224 X224 X224 X224 S8 S8 X41 X225 X225 X41 X41

END #1 X7 X41 X41 X41 X41 X52 X52 X43 X43 X41 X43 X41 X41 S1 M4 K5 E1 E4 E3 E2 S6 S6 E7 K5 X7 X7 X7 X6 X41 R6 X216 X219 X54 X6 X41 R6 X217 X220 X54 X6 X7 X42 S26 S19 M4 K6 S7 X228 X228 X228 S8 S8 S12 S26 X20

NUMBER H06 H10 H11 H12 H13 H14 H15 H20 H21 H23 H24 H34 H35 J01 J02 J03 L01A L01B L01C L01D L01E L02 L03A L03B M01 M02 M03 M10 M12A M12B M12C M12D M12E M12F M13A M13B M13C M13D M13E M13F N01 P02A P02B P02C P02D P02E P02F P02G P02H P02J P02K P02L P02M P02N P02P

COLOR DKGN ORG ORG DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN TAN TAN TAN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN BRN PUR PUR PUR PUR YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL YEL DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN YEL RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED

END #2 S21 X53 X53 X24 X24 X41 X41 X24 X24 X24 X53 X43 X43 X41 S12 S7 X226 X226 X226 X226 X226 E5 K5 E6 S4 S5 S13/X18 X41 X216 X216 X23 X216 X219 X219 X217 X217 X23 X217 X220 X220 X41 X227 X227 X227 X228 X228 X227 S12 X12 X227 X228 S8 S12 S26 X228

END #1 X42 S1 S7 X229 X42 S5 S4 X7 X42 S6 S6 S6 S9 X42 X8 S9 R3 X42 S2 S1 S21 S21 S2 S2 S13/X18 X23 X54 X80 X80 X80 S1 X7 X43 X80 X24 X52 X52 X53 X235 X235 X235 X53 X41 X41 X7 S12 S12 X6 X41 X218 X221 X43

NUMBER P04A P04B P04C P04D P05A P05B P05C P05D P06A P06B P06C P06D P07 P09A P09B P09C P09D P10A P10B P10C P10D P10E P10F P10G P10H P10J P10K P10L P10M P10N P11 P13 P20 P21A P21B P21C P21D P21E P22A P22B P22C P23 P32 P33 R01 R02A R02B R03 R13A R13B R13C R13D R13E R13F R20

COLOR RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED PNK PNK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

END #2 X229 X229 X229 X12 X230 X230 X230 X230 X231 X231 X231 S6 S19 X232 X232 X232 X232 X233 X233 X233 X233 S21 S2 S2 X233 X233 X233 X233 X233 X233 S2 X41 X24 X234 X234 X234 X234 X234 X80 X53 X24 X80 X6 X43 X41 X12 X41 X41 X218 X218

END #1 X41 S2 S2 X6 X7 X6 X6 X6 X6 X6

NUMBER R38 T01 T02 T03 T04 T05 X01 X02 Y01 Z01

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-173

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=405

END #2 X43 X7 X7 X41 X53 X41 X41 X41 X41 H4

E3

E5 A

L02

B

G02E

E5

A B

L01C G02F

E3

E4 1

E4 A B

L01B G02D

X218 X221 X221 X24

Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram (1 of 3) Continued on next page

COLOR BLK DKBL DKBL DKBL DKBL DKBL YEL YEL YEL GRY

LW86157,000025D -19-20DEC17-1/6


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-174

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=406


System Diagrams

1— Continued on Page 2 of 3

E3— Left Tail Light E4— Right Tail Light

E5— Rear Work Light Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-175

LW86157,000025D -19-20DEC17-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=407


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-176

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=408


System Diagrams

XJ1249205 —UN—20DEC17

X223

G02L G02M G02N G02R

SIDE A P02J P02P SIDE B P02D P02E P02G P02H P02K

X226

SIDE A L01A L01D L01E SIDE B L01B L01C

S13/X18 A

P10H

B

M03

E6

E1

SIDE A H03A SIDE B H03B H03C

E1 A B

X225

L01A G02L

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

X52 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

X228 SIDE A P06B P06C SIDE B P06A

X231 G02 G

H14 P21C H15 — — — G02AJ P21D — —

W25

X230 SIDE A P05B P05C SIDE B P05A P05D

X227

1 P02P 2 G02AG

SIDE A P02B P02C P02F P02J SIDE B P02A

H24 T04 H10 H11

X54

X53

6

2 3

5 4

1 2 3 4 5 6

1 2

P10K G02AK

P05B M02

M12E M13E — —

X80 S5

P21E P22B

R13E

X221 X220 X219

1 2

X220

SIDE A M12D M12F SIDE B M12E

SIDE A P10A P10B P10C P10D P10H SIDE B P10J P10K P10L P10M P10N

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

P10L P21A P10M P22A P10N P23 — —

A B C D E

SIDE A M13D M13F SIDE B M13E

X221

P05C M01

SIDE A R13E SIDE B R13D

SIDE A P22A P22C SIDE B P22B

R13F

X217

X216

X235

SIDE A M12B M12C SIDE B M12A M12D

SIDE A M13B M13C SIDE B M13A M13D

R3

1 2 3

SIDE A R13B R13C SIDE B R13A R13D

X8

A B C D E F G H

X9 A B C

A05 A06 A07 G02C A12 P09B

A11 A08 A10

X9

Continued on next page

9015-10-177

S12 S21 S19

A B

M12B M13B

C

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

R6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=409

P04A G02A G02B P10A P02A P06A P05A P09A

X42 E

D C A

F

B G H

13 14 15 E03 — 16 P33 17 — 18 19 E01 A10 20 F01 21 F02 22 H03A 23 H04 24 Controls (W32) P32 —

25 Y01 26 H23 27 M10 H10 N01 28 H11 E05 29 A04 R01 30 H12 31 R02B H13 R03 32 H14 T03 33 H15 T05 34 P13 X01 35 H34 X02 36 R38 Wiring Diagram (2 of 3) H05 J01

37 38 39 40 41 42 43 44 45 46 47

H35 M12A M13A R13A E32 — — — — — —

X23

X23 1 2 3 4 5 6

P10J G02AH M12C M13C — —

— P07 A08 — — — G02M P02C — —

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10

S26 — P10E H06 — — — G02N P10D P10E — —

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10

H05 P02N H04 — — — G02R P02B P02N — —

1 2 3 4 5 6 6 7 7 8 8 9 10

— P02M A01 J02 G02T2 R02A R02B G02T1 G02T2 P02G P02M — —

X24

3C

X42 A B C D E F

P09D A11 G02H

R6

SIDE A P21C P21D SIDE B P21A P21B P21E

X229

X8

S19

R3

X234

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 Cab Harness—EH

S12

S21

A06 A07 A05 P07 P09C

X218

X41 SIDE A P04B P04C P04D SIDE B P04A

S26

S9

S9

S4

X219

X233

X222

XJ1249205

TM2191 (26MAR19)

1

X80

R1

SIDE A G02AH G02AJ G02AK G02G G02JI G02J2 SIDE B G02A G02B G02C

S5

3B R1

1 X222

R02A P02H

02

P23 A04

X234

X20

X20

K

P04D G02P

G

X54

X52

SIDE A P09C P09D SIDE B P09A P09B

X12 A B C D

X53

X223

X232

X12

2

X231 S13/X18

X225

3B

G02JI SIDE B G02H G02K

X226

L0

SIDE A G02AG G02D G02E G02F

X228

1

6

2 3

5 4

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12

— — — H23 H12 H13 P21B P22C P20 R20 H20 H21

LW86157,000025D -19-20DEC17-3/6


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-178

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=410


System Diagrams

1— Continued on Page 1 of 3 2— Continued on Page 3 of 3 E1— Left Front Work Light E6— Left Front Flasher Light R3—Cab Temperature Control Dial R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1 S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S9— Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch S12— Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S19— Air Conditioner Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch

S26— Electric Quik-Tatch Switch W25—Cab Harness Ground X8— Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector X9— Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 3-Pin Connector X12— Cab Harness Accessory Power Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) X20— Operator Convenience Package Power 2-Pin Connector X23— Right Joystick 6-Pin Connector X24— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector

X41— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 47-Pin Connector X42— Cab Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector X52— Left Joystick 10-Pin Connector X53— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector X54— Left Joystick 6-Pin Connector X80— Joystick Fuse Block X216— Wire Splice M12 X217— Wire Splice M13 X218— Wire Splice R13 X219— Wire Splice M12 X220— Wire Splice M13 X221— Wire Splice R13

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-179

X222— X223— X225— X226— X227— X228— X229— X230— X231— X232— X233— X234— X235—

Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire

Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice

G02 G02 H03 L01 P02 P02 P04 P05 P06 P09 P10 P21 P22

LW86157,000025D -19-20DEC17-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=411


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-180

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=412


System Diagrams

TX1057101 —UN—19MAR09

S2

X6 X7 A B C D E F G H

X43 K6

A B C D E F G H J K L M

K6 1 2 3 4 5

G02V H02A P02E — H03C

P20 R38 R20 H21 H20 P33

R01 H06 F02 N01 M03 T01

J K L M N P

A B C D E F G H

G02AA T02 F01 T04 P13 M01

M02 P05D

M12F M13F X01 X02 — Z01 E03 P32

F E D C B A M L K J H G

T02 P10B P10F — T01 P10F

6 7 8 9

P11 G02AD P10G —

10

P10G

S2

X43

H34 H35 — H24 E32 —

1 2 2 3 4 5 5

M10 — Y01 R03 T05 T03 A12 E05

J K L M N P R S

X7

X6

G F E D C B A P N M L K J H

H G F E D C B A S R Q P N M K J

E2

S1

S1

A B S1 S2 1

GF ED CBA

J01 P04B P11 E01 P10C

1 LO1D 2 G02AF

R13F

2

E2

S7

S6 — H03B H02B — P02K P02L H02A H02B G02W P02L — —

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 7 8 9 10

X224 — P06B L01E — P06C P06D L02 G02X P06D — —

1 1

L03A L03B

1 1 1

G02U G02Y

S6 K5

S8

J03

SIDE A G02J2 G02P G02TI G02V G02W G02X G02Y SIDE B G02AA G02AB

L0

E

1 2 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 8 9 10

A

— P04C J03 — — — G02U P02F — —

M4

H4 1 Z01 2 G02AB

H4

A B C D

3A

02

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10

G

S8

S7

A01 G02AC J02 P02D

M4 E7

G02AC G02AD G02AE G02AF

TX1057101 Cab Harness—EH Controls (W32) Wiring Diagram (3 of 3) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-181

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=413

LW86157,000025D -19-20DEC17-5/6


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-182

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=414


System Diagrams

2— Continued on Page 2 of 3 E2— Right Front Work Light E7— Right Front Flasher Light H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K5—Dual Flasher Relay

K6—High Flow Relay M4—Windshield Wiper Motor S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S6— Work Lights Switch S7— Dual Flasher Switch S8— High Flow Switch

X6— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2)

X43— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 12-Pin Connector (J3) X224— Wire Splice G02

LW86157,000025D -19-20DEC17-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-183

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=415


System Diagrams

Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) Component Location

X48

TX1032184 —UN—07DEC07

H2

TX1032184 Backup Alarm Harness-EH Controls (W33) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-184

LW86157,000025E -19-24APR08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=416


System Diagrams H2—Backup Alarm X48— Engine Harness-to-Backup Alarm Harness 3-Pin Connector LW86157,000025E -19-24APR08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-185

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=417


System Diagrams

Backup Alarm Harness—EH Controls (W33) Wiring Diagram

END #1 X48 X48

NUMBER A01 G01

COLOR ORG BLK

END #2 H2 H2

A B

H2

C

A0 1

X48 A B C

A01 — G01

TX1032255 —UN—10DEC07

C

1 G0

A B

TX1032255 Backup Alarm Harness-EH Controls (W33) Wiring Diagram

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-186

LW86157,000025F -19-24APR08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=418


System Diagrams H2—Backup Alarm X48— Engine Harness to Backup Alarm Harness 3-Pin Connector LW86157,000025F -19-24APR08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-187

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=419


System Diagrams

Horn Harness—EH Controls (W34) Component Location

H3

TX1032182 —UN—12DEC07

X47

TX1032182 Horn Harness-EH Controls (W34) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-188

LW86157,0000260 -19-24APR08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=420


System Diagrams H3—Horn X47— Engine Harness-to-Horn Harness 2-Pin Connector LW86157,0000260 -19-24APR08-2/2

Horn Harness—EH Controls (W34) Wiring Diagram

X47 A B

A04 G01

G01 H3

END #1 X47 X47

NUMBER A04 G01

COLOR END #2 ORG H3 BLK H3

TX1031744

TX1031744 —UN—10DEC07

A04

Horn Harness-EH Controls (W34) Wiring Diagram H3—Horn X47— Engine Harness-to-Horn Harness 2-Pin Connector LW86157,0000261 -19-24APR08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-189

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=421


System Diagrams

Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Component Location

X44 X45 X46 R7 A4 Y20

Y22

X25 X51 B16 Y4

Y19 Y23 Y24

X26

B17

TX1131373 —UN—20FEB13

Y21

TX1131373 Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (Single Speed)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-190

LW86157,0000262 -19-18FEB13-1/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=422


System Diagrams A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Controller B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor Harness-to-Hydraulic B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor Control Unit 32-Pin Black R7—CAN Termination Resistor 2 Connector (J1) X25— Left Motor Speed Sensor X45— Hydraulic Controller 4-Pin Connector Harness-to-Hydraulic X26— Right Motor Speed Sensor Control Unit 48-Pin Brown 4-Pin Connector Connector (J2) X46— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3)

Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot X51— Controller Harness-toSolenoid Engine Harness 31-Pin Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Connector Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-191

LW86157,0000262 -19-18FEB13-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=423


System Diagrams

X44 X45 X46 R7 A4 Y20

X51

Y22

X25 Y4

X26

Y19

B16

Y21

Y23

Y24

TX1131376 —UN—20FEB13

B17

TX1131376 Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (Two Speed)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-192

LW86157,0000262 -19-18FEB13-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=424


System Diagrams A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X44— Hydraulic Controller B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor Harness-to-Hydraulic B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor Control Unit 32-Pin Black R7—CAN Termination Resistor 2 Connector (J1) X25— Left Motor Speed Sensor X45— Hydraulic Controller 4-Pin Connector Harness-to-Hydraulic X26— Right Motor Speed Sensor Control Unit 48-Pin Brown 4-Pin Connector Connector (J2) X46— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3)

Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot X51— Controller Harness-toSolenoid Engine Harness 31-Pin Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Connector Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid

LW86157,0000262 -19-18FEB13-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-193

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=425


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-194

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=426


System Diagrams

Electrohydraulic Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram TX1032681 —UN—02JAN08

END #1 X46 X44 X44 X51 X45 X45 X45 X206 X206 X44 X44 X44 X46 X46 X51 X51 X46 X44 X44 X44 X45 X45 X51 R7 X45 X51 R7 X45 X44 X45 X45 X51 X44 X46 X51 X45 X45 X209 X209 X209 X51 X45 X45 X46 X46 X44 X44 X46 X46 X51 X210

NUMBER A01 E30 E31 G31 G31A G31B G31C G31D G31E H23 H30 H31 H32 H33 H34 H35 H41 M01 M02 M03 M04 M12 M12A M12B M13 M13A M13B P04 P10A P10B P10C P10D P32A P32B P32C P33 P34 P34A P34B P34C R13A R13B R30 R31 R32 R33 R34 R35 R36 R37 R38 R38A

COLOR ORG WHT WHT BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN DKGN PUR PUR PUR PUR YEL YEL YEL DKGN DKGN DKGN RED RED RED RED RED RED RED RED PNK RED RED RED RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK

END #2 X51 X51 X51 X205 X205 X205 X205 X51 X205 X51 Y19 Y20 Y22 Y21 Y24 Y23 Y4 B16 B16 B17 B17 X213 X213 X213 X214 X214 X214 X51 X207 X207 X207 X207 X208 X208 X208 X51 X209 X51 B16 B17 X215 X215 X51 X51 X51 X51 Y19 Y20 Y22 Y21 X210 Y24

END #1 X210 X45 X45 X211 X212 X211 X211 X45 X45 X46 X46

NUMBER R38B R41 R43 R43A R43B R43C R43D T30 T31 T32 T33

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK LTBL LTBL LTBL LTBL

END #2 Y23 Y4 X211 X51 B16 B17 X212 X51 X51 X51 X51

A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4

X45 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4

M12 — — T30 M13 — — R30 — — R31 — — — T31 — — — — — — — R41 —

G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4 J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2 K3 K4 L1 L2 L3 L4 M1 M2 M3 M4

X44

X44

— M04 — — — — — — P34 R43 — — — — — — P04 G31A — P33 P10B G31B G31C P10C

4

M02 P10A — — M03 M01 — R34 — — — H30 E31 — — H31

E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4 G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4

1

— — — R35 — E30 — —

A

B

B

C

C

D

D

E

E

F

F

G

G

H

H

L

L K J

H

H

G F E D

G F E

C

C B

X206 X44

X209

H23 — — — — — — P32A

2

X205 SIDE A G31A G31B G31C

4

SIDE B G31 G31E

X211 SIDE A R43A R43C R43D

X211

X45

C

SIDE A M13 M13A M13B

X215

SIDE B

SIDE B

SIDE A R13A R13B SIDE B

Y20 1 2

Y4 A B

H41 R41

Y4

SIDE B P10D

X46 E1 E2 E3 E4 F1 F2 F3 F4 G1 G2 G3 G4 H1 H2 H3 H4

H41 — — — H32 R36 — — — — — — P32B — — —

1

A

X51

B

B

C

C

D

D

E

E

F

F

G

G

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16

H

X51

H 2

4

EH Controller Harness (W35) Wiring Diagram

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=427

1 2

A01 E30 E31 G31 G31D H23 H34 H35 M12A M13A P04 P10D P32C P33 P34A R13A

H30 R34

1 2 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

R30 R31 R32 R33 R38 R43A T30 T31 T32 T33 — — — — —

Y22 Y21

Y21

3

A

Y19

Y19

B16

SIDE A P32A P32B SIDE B P32C

X46

H31 R35

Y20

X207

1

R32 R33 — — R37 T33 — — H33 T32 — — A01 — — —

M12B M13B

SIDE A P10A P10B P10C

Continued on next page

9015-10-195

X214

SIDE A M12 M12A M12B

X213

SIDE B R43

X46 A1 A2 A3 A4 B1 B2 B3 B4 C1 C2 C3 C4 D1 D2 D3 D4

A B

X215

X214

X213

X205

X208 3

R7

R13B

TX1032681

TM2191 (26MAR19)

R7

SIDE A R43B R43D SIDE B

D

B

SIDE A P34 P34A P34B P34C SIDE B

X212

M

K J

SIDE A G31D G31E SIDE B

3

A

2

M

X209

X206

Y22

H33 R37

1 2

B16 1 2

P34B M01

3

R43B

4

M02

Y23 Y23 1 2

H32 R36

X210 SIDE A R38A R38B SIDE B R38

H35 R38B

Y24 1 2

R38A H34

B17 Y24 B17

1 2

P34C M03

3

R43C

4

M04

LW86157,0000263 -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-196

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=428


System Diagrams

B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor R7—CAN Termination Resistor 2 X44— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Black Connector (J1) X45— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 48-Pin Brown Connector (J2)

X46— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3) X51— Controller Harness-toEngine Harness 31-Pin Connector X205— Wire Splice G31 X206— Wire Splice G31 X207— Wire Splice P10 X208— Wire Splice P32

X209— Wire Splice P34 X210— Wire Splice R38 X211— Wire Splice R43 X212— Wire Splice R43 X213— Wire Splice M12 X214— Wire Splice M13 X215— Wire Splice R13 Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid

Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid

LW86157,0000263 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-197

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=429


System Diagrams

Attachment Control Harness (W36) Component Location—If Equipped

V12 X27 X50

X49

TX1032172 —UN—04FEB08

V13

TX1032172 Attachment Control Harness (W36) Component Location

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-198

LW86157,0000264 -19-29JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=430


System Diagrams X27— Attachment Control Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector

X49— Attachment Harness Connector A

X50— Attachment Harness Connector B LW86157,0000264 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-199

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=431


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-200

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=432


System Diagrams

Attachment Control Harness (W36) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped TX1032016 —UN—02JAN08

END #1 X27 V13 V12 X50 X198 X27 V12 X50 X199 X27 V13 X50 X200 X27 X201 X201 X27 X202 X202 X27 X203 X203 X27 X204 X204

NUMBER G01A G01B G01C G01D G01E H10A H10B H10C H10D H11A H11B H11C H11D H12A H12B H12C H13A H13B H13C H14A H14B H14C H15A H15B H15C

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BLK BLK DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN DKGRN

END #2 X198 X198 X198 X198 X49 X199 X199 X199 X49 X200 X200 X200 X49 X201 V13 X49 X202 V13 X49 X203 V13 X49 X204 V13 X49

A B C D E F

A B C D E F G H J K L M N P

H11B H12A G01B H13B H14B H15B

X200 X204

X202

SIDE A H15B H15C SIDE B H15A

SIDE A H13B H13C SIDE B H13A

X204

X27 X27 A B C D E F G H

X49

V13

H10A H11A H12A H13A H14A H15A

SIDE A H11A H11B SIDE B H11C

V13

SIDE A H14B H14C SIDE B H14A

H12C H13C H15C H10D H14C H11D — — — — — —

X49

H11D

X202

X203

G01E —

X200 X199

X201

SIDE A H10A H10B SIDE B H10C

SIDE A H12B H12C SIDE B H12A

H10D

X198 SIDE A G01A G01B G01C SIDE B G01D G01E

V12

— G01A

M F

H10B G01C

X50 A B C

H11C H10C G01D

TX1032016 Attachment Control Harness- if Equipped (W36) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-201

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=433

LW86157,0000265 -19-29JAN08-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-202

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=434


System Diagrams

V12— Left Handle Diode V13— Attachment Control Harness 5-Diode Pack X27— Attachment Control Harness-to-Engine Harness 8-Pin Connector

X49— Attachment Harness Connector A X50— Attachment Harness Connector B X198— Wire Splice G01

X199— X200— X201— X202— X203—

Wire Wire Wire Wire Wire

Splice Splice Splice Splice Splice

H10 H11 H12 H13 H14

X204— Wire Splice H15

LW86157,0000265 -19-29JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-203

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=435


System Diagrams

Water-in-Fuel Indicator Harness (W37) and Water-in-Fuel Sensor Harness (W38) Component Location—If Equipped

W37

E8

E11 X12B X12A

G1

B18 X55

G1 B19,R10

W38

K16

TX1055108 —UN—06FEB09

F13

TX1055108 Water-in-Fuel Indicator Harness (W37) and Water-in-Fuel Sensor Harness (W38) Component Location B18— Water-in-Fuel Sensor 3-Pin Connector B19— Fuel Heater Temperature Switch E8— Beacon 2-Pin Connector E11— Water-in-Fuel Indicator 4-Pin Connector

F13— Fuel Heater 15 Amp Fuse G1—Battery K16— Fuel Heater Relay 4-Pin Connector R10— Fuel Heater 2-Pin Connector W37—Water-in-Fuel Indicator Harness

W38—Water-in-Fuel Sensor X55— Cab Harness 2-Pin Harness Connector X12A— Cab Harness Accessory Power 4-Pin Connector X12B— Cab Harness Accessory Power to Beacon Harness 4-Pin Connector DH10862,00000F5 -19-17MAR10-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-204

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=436


System Diagrams

Water-in-Fuel Indicator Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped TX1054727 —UN—03FEB09

END #1 E8 X12A X12B X55 E8 X12A X12B X55 E11 X12A X12A

NUMBER G02A G02B G02C LT1 P02A P02B P02C P02D P02E P04 R02

COLOR BLK BLK BLK BRN RED RED RED RED RED RED BLK

END #2 X240 X240 X240 E11 X241 X241 X241 X241 X241 X12B X12B

E8 2

1

1 2

P02A G02A

E8 X12B

X12A A B C D

P04 G02B R02 P02B

C

B

D

A

X12A

D C

A B

A B C D

P04 G02C R02 P02C

X12B

2

1

4

3

1

2

X55 X240 X55 1 2

X241

SIDE A G02A SIDE B G02B G02C

P02D LT1

SIDE A P02A P02D SIDE B P02B P02C P02E

E11

E11 1 2 3 4

P02E — LT1 —

TX1054727 Water-in-Fuel Indicator Harness (W37) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-205

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=437

DH10862,000009C -19-05FEB09-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-206

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=438


System Diagrams

E8— Beacon 2-Pin Connector E11— Water-in-Fuel Indicator 4-Pin Connector

X12A— Cab Harness Accessory X55— Cab Harness 2-Pin Power 4-Pin Connector Connector X12B— Cab Harness Accessory X240— G02 BLK Splice Power to Beacon Harness X241— P02 RED Splice 4-Pin Connector DH10862,000009C -19-05FEB09-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-207

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=439


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-208

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=440


System Diagrams

Water-in-Fuel Sensor Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped TX1054756 —UN—05FEB09

END #1 NUMBER F13 B01 K16 G02A G1 G02B B19,R10 G02C B18 G02D X55 LT1 K16 LT2 K16 LT3 K16 P02A X55 P02B B18 P02C

COLOR RED BLK BLK BLK BLK BRN BRN BRN RED RED RED

END #2 G1 X243 X243 X243 X243 B18 F13 B19,R10 X242 X242 X242

X55 2

1

1 2

P02B LT1

X55 F13 A

B

A B

B19,R10

B01 LT2

B

A

A B

LT3 G02C

F13 B19,R10

K16

B18

30 86

87a

A

85

B C

87

X242 K16 30 85 86 87

X243

SIDE A P02A SIDE B P02B P02C

LT2 G02A P02A LT3

SIDE A G02A G02B SIDE B G02C G02D

B18 A B C

P02C LT1 G02D

G0 B01

2B

G1

TX1054756 Water-in-Fuel Sensor Harness (W38) Wiring Diagram Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-209

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=441

DH10862,000009E -19-17MAR10-1/2


System Diagrams

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-210

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=442


System Diagrams

B18— Water-in-Fuel Sensor 3-Pin G1—Battery Connector K16— Fuel Heater Relay F13— Fuel Heater 15 Amp Fuse R10— Water Separator Heater 2-Pin Connector

X55— Cab Harness 2-Pin Connector X242— P02 RED Splice X243— G02 BLK Splice DH10862,000009E -19-17MAR10-2/2

License Plate Light Harness (W39) Component Location—If Equipped

E10 W39

TX1054716 —UN—28JAN09

E4

TX1054716 License Plate Light Harness Component Location E4— Right Tail Light 2-Pin Connector

E10— License Plate Light 2-Pin Connector

W39—License Plate Light Harness DH10862,000009F -19-05FEB09-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-211

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=443


System Diagrams

License Plate Light Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram—If Equipped END #1 E4 E4

NUMBER L01 G02

COLOR BRN BLK

END #2 E10 E10

1 2

1 2

E10 1 2

L01 G02

E4 L01 G02

A B

TX1054676 —UN—26JAN09

A B

A B

TX1054676 License Plate Light Harness (W39) Wiring Diagram E4— Right Tail Light 2-Pin Connector

E10— License Plate Light 2-Pin Connector DH10862,00000A0 -19-05FEB09-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-10-212

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=444


Group 15

Sub-System Diagnostics Starting Circuit Theory of Operation Standard Controls TX1073882 —UN—22MAR10

Start Circuit Schematic

LW86157,0000293 -19-15APR10-1/6

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=445


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=446


Sub-System Diagnostics A2—Engagement and Monitor F1— Key Switch and Accessory Unit (EMU) 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature ) Sensor F2— Monitor 15 Amp Fuse F1— Key Switch and Accessory F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788)

When the key switch (S1) is put in the START position, power flows from the battery (G1) through fuse (F1) to key switch terminal 1 and out through key switch terminal 2 to park brake switch (S2). The park brake switch must be in the engaged position for power to continue out through park brake switch terminal 6 and back to key switch terminal 3. Power then flows from key switch terminal 3 to key switch terminal 5 and out to start relay (K1) energizing it. Energized start relay (K1) allows power to flow from the battery to the starter solenoid, activating it and the starter motor. When the key switch is in the ON or START position, the Engagement and Monitor Unit (A2) activates the Auto Shutdown Relay (K10), sending power to the Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid (Y1). The fuel shut-off solenoid must be energized for the engine to start.

G1—Battery K1—Starter Relay K2—Glow Plug Relay K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M1—Starter Motor R5—Glow Plugs

If the hydraulic oil temperature is less than 15° C (60° F), the engagement and monitor unit will energize the glow plug relay (K2) allowing power to flow from the battery, through glow plug fuse (F5) and glow plug relay (K2) to the glow plugs. Glow plugs will be activated for up to 20 seconds or until engine RPM is greater than 600 RPM. After the engine reaches 600 RPM or greater, the engagement and monitor unit will keep the glow plugs energized for an additional 20 seconds. When the glow plug relay is energized, the “Wait” indicator will illuminate on the instrument panel. Glow plug activation is determined by the hydraulic oil temperature sensor to avoid premature deactivation of glow plugs when an engine block heater is used.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid

9015-15-3

LW86157,0000293 -19-15APR10-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=447


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=448


Sub-System Diagnostics

EH Controls TX1073833 —UN—05APR10

Starting and Charging Circuit—EH Controls (1 of 2) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=449

LW86157,0000293 -19-15APR10-3/6


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=450


Sub-System Diagnostics

F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F3— Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse

G1—Battery G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay K2—Glow Plug Relay K10— Auto Shutdown Relay

M1—Starter Motor R5—Glow Plugs S1— Key Switch V5— Alternator Diode V11— Diode W20—Battery to Frame Ground Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-7

X10— Remote Start Box Connector Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid

LW86157,0000293 -19-15APR10-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=451


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=452


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1073834 —UN—05APR10

Starting and Charging Circuit—EH Controls (2 of 2) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=453

LW86157,0000293 -19-15APR10-5/6


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=454


Sub-System Diagnostics A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch

F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 Amp Fuse F19— Monitor Switched Power 10 Amp Fuse H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S13— Cab Door Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch X6— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1)

When the key switch (S1) is put in the START position, power flows from the battery (G1) through fuse (F1) to key switch terminal 1 and out through key switch terminal 2 to park brake switch (S2). The park brake switch must be in the engaged position for power to continue out through park brake switch terminal 6 and back to key switch terminal 3. Power then flows from key switch terminal 3 to key switch terminal 5 and out to start relay (K1) energizing it. Energized start relay (K1) allows power to flow from the battery to the starter solenoid, activating it and the starter motor. When the key switch is in the ON or START position, the Engagement and Monitor Unit (A2) activates the Auto Shutdown Relay (K10), sending power to the Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid (Y1). The fuel shut-off solenoid must be energized for the engine to start. If the hydraulic oil temperature is less than 15° C (60° F), the engagement and monitor unit will energize the glow plug relay (K2) allowing power to flow from the battery, through glow plug fuse (F5) and glow plug relay (K2)

X7— Cab Harness-toX45— Hydraulic Controller Engagement and Monitor Harness-to-Hydraulic Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) Control Unit 48-Pin Brown X18— Cab Door Switch (Jumper) Connector (J2) Connector X46— Hydraulic Controller X43— Cab Harness-toHarness-to-Hydraulic Engagement and Monitor Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Unit 12-Pin Connector (J3) Connector (J3) X44— Hydraulic Controller Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Black Connector (J1)

to the glow plugs. Glow plugs will be activated for up to 20 seconds or until engine RPM is greater than 600 RPM. After the engine reaches 600 RPM or greater, the engagement and monitor unit will keep the glow plugs energized for an additional 20 seconds. When the glow plug relay is energized, the “Wait” indicator will illuminate on the instrument panel. Glow plug activation is determined by the hydraulic oil temperature sensor to avoid premature deactivation of glow plugs when an engine block heater is used. The starting circuit for electrohydraulic (EH) controls machines incorporate a remote start diode (V11). the remote start diode (V11) is in the circuit to keep switched power from the key switch (S1) out of the circuit when using a remote start box. The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) processes the information that a remote start box is being used to determine whether or not to enable the hydraulics and hydrostatics. The EMU then sends this enable/disable message over the controller area network (CAN) to the hydraulic control unit (HCU). LW86157,0000293 -19-15APR10-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=455


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=456


Sub-System Diagnostics

Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation XJ1248621 —UN—14DEC17

XJ1248621 Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Schematic Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-13

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=457

LW86157,0000294 -19-13DEC17-1/4


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=458


Sub-System Diagnostics A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch F1— Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788)

F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— ) F2— Monitor 15 Amp Fuse F3— Accessory 25 Amp Fuse F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse G1—Battery G2—Alternator H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K1—Starter Relay K2—Glow Plug Relay K4—Accessory Relay K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M1—Starter Motor R5—Glow Plugs

S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S14— Two Speed Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch V5— Alternator Diode W20—Battery to Frame Ground X6— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness to Engagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2)

X10— Remote Start Box Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid

The air filter restriction switch is a normally open switch that will close when a restriction is detected. When the switch closes, it grounds terminal L (J2) on the engagement and monitor unit. This illuminates the air filter restriction indicator on the instrument panel. See Electrical Component Specifications for component specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

sensor is used to display the fuel level to the operator and to warn the operator when the fuel level is low. When fuel is low, the operator will be warned by a series of three warnings. The first and second warnings consist of a message on the engagement and monitor unit display and three beeps of the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm. The third warning starts immediately after the second warning and consists of a message on the engagement and monitor unit display and a single beep of the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm every 60 seconds. The message displayed on the engagement and monitor unit display is an alternation of “LOW” and “FUEL” until the “SELECT” or “MENU” buttons are pushed. For more information on sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2)

Coolant Temperature Sensor (B5)

The hydraulic oil temperature sensor is a variable resistance temperature sensor. The resistance is sensed at terminal D (J1) of the engagement and monitor unit. Information from this sensor is used to display hydraulic oil temperature to the operator, warn the operator when the hydraulic oil temperature is too high, determine if the glow plugs are to be energized, and to auto shutdown the machine when hydraulic oil temperature reaches a predetermined temperature. For more information on auto shutdown, see below. For more information on sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

The coolant temperature sensor is a variable resistance temperature sensor. The resistance is sensed at terminal C (J1) of the engagement and monitor unit. Information from this sensor is used to display engine coolant temperature to the operator, warn the operator when coolant temperature is above normal, and auto shutdown the machine when the coolant temperature reaches critical levels. For more information on auto shutdown, see below. For more information on sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3)

The engine oil pressure switch is a normally closed switch held open by the oil pressure in the engine. When the oil pressure drops below specification, the switch grounds terminal D (J2) on the engagement and monitor unit. If oil pressure is low for one second or more the low oil pressure indicator illuminates on the instrument panel. Information from this switch is used to inform the engagement and monitor unit that the engine is running, warn the operator if engine oil pressure is low, determine if the glow plugs are to be energized, and auto shutdown the machine when low oil pressure is detected. For more information on auto shutdown, see below. For more information on switch, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

The engagement and monitor unit uses information from the machine sensors to display information to the operator and to shutdown the machine under abnormal conditions. The engagement and monitor unit also uses operator input from switches and sensors to control certain machine functions. Air Filter Restriction Switch (B1)

The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch is a normally open switch that will close when the pressure differential across the hydraulic oil filter is greater than specification. When the switch closes, it grounds terminal C (J2) of the engagement and monitor unit. If the temperature of the hydraulic oil is above 38°C (100° F), after a 60 second delay, the hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator illuminates on the instrument panel. Fuel Level Sensor (B4) The fuel level sensor is a variable resistance fuel level sensor. The resistance is sensed at terminal L (J1) of the engagement and monitor unit. Information from this

Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B6)

Alternator (G2)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-15

LW86157,0000294 -19-13DEC17-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=459


Sub-System Diagnostics

The alternator provides a signal from the W terminal to the engagement and monitor unit terminal J (J1) that the engine is running. When the engagement and monitor unit receives the signal that the engine is running, it starts the hour meter. This signal is also used to calculate the engine RPM which can be displayed on the engagement and monitor unit display. The engine RPM information is also used to determine if the glow plugs are to be energized.

one second. The engine is determined to be off when the engine RPM is less than 200 RPM and the engine oil pressure switch is closed for more than one second.

Interlock Logic

If the engine coolant temperature rises above specification, the stop indicator will illuminate, the engine coolant temperature gauge needle will be in the red portion of the gauge, the engagement and monitor unit display will automatically display engine coolant temperature, and the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm will sound. If engine coolant temperature rises even further, the engagement and monitor unit will deactivate the auto shutdown relay (K10), removing power to the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). This will shut the machine down.

The seat switch (S4) followed by the seat belt switch (S5) and cab door switch (S13) must be connected to system voltage for the engagement and monitor unit to allow the “Run” input and “Release” input to enable the hydraulic functions and release the park brake. On machines not equipped with a cab door, the door switch (canopy machines) (X18) is used to complete the circuit. This is done by running an 18 gauge jumper across connector. When the “Run” input at pin F (J2) is connected to system voltage from the park brake switch (S2), the engagement and monitor unit outputs power to the boom spool lock (Y2), bucket spool lock (Y3), and port lock (Y4) solenoids. This enables the hydraulics of the machine, but does not release the park brake. When the “Release” input at pin K (J2) is momentarily connected to system voltage from the park brake switch (S2), the engagement and monitor unit outputs power to the park brake solenoid (Y5) to release the park brake. If the seat switch drops power to the engagement and monitor unit for more than one second after either the hydraulic or park brake output have been enabled, these outputs are turned off. This disables the hydraulics and engages the park brake. The one second delay is to prevent the hydraulics from disengaging and the park brake from engaging if the operator bounces in the seat while driving over rough terrain. If the seat belt or cab door switch momentarily drops power to the engagement and monitor unit after either the hydraulic or park brake outputs have been enabled, the outputs are turned off. This disables the hydraulics and engages the park brake. Once power has been lost from the seat or seat belt switch to the engagement and monitor unit, power must be reestablished from the seat switch first and then the seat belt switch. This sequence must be followed for the engagement and monitor unit to allow the “Run” and “Release” input to enable hydraulic functions and release the park brake. The park brake output from the engagement and monitor unit must always be off when the engine is not running. Engine Status The engagement and monitor unit determines that the engine is running if the engine RPM, which is measured using the alternator (G2), is greater than 600 RPM or the engine oil pressure switch (B6) is open for more than

Shut Down Logic Auto shutdown is prevented in the first 30 seconds the engine is running to provide “limp home” capabilities for the machine.

If the low oil pressure warning or engine coolant temperature warning has been on for more than 5 seconds, the engagement and monitor unit will deactivate the auto shutdown relay (K10), removing power to the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). This shuts the machine down. If the hydraulic oil temperature rises above specification, the stop indicator will illuminate and the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm will sound. If the hydraulic oil temperature warning has been active for more than 5 minutes, the engagement and monitor unit will deactivate the auto shutdown relay (K10), removing power to the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). This shuts the machine down. If the auxiliary hydraulic spool neutral switch (B11) is open (auxiliary hydraulics active) and the seat or seat belt switch become open, the engagement and monitor unit will deactivate the auto shutdown relay (K10), removing power to the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). This shuts the machine down. For more information on auxiliary spool neutral switch and auxiliary hydraulic override switch, see below. One second after shutdown is complete, the auto shutdown relay and fuel shut-off solenoid are re-energized. If the seat, seat belt and auxiliary hydraulic spool neutral switch (B11) remain closed, the auto shutdown relay and fuel shut-off solenoid will remain activated. If the seat, seat belt or auxiliary hydraulic spool neutral switch are open after shutdown is complete, the auto shutdown relay and fuel shut-off solenoid are deactivated. Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch Logic The auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21) allows the operator to utilize the auxiliary hydraulics after exiting the machine. Under normal conditions, the machine will auto shutdown if the operator exits the machine (seat belt switch becomes open) and the auxiliary spool neutral switch is open (auxiliary spool activated). If the auxiliary hydraulic override switch is pressed, system voltage is momentarily applied to the engagement and monitor unit pin B (J2), activating the bypass mode.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-16

LW86157,0000294 -19-13DEC17-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=460


Sub-System Diagnostics

If the auxiliary hydraulic neutral switch is open (auxiliary active) and the auxiliary hydraulic override switch is pressed, the engagement and monitor unit will enter bypass mode and “BYPAS” will display on the monitor display. After “BYPAS” appears on the monitor display, the operator can exit the machine (seat belt switch open) for up to 15 seconds. If the operator exits the machine within the 15 seconds, auto shutdown will be prevented. If the operator does not exit the machine within 15 seconds, the engagement and monitor unit will exit the bypass mode and auto shutdown will return to normal operation. The engagement and monitor unit will remain in bypass mode until the seat and seat belt interlock logic is performed. See Interlock Logic.

Air Conditioner Compressor Cutout When engine coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature are 103°C (217°F) or greater, the engagement and monitor unit will disable the air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7). This stops the air conditioner compressor from operating and “ACoFF” will appear in the engagement and monitor unit display. This will reduce the load on the engine and allow for cooler air to be drawn through the engine coolant radiator and hydraulic oil cooler. When the engine coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature drop below 100.6°C (213°F), the engagement and monitor unit will enable the air conditioner compressor clutch relay allowing the air conditioner compressor to operate. LW86157,0000294 -19-13DEC17-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=461


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=462


Sub-System Diagnostics

Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation—EH Controls XJ1248623 —UN—17DEC17

XJ1248623 Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit—EH Controls (1 of 2) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-19

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=463

LW86157,00000BD -19-13DEC17-1/6


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-20

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=464


Sub-System Diagnostics

B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch SE4 , W31 )

F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 Amp Fuse F5— Glow Plug 80 Amp Fuse F19— Monitor Switched Power 10 Amp Fuse G1—Battery G2—Alternator K1—Starter Relay K2—Glow Plug Relay

K10— Auto Shutdown Relay M1—Starter Motor R5—Glow Plugs S1— Key Switch S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch S5— Seat Belt Switch S13— Door Switch (cab machines) S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-21

V11— Remote Start Diode W20—Battery to Frame Ground X10— Remote Start Box 4-Pin Connector X18— Door Switch (canopy machines) Y1— Fuel Shut-Off Solenoid

LW86157,00000BD -19-13DEC17-2/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=465


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-22

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=466


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1073836 —UN—05APR10

Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit—EH Controls (2 of 2) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-23

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=467

LW86157,00000BD -19-13DEC17-3/6


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-24

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=468


Sub-System Diagnostics A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) A5—Left Joystick A6—Right Joystick B15— Auxiliary Proportional Control Switch H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm K7—Air Conditioner Compressor Clutch Relay S25— Left Joystick Two Speed Switch (if equipped) S27— Float Enable Switch S28— Left Joystick Auxiliary Switch

S29— Right Joystick Aux 2A Switch S30— Right Joystick Aux 2B Switch S31— Left Joystick Aux 3A Switch S32— Left Joystick Aux 3B Switch S34— Left Joystick Horn Switch X6— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) X8— Cab Harness-to-Air Conditioner and Heater Harness 6-Pin Connector

The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) uses information from the machine sensors to display information to the operator and to shutdown the machine under abnormal conditions. The engagement and monitor unit also uses operator input from switches and sensors to control certain machine functions. On electrohydraulic (EH) control machines, the EMU is part of the control circuit for the hydrostatic and hydraulic systems. Within the EH circuit, the EMU manages the following items:

• • • •

systems Valve power to the HCU for the hydraulic and hydrostatic solenoids Operator display of information Audible alarm to alert the operator Main auxiliary hydraulics High / low (two speed) shifting of the hydrostatic motors—if equipped

J1 connector X6. Information from this sensor is used to display hydraulic oil temperature to the operator, warn the operator when the hydraulic oil temperature is too high, determine if the glow plugs are to be energized, and to auto shutdown the machine when hydraulic oil temperature reaches a predetermined temperature. For more information on auto shutdown, see below. For more information on sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

The hydraulic oil filter restriction switch is a normally open switch that will close when the pressure differential across the hydraulic oil filter is greater than specification. When the switch closes, it grounds terminal C of the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector X7. If the temperature of the hydraulic oil is above 38°C (100°F), after a 60 second delay, the hydraulic oil filter restriction indicator illuminates on the instrument panel and the EMU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Fuel Level Sensor (B4)

The EMU communicates with the other controllers in the EH circuit using the controller area network (CAN). For more information on the EMU within the EH controls circuit, see Electrohydraulic Controls Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) Air Filter Restriction Switch (B1) The air filter restriction switch is a normally open switch that closes when a restriction is detected. When the switch closes, it grounds terminal L on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J2 connector X7. This illuminates the air filter restriction indicator on the instrument panel and the EMU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). See Electrical Component Specifications for component specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2) The hydraulic oil temperature sensor is a variable resistance temperature sensor. The resistance is sensed at terminal D of the engagement and monitor unit (EMU)

The fuel level sensor is a variable resistance fuel level sensor. The resistance is sensed at terminal L of the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J1 connector X6. Information from this sensor is used to display the fuel level to the operator and to warn the operator when the fuel level is low. When fuel is low, the operator will be warned by a series of three warnings. The first and second warnings consist of a message on the EMU display and three beeps of the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm. The third warning starts immediately after the second warning and consists of a message on the EMU display and a single beep of the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm every 60 seconds. The message displayed on the EMU display is “Low Fuel” until the SELECT or MENU buttons are pushed. For more information on sensor, See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Coolant Temperature Sensor (B5)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

X53— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector X54— Left Joystick 6-Pin Connector Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3)

• Operator interlocks to enable hydrostatic and hydraulic •

X23— Right Joystick 6-Pin Connector X24— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector X43— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 12-Pin Connector (J3) X44— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Black Connector (J1) X45— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 48-Pin Brown Connector (J2) X46— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3)

9015-15-25

LW86157,00000BD -19-13DEC17-4/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=469


Sub-System Diagnostics

The coolant temperature sensor is a variable resistance temperature sensor. The resistance is sensed at terminal C of the engagement and monitor unit J1 connector X6. Information from this sensor is used to display engine coolant temperature to the operator, warn the operator when coolant temperature is above normal, and auto shutdown the machine when the coolant temperature reaches critical levels. For more information on auto shutdown, see below. For more information on sensor, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B6) The engine oil pressure switch is a normally closed switch held open by the oil pressure in the engine. When the oil pressure drops below specification, the switch grounds terminal D on the engagement and monitor unit J2 connector X7. If oil pressure is low for one second or more the low oil pressure indicator illuminates on the instrument panel and the EMU generates a diagnostic trouble code (DTC). Information from this switch is used to inform the EMU that the engine is running, warn the operator if engine oil pressure is low, determine if the glow plugs are to be energized, and auto shutdown the machine when low oil pressure is detected. For more information on auto shutdown, see below. For more information on switch, see Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.) Engine Status NOTE: The EMU does not receive engine speed input from the alternator (G2) as on non-EH machines. Engine speed information is sent to the EMU from the hydraulic control unit (HCU) over the CAN. The HCU uses the engine rpm sensor (B13) to calculate engine speed. The EMU determines that the engine is running if the engine speed sent from the HCU is above 800 rpm, and the key switch is ON. The engine is determined to be off when the engine speed is less than 20 rpm and the key switch is OFF.

Interlock Logic The seat switch (S4) followed by the seat belt switch (S5) and cab door switch (S13) must be connected to system voltage for the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to allow the “Run” input and “Release” input to enable the hydraulic and hydrostatic functions and release the park brake. On machines not equipped with a cab door, the door switch (canopy machines) (X18) is used to complete the circuit. This is done by running an 18 gauge jumper across connector. When the park brake switch (S2) is in the “Run” position, system voltage is connected to pin F of EMU J2 connector X7. This input, along with the seat interlock signal, allows the EMU to enable hydraulics. The EMU sends power to the hydraulic control unit (HCU) for the pilot solenoids on the control valve from pin H of EMU J1 connector X6. The EMU also sends a hydraulic enable message over the CAN to the HCU. This enables the hydraulics of the machine, but does not release the park brake. When the “Release” input at pin K of EMU J2 connector X7 is momentarily connected to system voltage from the park brake switch (S2), the EMU outputs power to the park brake solenoid (Y5) to release the park brake. The EMU sends power to the HCU for the hydrostatic pump solenoids from pin F of EMU J3 connector X43. The EMU also sends a hydrostatic enable message over the CAN to the HCU. If the seat switch drops power to the EMU for more than one second after either the hydraulic or hydrostatic and park brake outputs have been enabled, these outputs are turned off. This disables the hydraulics, hydrostatics, and engages the park brake. The one second delay is to prevent the hydraulics from disengaging and the park brake from engaging if the operator bounces in the seat while driving over rough terrain. If the seat belt or cab door switch momentarily drops power to the EMU after either the hydraulic or park brake outputs have been enabled, the outputs are turned off. This disables the hydraulics and engages the park brake.

Remote Start Logic For EH control machines, the only function allowed to be done remotely using the remote start box is to start and run the engine. The machine harness provides no connection from the park brake release switch on the remote start box to the machine's park brake release solenoid (Y5).

Once power has been lost from the seat or seat belt switch to the EMU, power must be reestablished from the seat switch first and then the seat belt switch. This sequence must be followed for the engagement and monitor unit to allow the “Run” and “Release” input to enable hydraulic and hydrostatic functions and release the park brake.

When the machine is started with the remote start box, power is sent to terminal L of engagement and monitor unit (EMU) J3 connector X43. Based on this input, the EMU control circuit does not allow park brake release, hydrostatic enable, or hydraulic enable.

Engine Shut Down Logic

The diode (V11) is used to keep switched power from the machine from feeding back into the signal sent to the terminal L of EMU J3 connector X43.

Auto shutdown is prevented in the first 30 seconds the engine is running to provide “limp home” capabilities for the machine.

The park brake output from the EMU must always be off when the engine is not running.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-26

LW86157,00000BD -19-13DEC17-5/6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=470


Sub-System Diagnostics

If the engine coolant temperature rises above specification, the stop indicator will illuminate, the engine coolant temperature gauge needle will be in the red portion of the gauge, the engagement and monitor unit display will automatically display engine coolant temperature, and the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm will sound. If engine coolant temperature rises even further, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) will deactivate the auto shutdown relay (K10), removing power to the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). This will shut the machine down. If the low oil pressure warning or engine coolant temperature warning has been on for more than 5 seconds, the engagement and monitor unit will deactivate the auto shutdown relay (K10), removing power to the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). This shuts the machine down. If the hydraulic oil temperature rises above specification, the stop indicator will illuminate and the engagement and monitor unit warning alarm will sound. If the hydraulic oil temperature warning has been active for more than 5 minutes, the engagement and monitor unit will deactivate the auto shutdown relay (K10), removing power to the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). This shuts the machine down. Within the same EMU power on cycle, after shutdown is complete, if the engine running status goes off for at least 1 second, the auto shutdown relay and fuel solenoid relay are re-energized. The auto shutdown relay and fuel solenoid can also be deactivated based on the anti-theft security system. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Auxiliary Hydraulics Operation The engagement and monitor unit provides power to the two auxiliary pilot solenoids (Y23 and Y24) on the control valve. Auxiliary hydraulics are enabled based on similar logic used for enabling the boom and bucket hydraulic functions (see Interlock Logic, above, and Auxiliary Hydraulic Interlock, below). If the operator actuates the proportional auxiliary control switch (B15) in the right joystick handle, a signal is sent to the EMU. The EMU converts this signal and energizes the appropriate auxiliary pilot solenoid to produce flow to the attachment in the requested direction and volume. When the operator stops actuating the proportional switch roller, the roller spring-returns to center position and auxiliary outputs are turned off. Associated with this function is the flow set switch (S28) in the left joystick handle. This switch gives the operator control to set the flow on continuously or turn off continuous flow. Auxiliary Hydraulic Interlock The auxiliary hydraulic interlock function ensures that the operator is present in the machine and the door is closed prior to enabling the auxiliary hydraulics for attachments. After this, the operator can use the bypass mode to run auxiliary hydraulics without being in the seat.

If the auxiliary hydraulic override switch (S21) is pressed, system voltage is momentarily applied to pin B of EMU J2 connector X7, activating the bypass mode. If the auxiliary hydraulic neutral switch is open (auxiliary active) and the auxiliary hydraulic override switch is pressed, the EMU enters bypass mode and “Aux Hydraulic Bypass” displays on the monitor display. After “Aux Hydraulic Bypass” appears on the monitor display, the operator can exit the machine (seat belt switch open) for up to 15 seconds. If the operator exits the machine within the 15 seconds, auxiliary hydraulics remain enabled. If the operator does not exit the machine within 15 seconds, the EMU exits the bypass mode and auxiliary hydraulics are disabled if the operator exits the machine. The EMU remains in bypass mode until the seat and seat belt interlock logic is performed. See Interlock Logic. Auxiliary Hydraulic Calibration The EMU controls the calibration of the threshold current needed to actuate the auxiliary pilot oil solenoids. See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Air Conditioner Compressor Cutout When engine coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature is 103°C (217°F) or greater, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) disables the air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7). This stops the air conditioner compressor from operating and “A/C OFF” appears in the engagement and monitor unit display. This will reduce the load on the engine and allow for cooler air to be drawn through the engine coolant radiator and hydraulic oil cooler. When the engine coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature drop below 100.6°C (213°F), the engagement and monitor unit will enable the air conditioner compressor clutch relay allowing the air conditioner compressor to operate. Engine Heater Glow Plugs (R5) The engine heater glow plugs are used to aid engine starting performance in cold weather. The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) energizes the glow plug relay (K2) if the machine hydraulic oil temperature is below 16°C (60°F), engine speed is below 600 rpm, and engine oil pressure is high. With the relay energized, battery power is supplied through the glow plug 80 amp fuse (F5), through the relay, to the glow plugs. The EMU energizes the glow plug relay for 20 seconds. During this time, “Wait to Start” displays on the monitor display along with a count down of the seconds remaining. When the 20 second pre-heat is complete, the EMU displays “Start Engine” for 2 seconds, before returning to the normal run-time display.

LW86157,00000BD -19-13DEC17-6/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-27

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=471


Sub-System Diagnostics

Two Speed Circuit—If Equipped Machines can be optionally equipped with two speed motors. The operator uses the two speed switch (S25) on the left joystick to shift between low and high motor speeds. Pressing the momentary (trigger) switch applies power to pin M of engagement and monitor unit J2 connector X7, and the EMU toggles between the low and high range selection for both hydrostatic motors by energizing the two speed solenoid (Y6).

When the two speed solenoid (Y6) is energized, hydraulic pressure is provided to shift both left and right motors to high speed range (low displacement). When the two speed solenoid is de-energized, the solenoid removes hydraulic pressure to the motors and the motors return to the low speed range (high displacement) mode. See Two Speed Proportional Solenoid Valve Operation. (Group 9026-05.) LW86157,00000BD -19-13DEC17-7/6

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-28

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=472


Sub-System Diagnostics

Electrohydraulic Controls Circuit Theory of Operation TX1073828 —UN—05APR10

Electrohydraulic (EH) Controls Circuit (1 of 3) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-29

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=473

LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-1/8


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-30

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=474


Sub-System Diagnostics 1— Battery Power 2— Ignition Power 3— To Key Switch (S1) 4— From Alternator (G2) A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit B1—Air Filter Restriction Switch B2—Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch B4—Fuel Level Sensor

B5—Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor B6—Engine Oil Pressure Switch SE4 , W31 ) F2— Monitor Unswitched Power 10 Amp Fuse F19— Monitor Switched Power 10 Amp Fuse H4—Engagement and Monitor Unit Warning Alarm S2— Park Brake Switch S4— Seat Switch

S5— Seat Belt Switch S13— Cab Door Switch S21— Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch W20—Battery to Frame Ground X6— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) X7— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-31

X18— Cab Door Switch (Jumper) Connector X43— Cab Harness-toEngagement and Monitor Unit 12-Pin Connector (J3) Y5— Park Brake Solenoid Y6— Two Speed Solenoid Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-2/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=475


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-32

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=476


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1073829 —UN—05APR10

Electrohydraulic (EH) Controls Circuit (2 of 3) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-33

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=477

LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-3/8


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-34

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=478


Sub-System Diagnostics 1— Battery Power A5—Left Joystick A6—Right Joystick B15— Auxiliary Proportional Control Switch F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F16— Joystick 10 Amp Fuse F17— Joystick 5 Amp Fuse F18— Joystick 5 Amp Fuse

H3—Horn R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1 S25— Left Joystick Two Speed Switch (if equipped) S27— Float Enable Switch S28— Left Joystick Auxiliary Switch S29— Right Joystick Aux 2A Switch S30— Right Joystick Aux 2B Switch

S31— Left Joystick Aux 3A Switch S32— Left Joystick Aux 3B Switch S33— Auxiliary Switch S34— Left Joystick Horn Switch X23— Right Joystick 6-Pin Connector X24— Right Joystick 12-Pin Connector

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-35

X27— Attachment Harness Connector X40— Service ADVISOR Connector X53— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector X54— Left Joystick 6-Pin Connector

LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-4/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=479


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-36

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=480


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1073841 —UN—05APR10

Electrohydraulic (EH) Controls Circuit (3 of 3) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=481

LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-5/8


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-38

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=482


Sub-System Diagnostics

A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) X26— Right Motor Speed Sensor B13— Engine RPM Sensor 4-Pin Connector B14— Throttle Position Sensor X44— Hydraulic Controller B16— Left Motor Speed Sensor Harness-to-Hydraulic B17— Right Motor Speed Sensor Control Unit 32-Pin Black H2—Backup Alarm Connector (J1) R7—CAN Termination Resistor 2 X45— Hydraulic Controller X25— Left Motor Speed Sensor Harness-to-Hydraulic 4-Pin Connector Control Unit 48-Pin Brown Connector (J2)

The electrohydraulic (EH) controls circuit uses operator joystick input and machine sensor and switch information to control machine hydraulic and hydrostatic functions. Controller Area Network Operation Machines with EH controls utilize a controller area network (CAN) on which devices communicate. The engagement and monitor unit (EMU), the hydraulic control unit (HCU), the right joystick controller (JSR), and left joystick controller (JSL) are connected to the CAN. The devices on the CAN network are communicating at a high speed frequency, which makes the network susceptible to interference caused by many electrical sources. The devices on the CAN are connected via three wires weaved together called a twisted triple. The twisted triple consists of two signal wires and a ground wire. This method reduces interference and helps the devices communicate with minimal errors.

Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid

The engine rpm sensor (B13) sends a digital signal to the HCU based on the revolutions of the crankshaft. The HCU uses this signal to determine engine speed. The engine speed reading from this sensor is also broadcast over the CAN to the EMU. Throttle Position Sensor (B14) The throttle position sensor (B14) senses the operator-commanded engine speed control lever or pedal position, and provides an analog input to the HCU. The HCU uses this input for control of the antistall function. As part of antistall, the HCU limits the current sent to the hydrostatic pump solenoids to reduce the engine load and prevent the engine from stalling. Mechanical and software calibration of the sensor is necessary for correct machine operation. Motor Speed Sensors (B16 and B17) The hydrostatic motor speed sensors are used to determine the speed of each motor for hydrostatic system calibration and system diagnostics. The speed sensors are supplied with 5 V from the HCU external sensor supply.

CAN termination resistors R6 and R7 are 120 ohm resistors that are connected on opposite ends of the network to avoid signal errors. The Service ADVISOR™ connector (X40) is provided for machine diagnostic purposes. Although a multimeter will not read the high speed messages, it will allow the termination nodes to be checked and wire continuity checks. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

Float Enable Switch (S27) The float enable switch (S27) is located on the trigger position on the right joystick. Pressing the float enable switch either immediately before or while pushing the right joystick forward for the boom down function enables boom float. During boom float operation, the boom down pilot solenoid shifts the boom spool to allow the boom to move up and down as ground contour deflects the front attachment with no up or down hydraulic force.

Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) (A4) The hydraulic control unit (HCU) controls the hydrostatic pump solenoids (Y15—Y18) and the control valve pilot solenoids for the boom and bucket spools (Y19—Y22). See Hydrostatic Pump Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9026-05.) See Control Valve Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9025-05.

Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) (A2)

The HCU also controls the port lock solenoid (Y4) on the control valve, and the backup alarm (H4). The control signals sent by the HCU to the solenoids and backup alarm are based on inputs received from several sensors, as well as the joystick controllers and EMU. The inputs to the HCU include:

• Engine RPM Sensor (B13) • Throttle Position Sensor (B14) • Left and Right Motor Speed Sensor (B16 and B17) • Float Enable Switch (S27) • Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) (A2) • Left Joystick Controller (JSL) (A5) • Right Joystick Controller (JSR) (A6)

X46— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3) Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

As part of the EH controls circuit, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) manages the following items:

• Operator interlocks to enable hydrostatic and hydraulic systems

• Valve power to the HCU for the hydraulic and hydrostatic solenoids

• Operator display of information • Audible alarm to alert the operator • Main auxiliary hydraulic control • High / low (two speed) shifting of the hydrostatic motors—if equipped

Left Joystick Controller (JSL) (A5)

Engine RPM Sensor (B13) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-39

LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-6/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=483


Sub-System Diagnostics

The left joystick is controlled by the operator’s left hand, and is used to communicate desired machine direction and speed. The left joystick controller is responsible for communicating the position of the left joystick Xand Y-axes via CAN to the HCU, which energizes or de-energizes the hydrostatic pump solenoids. The left joystick also generates diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) to report internal faults related to the X- or Y-axes position sensing.

engine is shut off, requiring the system to be enabled again when the engine is started.

Right Joystick Controller (JSR) (A6)

Hydraulic System (Boom and Bucket) Operation

The right joystick is controlled by the operator’s right hand, and is used to communicate desired boom and bucket movements. The right joystick controller is responsible for communicating the position of the right joystick Xand Y-axes via CAN to the HCU, which energizes or de-energizes the pilot solenoids on the control valve. The right joystick also generates diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs) to report internal faults related to the X- or Y-axes position sensing.

The HCU controls the loader (boom and bucket) hydraulic functions by energizing or de-energizing the pilot solenoids on the control valve. When energized, the pilot solenoids shift to allow pilot oil to shift the control valve spool, actuating the hydraulic function. See Control Valve Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9025-05.)

Hydrostatic System Operation The pump consists of two bidirectional, variabledisplacement hydrostatic pumps and two hydrostatic motors. Two speed hydrostatic motors are optional for each model of machine. One pump drives the left hydrostatic motor, the other pump drives the right motor. Hydrostatic motor speed and direction is controlled by the hydrostatic pump swash angle, which is controlled by the HCU through the pump solenoids (Y15—Y18). The HCU operates the hydrostatic system pump flow in response to operator, EMU, and engine inputs to provide motion in forward, reverse, and steered directions.See Hydrostatic Pump Operation—EH Controls. See Steering Control Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9026-05.) Y15 REVERSE DIRECTION

Y16

Y17

X X

The HCU uses input from the engine throttle position sensor (B14) for control of the antistall function. As part of antistall, the HCU limits the current sent to the hydrostatic pump solenoids to reduce the engine load and prevent the engine from stalling.

For example, when the operator pulls back on the right joystick to raise the boom, the HCU energizes the boom up pilot solenoid (Y19). With the solenoid energized, pilot oil pressure shifts the boom spool, allowing high pressure oil from the hydraulic pump to flow to the boom cylinders and raise the boom. Auxiliary hydraulic functions are controlled by the engagement and monitor unit (EMU). See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9015-15.) Enable Hydraulics The hydraulic enable function in the HCU enables or disables the loader (boom and bucket) hydraulics. The HCU enables or disables the hydraulic system in response to the input of valve power and an enable message sent from the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) via CAN. The EMU transmits the enable message based on input from the seat switch (S4), seat belt switch (S5), and cab door switch (S13—if equipped). The HCU disables the hydraulic system if the valve power input and the EMU CAN message do not agree. For example, valve power supplied to HCU, but EMU is sending disable message via CAN.

HYDROSTATIC SYSTEM SOLENOID ACTIVATION FORWARD DIRECTION

Antistall Function

Y18 X

X

Enable Hydrostatics The hydrostatic enable function in the HCU enables or disables the hydrostatic pumps. The HCU enables or disables the hydrostatic system in response to the input of valve power and an enable message sent from the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) via CAN.

Boom Float Function During boom float operation, the boom is allowed to move up and down as ground contour deflects the front attachment with no up or down hydraulic force. The boom float function is an integral part of the boom down pilot solenoid valve and is determined by the extent the valve is actuated. Boom float is enabled using a combined actuation of the right joystick and float enable switch (S27).

The EMU transmits the enable message based on input from the seat switch (S4), seat belt switch (S5), and cab door switch (S13—if equipped). The HCU disables the hydrostatic system if the valve power input and the EMU CAN message do not agree. For example, valve power supplied to HCU, but EMU is sending disable message via CAN.

The boom float function is activated if all of the following are true:

The hydrostatic system is only enabled if the left joystick inputs indicate neutral when the EMU requests an enable. The HCU disabled the hydrostatic system when the

• Machine hydraulics is enabled. • No active diagnostic trouble code (DTC) faults on either the boom up or boom down pilot solenoids.

• Right joystick pushed forward to command boom down (any amount).

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-40

LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-7/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=484


Sub-System Diagnostics

• Float enable switch (S27) transitions from opened to

closed less than 1 second prior to joystick commanding boom down, or the float switch transitions from opened to closed anytime after joystick has commanded boom down.

• Right joystick is pulled back to command boom up. • Machine hydraulics are disabled. • A DTC fault occurs on either the boom up or boom down pilot solenoids.

The float function shall become inactive if any of the following are true: Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,0000296 -19-17MAR10-8/8

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-41

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=485


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1073884 —UN—22MAR10

Backup Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation

Backup Alarm Circuit Schematic

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-42

LW86157,0000297 -19-16MAR10-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=486


Sub-System Diagnostics F1— Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse (S.N. —172788) F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse (S.N. 172789— )

F3— Accessory 25 Amp Fuse G1—Battery H2—Backup Alarm K4—Accessory Relay

When both steering levers are moved in the reverse direction, left reverse switch (S10) and right reverse

M1—Starter Motor S1— Key Switch S10— Left Reverse Switch S11— Right Reverse Switch

W20—Battery to Frame Ground

switch (S11) are closed. This applies power to the backup alarm (H2), providing an audible warning to bystanders. LW86157,0000297 -19-16MAR10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-43

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=487


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-44

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=488


Sub-System Diagnostics

Backup Alarm Circuit Theory of Operation—EH Controls TX1073827 —UN—06APR10

Backup Alarm Circuit—EH Controls Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-45

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=489

LW86157,0000298 -19-17MAR10-1/2


Sub-System Diagnostics

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-46

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=490


Sub-System Diagnostics

A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) A5—Left Joystick F1— Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp Fuse F3— Accessory 20 Amp Fuse H2—Backup Alarm K4—Accessory Relay S1— Key Switch S25— Left Joystick Two Speed Switch (if equipped)

S28— Left Joystick Auxiliary Switch S31— Left Joystick Aux 3A Switch S32— Left Joystick Aux 3B Switch S34— Left Joystick Horn Switch W20—Battery to Frame Ground X44— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Black Connector (J1)

The backup alarm (H2) is controlled by the hydraulic control unit (HCU) (A4) and is based on the CAN position from the left joystick (A5). The HCU turns ON the backup alarm if all of the following are true, the engine is running, the hydrostat is enabled, and the left joystick is moved

X45— Hydraulic Controller X54— Left Joystick 6-Pin Harness-to-Hydraulic Connector Control Unit 48-Pin Brown Connector (J2) X46— Hydraulic Controller Harness-to-Hydraulic Control Unit 32-Pin Grey Connector (J3) X53— Left Joystick 8-Pin Connector

back to any position in the reverse direction. Otherwise, the HCU turns the backup alarm OFF. If the backup alarm driver is faulted, then the appropriate diagnostic trouble code (DTC) is registered. See Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9001.) LW86157,0000298 -19-17MAR10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-47

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=491


Sub-System Diagnostics

TX1073798 —UN—15APR10

Electric Quik-Tatch Theory of Operation (S.N. 131877— )

Electric Quik-Tatch™ Schematic F12— Electric Quik-Tatch 30 Amp K14— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay Fuse M10— Electric Quik-Tatch Motor K13— Electric Quik-Tatch Relay

IMPORTANT: Damage to Electric Quik-Tatch motor will occur if motor is immersed in liquid. Do Not Immerse in Liquid NOTE: Electric Quik-Tatch is optional equipment.

S26— Electric Quik-Tatch Switch

or unlock relay which activates the electric motor on the Quik-Tatch cylinder. Each end of the cylinder is attached to one of the Quik-Tatch latches and takes the place of the standard manual levers. The cylinder will extend or retract, depending on whether the operator is latching or unlatching the attachment.

When the operator presses the Quik-Tatch switch, current is directed by the switch to flow through either the lock, Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,0000299 -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-15-48

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=492


Group 20

References Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation The engagement and monitor unit can be used to display vital operating information, hours, diagnostic trouble codes, diagnostics and to configure units of measure. It can also be used to lock the machine using an anti-theft security system. When the engagement and monitor unit powers up, the display initially shows the machine model setting for 3 seconds, and then will show the hour meter for 10 seconds before it defaults to Run Data Items. If the anti-theft system is enabled on the machine, the lock status appears after the machine model setting has been shown. Refer to Anti-Theft Security System in this section for more information. The MENU button is used to scroll through the menus or to return to the Run Data Items when in a sub-menu. The SELECT button is used to scroll through the Run Data Items or to select a menu item. Run Data Items The Run Data Items are the default display when the engagement and monitor unit is powered up. The Run Data Items may also be displayed by cycling through the menu items by pressing the MENU button, or by pressing MENU at any time while in a sub-menu. Pressing SELECT while viewing a Run Data Item will scroll through all the Run Data Items.

• Hours • Engine RPM • Volts • Hydraulic Temperature • Engine Temperature If “CHECK CODES” appears in the engagement and monitor unit display, press SELECT to return to the Run Data Items. “CHECK CODES” will appear for any hydraulic, park brake or auto shutdown diagnostic trouble codes. Once “CHECK CODES” appears in the display, it will become part of the list of Run Data Items. Once the diagnostic trouble code is cleared, the “CHECK CODES” will no longer be part of the Run Data Item list. If possible, move machine to a safe location before checking the diagnostic trouble codes. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) See Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) Job Menu

see Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items. (Group 9015-20.) Configuration Menu The Confg Menu is used to change how the information in the engagement and monitor unit is displayed. Press MENU to scroll through the available features to configure. To change the configuration of a feature, press and hold the SELECT button for 5 seconds. Machine Model Setting The engagement and monitor unit uses a machine model setting to set fuel gauge calibration and two speed shift modulation for specific machine models. The machine model number displays for 3 seconds when the engagement and monitor unit powers on. The correct machine model number must be verified and set in the engagement and monitor unit anytime a replacement unit has been installed. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration. (Group 9015-20.) Anti-Theft Security System The optionally-enabled anti-theft security system within the engagement and monitor unit provides a basic level of machine theft protection. When the anti-theft security system is enabled, the machine can be unlocked and locked with the use of either a 3-digit or 5-digit security code (depending on how the system is configured). This security code, along with the machine key switch, is necessary to start and run the engine. When locked, the anti-theft security system prevents the engine from starting by disabling the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). There are three levels of security within the anti-theft security system: Operator, Owner and Master. The Operator level of security provides three different security codes that can be used by machine operators. The Owner level of security is designed for the owner or equipment manager. This security level is primarily to be used as a safeguard in the event an Operator code is forgotten or unknown and the owner wishes to change or replace that security code. After entering a valid Owner security code, the owner can:

The Job Menu is an hour meter that can be reset. To reset the Job hour meter, press and hold the SELECT button for 5 seconds. Code Menu The Code Menu displays any diagnostic trouble codes that may be present in the machine. The Code Menu displays both machine and engine diagnostic trouble codes. For more information, See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.) Diagnostic Menu

• Lock and unlock the machine • Change the Owner security code. • Change/reset an Operator security code. • Enable/disable the auto lock feature. The Master level of security is the highest security level and is used to enable or disable the anti-theft security system. A Master security code can be obtained for a machine by an owner by contacting their John Deere Dealer. The dealer will need the current engine hour meter reading and the machine's serial number to generate a new Master security code.

The Diag Menu displays diagnostic information from various switches on the machine. For more information, Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-1

LW86157,0000266 -19-06FEB08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=493


References

All security codes are three digit numbers that are entered using the MENU and SELECT buttons on the engagement and monitor unit. Unlock or lock prompts appear on the engagement and monitor unit display at machine power up or power down, respectively. If the anti-theft security system is not enabled on the machine, no prompts will appear.

The auto lock feature, when enabled, automatically locks the machine one hour after the operator leaves the seat if the machine had been left unlocked when turning key switch to OFF position. See Anti-Theft Security System Operation.

Auto Lock Feature LW86157,0000266 -19-06FEB08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=494


References

Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation—EH Controls The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) can be used to display vital operating information, hours, diagnostic trouble codes, diagnostics and to calibrate machine systems. It can also be used to lock the machine using an anti-theft security system. Refer to Anti-Theft Security System in this section for more information.

Pressing and holding the MENU for 5 seconds accesses the service menu. The service menu can be used to display diagnostic information, clear diagnostic trouble codes, and calibrate machine systems. Once the service menu has been accessed, this menu remains accessible until power on the EMU is cycled off.

Power Up

See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Service Menu Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

The EMU can be powered up in any of the following three ways. Seat switch closed with un-switched power available, key switch turned to ON position to provide switched power, and the SELECT button pushed to make un-switched power available. When the EMU first powers up, the machine model setting and machine speeds displays. If the anti-theft system has been locked, the operator is prompted to unlock the machine. Otherwise, the EMU shows normal run-time display.

Machine Calibration The EMU can be used to calibrate machine systems. Throttle position sensor calibration, hydrostatic system calibration, boom and bucket calibration, and auxiliary hydraulics calibration are available within the EMU service menu.

• See Throttle Position Sensor Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

Switch Inputs

• See Hydrostatic System Calibration—EH Controls.

Four push-buttons on the left side of the EMU are provided for operator input. The switches are labeled with a menu icon (MENU), a left-pointing arrow (BACK), a down-pointing arrow (NEXT), and a check mark symbol (SELECT).

(Group 9015-20.)

• See Boom and Bucket Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

Hour Meter

Manual Tracking Adjustment (MTA)

The EMU updates, maintains, and displays accumulated machine hours. Hours are displayed to the nearest tenth hour. The current hour meter value can be transferred to a new EMU if needed. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

Manual tracking adjustment (MTA) is a function to allow the operator to adjust high speed tracking so the machine travels in a straighter path when the left joystick is not commanding a steer. MTA adds compensation beyond the hydrostatic transmission calibration to compensate for machine variations such as differences in tire size from side-to-side or uneven tire inflation.

Job Timer

Model Configuration

The job timer is used to accumulate the engine hours on a particular job. The operator can select the job timer to display or clear these accumulated hours. The job timer function is similar to the hour meter except it can be reset to zero through the menu.

The model for the machine is initially programmable (one-time) via the EMU service menu. Model configuration is done when new software is loaded to the EMU, or the EMU is replaced. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

Diagnostic Trouble Codes

System Interlocks

If a diagnostic trouble code becomes active, a pop-up message “Check Service Codes” appears in the EMU display. The code menu displays any DTCs that may be present in the machine. Each active DTC is stored immediately upon occurrence, providing the code is not already saved in memory. Any DTC still active will be immediately stored again. For more information, see Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

The seat interlock function ensures that the operator has connected the seat belt each time he enters the machine and prior to enabling functions that require operator presence in the machine. The park brake interlock function ensures that the operator is present in the machine prior to enabling park brake release. The hydraulic interlock function ensures that the operator is present in the machine and the door is closed prior to enabling the hydraulics for the boom and bucket functions. The auxiliary hydraulic interlock function ensures that the operator is present in the machine and the door is closed prior to enabling the auxiliary hydraulics for attachments. After this, the operator can use the override mode to run auxiliary hydraulics without being in the seat.

Menu Navigation After the initial 5 second power-up sequence, the operator can navigate through the various menus using the four EMU buttons. Press the MENU button to access the menus from the run-time display.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-3

LW86157,0000267 -19-30APR08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=495


References

Remote Start Interlock A remote start box can be used for performing service functions on the machine. For EH machines, the only service function allowed to be run remotely is to start and run the engine. This is because setting lifters and other engine diagnostics must be done with the cab raised. If the engine is started via the remote start box, the EMU software does not allow park brake release, hydrostatics enable, or hydraulics enable. Anti-Theft Security System The optionally-enabled anti-theft security system within the engagement and monitor unit provides a basic level of machine theft protection. When the anti-theft security system is enabled, the machine can be unlocked and locked with the use of either a 3-digit or 5-digit security code (depending on how the system is configured). This security code, along with the machine key switch, is necessary to start and run the engine. When locked, the anti-theft security system prevents the engine from starting by disabling the fuel shut-off solenoid (Y1). There are three levels of security within the anti-theft security system: Operator, Owner and Master. The Operator level of security provides three different security

codes that can be used by machine operators. The Owner level of security is designed for the owner or equipment manager. This security level is primarily to be used as a safeguard in the event an Operator code is forgotten or unknown and the owner wishes to change or replace that security code. After entering a valid Owner security code, the owner can:

• Lock and unlock the machine. • Change the Owner security code. • Change/reset an Operator security code. • Enable/disable the auto lock feature. All security codes are three digit numbers that are entered using the NEXT, BACK, and SELECT buttons on the engagement and monitor unit. Unlock or lock prompts appear on the engagement and monitor unit display at machine power up or power down, respectively. Auto Lock Feature The auto lock feature, when enabled, automatically locks the machine either 5 minutes or 60 minutes after the operator leaves the seat if the machine had been left unlocked when turning key switch to OFF position. See Anti-Theft Security System Operation. (Group 9015-20.) LW86157,0000267 -19-30APR08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=496


References

Anti-Theft Security System Operation—If Equipped IMPORTANT: When providing Operator security codes to machine users, owners should not provide operators with the default codes. Instead, owners should first change the default Operator security codes to other values before providing codes to machine users. Refer to Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code in this section for more information.

a. Press MENU to change the number displayed in the active (blinking) field. b. Press SELECT to accept the number displayed in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right. NOTE: Pressing SELECT to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) will process the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the engagement and monitor unit display.

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but will shut down after 3 seconds. Unlocking the Machine (Operator)

The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process.

1. Sit in the operator's seat to power up the engagement and monitor unit. 2. Turn key switch to ON position. 3. “LOCKA” appears on the engagement and monitor unit display.

6. If a correct security code was entered, “UNLKD” appears for 3 seconds on the engagement and monitor unit display before returning to Run Data Items.

4. Press SELECT to unlock machine using an Operator security code (LOCKA).

Locking the Machine 1. Turn key switch to the OFF position.

5. At the “0 - - ” prompt, enter the appropriate security code:

2. Press SELECT at the “LOCK?” prompt.

a. Press MENU to change the number displayed in the active (blinking) field.

3. The anti-theft system locks the machine and “LOCKD” appears for 3 seconds on the engagement and monitor unit before returning to the Run Data Items.

b. Press SELECT to accept the number displayed in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right.

4. Exit the operator's seat to power down the engagement and monitor unit.

NOTE: Pressing SELECT to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) will process the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the engagement and monitor unit display.

6. If a correct security code was entered, “UNLKD” appears for 3 seconds on the engagement and monitor unit display before returning to Run Data Items. Unlocking the Machine (Owner) 1. Sit in the operator's seat to power up the engagement and monitor unit. 2. Turn key switch to ON position.

Complete the following procedure to enable or disable the auto lock feature. The machine must have been unlocked using the Owner security code in order to enable or disable this feature. NOTE: The machine must be locked first (if not already locked) before it can be unlocked with the Owner security code. 1. Unlock the machine using the Owner security code. 2. Press MENU until “CONFG” appears on the engagement and monitor unit display.

3. “LOCKA” appears on the engagement and monitor unit display.

3. Press SELECT to enter the “CONFG” menu.

4. Press MENU and then SELECT to unlock the machine using the Owner security code (“LOCKB”).

TM2191 (26MAR19)

Enable or Disable the Auto Lock Feature When using the auto lock feature, a machine left unlocked when the key switch is turned to OFF position will switch to locked one hour after the operator has left the seat.

The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process.

5. At the “0 - - ” prompt, enter the appropriate security code:

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but will shut down after 3 seconds.

4. Press MENU until “AUTOL” appears on the display.

Continued on next page

9015-20-5

LW86157,0000268 -19-04FEB09-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=497


References 1. Unlock the machine using the Owner security code.

5. Press and hold SELECT for five seconds to enable or disable the auto lock feature, depending on the previous setting.

2. Turn the key switch to OFF position to display the “LOCK?” prompt.

6. Press MENU when finished to return to the Run Data Items.

3. Press MENU until the appropriate Operator security code appears: “LCKA1”, “LCKA2”, “LCKA3”.

Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code

4. Press SELECT.

The following rules apply when changing security codes:

5. Press SELECT at the “RST?” prompt to reset the Operator security code back to the default.

• An Operator security code (LCKA1, LCKA2, LCKA3) • • • •

can only be changed if that security code was used to unlock the anti-theft security system. An Operator security code can only be reset to the default value if the Owner security code was used to unlock the anti-theft security system. Duplicate Operator security codes are not allowed. The Owner security code (LOCKB) can only be changed if that code was used to unlock the anti-theft security system. The anti-theft security system resets all Operator security codes and the Owner security code to their default values when the Master security code is used to enable the system.

NOTE: The machine must be locked first (if not already locked) before it can be unlocked.

Changing Security Code Length The length of security code (3-digit or 5-digit) to use with the anti-theft security system can only be changed if the security system is currently enabled on the machine.

1. Unlock the machine using the Owner security code. 2. Press MENU until “CONFG” appears on the engagement and monitor unit display.

2. Turn key switch to OFF position. 3. At the “LOCK?” prompt, press MENU until “LOCKA” (for changing Operator security codes) or “LOCKB” (for changing Owner security code) appears.

3. Press SELECT to enter the “CONFG” menu. 4. Press MENU until “ATS 3” or “ATS 5” appears on the display, depending on the current machine setting. The default setting is “ATS 3” (3-digit security codes).

4. Press SELECT. 5. At the “ - - - ” prompt, enter the new security code:

5. Press and hold SELECT for five seconds to change the security code length.

a. Press MENU to change the number displayed in the active (blinking) field.

6. Press MENU when finished to return to the Run Data Items.

b. Press SELECT to accept the number displayed in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right.

Enable or Disable the Anti-Theft System

NOTE: Pressing SELECT to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) will process the new security code. The previous security code will no longer be valid. NOTE: If a dash (“-”) is selected for all three or five digits, the security code will not be changed. 6. The anti-theft security system locks the machine using the new security code.

NOTE: The machine must be locked first (if not already locked) before it can be unlocked with the Owner security code.

6. Repeat steps 3—5 to reset additional Operator security codes.

NOTE: The machine must be locked first (if not already locked) before it can be unlocked with the Owner security code.

1. Unlock the machine using an Operator security code (if changing Operator security codes) or the Owner security code (if changing the Owner security code).

Resetting Operator Security Codes

The default Operator security code (“000”, “999”, or “998” for 3-digit security codes; “00000”, “00999”, or “00998” for 5-digit security codes) appears for 3 seconds before the engagement and monitor unit returns to Run Data Items.

Complete the following procedure to enable or disable the anti-theft security system. 1. Press MENU on the engagement and monitor unit until “ATS” appears in the display. NOTE: If “ATS” does not display in the menu list, turn key switch to ON position then press and hold MENU for five seconds until the engagement and monitor unit beeps. Repeat Step 1. 2. Press SELECT. NOTE: A Master security code can be obtained from John Deere using DealerNet. The current engine hour meter reading and the machine's serial number are needed to obtain a Master security code.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-6

LW86157,0000268 -19-04FEB09-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=498


References 3. At the “0 - - ” prompt, enter the correct Master security code. If the system is configured for five-digit security codes, the first two digits are automatically entered as “0 0” by the engagement and monitor unit.

4. The engagement and monitor unit enables or disables the anti-theft security system depending upon the previous setting:

a. Press MENU to change the number displayed in the active (blinking) field.

• If the anti-theft security system had been disabled,

b. Press SELECT to accept the number displayed in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right. NOTE: Pressing SELECT to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) will process the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the engagement and monitor unit display. The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process.

“ATS ACTIV” appears on the display and the anti-theft system is enabled. The system sets the system to UNLOCK and resets the Owner and three Operator security codes to their defaults. If configured for 3-digits, “111”, “000”, “999”, and “998”, respectively. If configured for 5-digits, “00111”, “00000”, “00999”, and “00998”, respectively. The auto-lock feature will be set to the default (OFF) value. Refer to Enable or Disable the Auto Lock Feature in this section for more information. If the anti-theft security system had been enabled, “ATS NOT ACTIV” appears on the display and the anti-theft system is disabled.

LW86157,0000268 -19-04FEB09-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=499


References

Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—EH Controls

• “Turn ATS Off” • “Prompt to Lock” • “Auto Lock in 5 Min” • “Auto Lock in 60 Min”

IMPORTANT: The default Owner security code for the anti-theft security system is 111 for 3-digit security systems, and 00111 for 5-digit security systems. The default Operator security codes are 000, 999, and 998 for 3-digit security systems, and 00000, 00999, and 00998 for 5-digit security systems.

8. Press the SELECT button to select the displayed locking method. 9. The selected locking method displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

When providing Operator security codes to machine users, owners should not provide operators with the default codes. Instead, owners should first change the default Operator security codes to other values before providing codes to machine users. Refer to Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code in this section for more information. Once the anti-theft security system has been enabled, either as a factory installed option or field installation, the system needs to be configured. Select the locking method and change the Owner and Operator security codes, as necessary.

Changing an Operator or Owner Security Code IMPORTANT: If you do not intend to use all three available Operator security codes, make sure you change the codes you will not be using to something other then their default values. Leaving access to the machine by means of default codes is not recommended. The following rules apply when changing security codes:

• An Operator security code can only be changed if that •

Selecting the Locking Method

Complete the following procedure to select the locking method for the anti-theft security system. Only someone with the Owner security code can configure the locking method. There are four locking options available within the anti-theft security system:

• Prompt for Lock—Machine will only be locked if selected during EMU shutdown.

• Auto Lock, 5 Minutes—Machine is locked automatically • •

5 minutes after operator turns key switch to OFF position. Auto Lock, 60 Minutes—Machine is locked automatically 60 minutes after operator turns key switch to OFF position. Anti-theft off—Machine is not locked.

1. Press the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu. 2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu AntiTheft” displays. 3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheft Change Codes.” 4. Press the NEXT button to display “AntiTheft Lock Mode.” 5. Press the SELECT button to display “Enter Owner Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Owner Code 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system).

security code or the Owner security code is used during the change procedure. The Owner security code can be used to reset all codes back to their defaults by accessing the RESET ALL CODES menu option. The anti-theft security system resets all Operator security codes and the Owner security code to the default values when the Master security code is used to enable the system. The Owner security code can only be changed by someone using the Owner security code. The Owner security code must be entered before changing that code.

1. Press the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu. 2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu AntiTheft” displays. 3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheft Change Codes.” 4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “Change Codes Operator 1 Code.” 5. If changing a different Operator security code or the Owner security code, press the NEXT button to display the appropriate security code to change. Proceed to next step. 6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “Enter Current Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Enter Current Code 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system). 7. Enter the current Operator security code or Owner security code for the code to be changed.

6. Enter the current Owner security code.

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increments the current digit; the BACK button decrements the current digit.

The current locking method displays. 7. Press the NEXT button to display the appropriate locking method.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-8

LW86157,0000399 -19-31JAN08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=500


References

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the monitor display. The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process. 8. Enter the new security code.

8. The anti-theft security system resets the Owner and three Operator security codes to their defaults of “111”, “000”, “999”, and “998”, respectively, for 3-digit security systems, and “00111”, “00000”, “00999”, and “00998” for 5-digit security systems. 9. The default codes display before the EMU returns to the normal display mode menu. NOTE: If the owner code is not available, security codes can be reset using the Master security code, which a John Deere dealer can obtain through DealerNet. Complete the anti-theft security system enable procedure to reset security codes using the Master security code. See Anti-Theft Security System Activation—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

9. The new security code displays for 3 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

Changing System Security Code Length

Resetting Operator and Owner Security Codes

Use this procedure to select the length of security code to use with the anti-theft security system, either 3-digit or 5-digit. The system default is 3-digit.

1. Press the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu. 2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu AntiTheft” displays. 3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheft Change Codes.” 4. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “Change Codes Operator 1 Code.” 5. Press the NEXT button until “Change Codes Reset All Codes” displays. 6. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “Enter Owner Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Enter Owner Code 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system).

1. Press the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to access the Main Menu. 2. Press the NEXT button until “Main Menu Antitheft” displays. 3. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheft Change Codes.” 4. Press the NEXT button until “AntiTheft Number of Digits” displays. 5. Press the SELECT button. Display shows “Enter Owner Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Enter Owner Code 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system). 6. Enter the current Owner security code.

7. Enter the current Owner security code.

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increments the current digit; the BACK button decrements the current digit.

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increments the current digit; the BACK button decrements the current digit. b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the monitor display.

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the monitor display.

The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process.

The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process.

LW86157,0000399 -19-31JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=501


References NEXT button to cycle between the different systems and then press the SELECT button to activate. At this point, all codes will be set to anti-theft system defaults, but the system locking method will remain unchanged.

7. The current Antitheft System will be displayed, either “Select to Enable 3-Digit Codes” or “Select to Enable 5-Digit Codes.” To change the selection, press the

LW86157,0000399 -19-31JAN08-3/2

Anti-Theft Security System Operation—EH Controls—If Equipped IMPORTANT: When providing Operator security codes to machine users, owners should not provide operators with the default codes. Instead, owners should first change the default Operator security codes to other values before providing codes to machine users. See Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but will shut down after 3 seconds.

Auto Lock—60 Minutes 1. Turn key switch to OFF. 2. The monitor display shows “60 Min Auto Lock Lock Now?” 3. Machine remains unlocked for the next 60 minutes. After 60 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code, depending on system configuration, is required for machine operation. OR

Locking the Machine (Operator and Owner)

Press SELECT to lock the machine immediately.

There are three different locking methods available with the anti-theft security system. See Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—EH Controls for more information on selecting a locking method. (Group 9015-20.)

• Prompt for Lock • Auto Lock—5 Minutes • Auto Lock—60 Minutes

Unlocking the Machine (Operator and Owner) 1. Sit in the operator's seat to power up the engagement and monitor unit. 2. Turn key switch to ON position.

NOTE: On a locked machine, engine can be started but will shut down after 3 seconds.

3. The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) displays “Enter Code 0 _ _ ” (3-digit system) or “Enter Code 0 _ _ _ _ ” (5-digit system). 4. Enter the appropriate security code:

Prompt for Lock

a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increments the current digit; the BACK button decrements the current digit.

1. Turn key switch to OFF. 2. The monitor display shows “Press Select to Lock ATS.” NOTE: If you do not press SELECT to lock the machine within 20 seconds of turning key switch OFF, the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) will NOT lock the machine. 3. Press the SELECT button within 20 seconds to lock the machine. Auto Lock—5 Minutes

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right. NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the last digit (third digit or fifth digit depending on system configuration) processes the entered security code. 5. If a correct security code is entered, the monitor displays “AntiTheft Unlocked” for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

1. Turn key switch to OFF. 2. The monitor display shows “5 Min Auto Lock Lock Now?” 3. Machine remains unlocked for the next 5 minutes. After 5 minutes, a valid 3-digit or 5-digit security code, depending on system configuration, is required for machine operation.

The display shows “Invalid Code” if the security code was incorrect. NOTE: The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process.

OR Press SELECT to lock the machine immediately. LW86157,000039A -19-04FEB09-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=502


References

Anti-Theft Security System Activation—EH Controls

b. Press the SELECT button to accept the number displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the right.

Enable the Anti-Theft Security System Complete the following procedure if the anti-theft security system was purchased as a field installed option. 1. Turn the key switch ON.

NOTE: Pressing the SELECT button to accept the third digit will process the entered security code. If the code is incorrect, an error message appears on the monitor display. The anti-theft security system allows three attempts to enter a valid security code before requiring the key switch to be turned OFF and ON to restart the process.

2. Press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds to access the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) service menu. 3. Press the NEXT button until display shows “Main Menu AntiTheft.” 4. Press the SELECT button to display “AntiTheft Master Code.”

7. If the entered Master security code is correct, the display shows “AntiTheft Activated” for 1.5 seconds, followed by “Codes Set to Default.” The anti-theft security system sets the system to UNLOCK and resets the Owner and three Operator security codes to their defaults of “111”, “000”, “999”, and “998”, respectively, for 3-digit security systems.

5. Press the SELECT button. NOTE: A Master security code can be obtained from John Deere using DealerNet. The current engine hour meter reading and the machine's serial number are needed to obtain a Master security code. 6. Enter the correct Master security code: a. Press the NEXT button or the BACK button to change the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increments the current digit; the BACK button decrements the current digit.

NOTE: At this point, the anti-theft security system locking method is set to “AntiTheft Off” and the machine is not protected. The locking method must be configured to enable locking. See Anti-Theft Security System Configuration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) 8. The EMU returns to the normal rum time display. LW86157,000039B -19-31JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-11

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=503


References

Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items Run Data Items The run data items are the default display when the engagement and monitor unit is powered up. The run data items may also be displayed by cycling through the menu items by pressing the MENU button, or by pressing MENU at any time while in a submenu. Pressing SELECT while viewing a run data item will scroll through all the run data items.

• Hours • Engine RPM • Volts • Hydraulic Temperature • Engine Temperature

reduce the load on the engine and allow for cooler air to be drawn through the engine coolant radiator and hydraulic oil cooler. When the engine coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature drop below 100.6°C (213°F), the engagement and monitor unit will enable the air conditioner compressor clutch relay allowing the air conditioner compressor to operate. Diagnostic Display Items The diagnostic display items are available under the “DIAG” menu in the engagement and monitor unit. 1. Press MENU until “DIAG” appears on the engagement and monitor unit display. 2. When “DIAG” appears, press SELECT to enter the submenu.

Air Conditioner Compressor Shutdown “ACoFF” will appear in the engagement and monitor unit display. When engine coolant temperature or hydraulic oil temperature are 103°C (217°F) or greater, the engagement and monitor unit will disable the air conditioner compressor clutch relay (K7). This stops the air conditioner compressor from operating. This will

3. The diagnostic display items are shown in three parts, a two part signal name and then the value of the signal. Pressing SELECT again will scroll through the diagnostic display items. 4. Pressing MENU while viewing a diagnostic display item will return the display to the last run display item.

Signal

Signal Identification 1

Signal Identification 2

Value

Description

1

PARK

RUN

ON/OFF

When park brake switch is in the “RUN” position, signal value will be “ON”

2

PARK

REL

ON/OFF

When park brake switch is held in “RELEASE” position, signal value will be “ON”

3

SEAT

SW

ON/OFF

When operator is in seat, signal value will be “ON”

4

SEAT

BELT

ON/OFF

When seat belt is fastened, signal value will be “ON”

5

DOOR

LATCH

ON/OFF

When cab door is fully closed, signal value will be “ON”

6

2-SPD

SW

ON/OFF

When two speed switch is pressed and held, signal value will be “ON”

7

OVER

RIDE

ON/OFF

When auxiliary hydraulic override switch is held in “ON” position, signal value will be “ON”

8

VALVE

SPOOL

ON/OFF

When auxiliary hydraulics are activated, signal value will be “OFF” LW86157,000026C -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=504


References Diagnostics Sensors

Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls Run Data Items The run data items are the default display when the engagement and monitor unit is powered up. The run data items may also be displayed by cycling through the menu items by pressing the MENU button, or by pressing MENU at any time while in a submenu. Pressing SELECT while viewing a run data item will scroll through all the run data items.

• Hours • Volts • Job Hours • Hydraulic Oil Temperature • Engine Temperature • Engine RPM

• • Diagnostics Left Joystick

Diagnostics Right Joystick

Diagnostic Display Items The diagnostic display items are available under the service menu in the engagement and monitor unit (EMU).

Diagnostics Speeds

1. Start engine or turn key switch to ON. 2. Press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 3. Press NEXT until the display shows “Main Menu Diagnostics.”

Diagnostics EMU Outputs

5. Use the NEXT and SELECT buttons to navigate through the diagnostic display items. The following are diagnostic display items and (reading information) available using the EMU.

• Seat Switch (ON or OFF) • Seat Belt Switch (ON or OFF) • Door Switch (ON or OFF) • 2-Speed Switch (ON or OFF) (if equipped) • Park Brake Release (ON or OFF) • Park Brake Run (ON or OFF) • Auxiliary Flow Set (ON or OFF) • Over Ride (Auxiliary) (ON or OFF) • Engine Oil Pressure Switch (ON or OFF) • Air Filter Restriction Switch (ON or OFF) • Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (ON or OFF)

(temperature and sensor voltage) Hydraulic Oil Temperature (temperature and sensor voltage) Throttle Sensor (% and sensor voltage)

• X-Position (0—100%) • Y-Position (0—100%) • 2-Speed Switch (ON or OFF) • Auxiliary Set (ON or OFF) • X-Position (0—100%) • Y-Position (0—100%) • Auxiliary Roller Switch Channel 1 (voltage) • Auxiliary Roller Switch Channel 2 (voltage) • Float Switch (ON or OFF) • Engine (rpm) • Right Hydrostatic Motor (rpm) • Direction (forward, neutral, or reverse) • Left Hydrostatic Motor (rpm) • Direction (forward, neutral, or reverse)

4. Press SELECT to enter the diagnostics submenu.

Diagnostics Switches

• Fuel Level Sender (% and sender voltage) • Engine Coolant Temperature

• 2-Speed Switch (ON or OFF) • Current (amperage) • Auxiliary Extend (amperage) • Auxiliary Retract (amperage) • Fuel Valve Relay (ON or OFF) • AC Clutch Relay (ON or OFF) • Glow Plug Relay (ON or OFF) • Park Brake Solenoid (ON or OFF) • Audible (EMU) Alarm (ON or OFF)

Diagnostics HCU Power

Diagnostics HCU Parameters Diagnostics EMU Power

Diagnostics Controller Info

• Switched (voltage) • Unswitched (voltage) • VP1 (ON or OFF) • VP2 (ON or OFF) • VP3 (ON or OFF) • Sensor Supply 1 (voltage) • Sensor Supply 2 (voltage) • Manual Tracking • Right (or Left) (0—100) • Switched (voltage) • Unswitched (voltage) • Sensor Power Output (voltage) • EMU (part number ATxxxxxx) • SW VER (version number X.X.X) • HCU (part number ATxxxxxx) • SW VER (version number X.X.X)

LW86157,000039D -19-31JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-13

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=505


References

Engagement and Monitor Unit Display Messages—EH Controls The engagement and monitor unit (EMU) automatically displays a message for specific machine situations and certain diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Depending on machine situation or if a DTC is initially active, a message displays on the EMU until the situation changes, the DTC is resolved, or the operator presses any button on the EMU. If multiple display messages are generated, the one with the highest EMU priority displays. Pressing any button on the EMU closes the displayed message, allowing the next message to display in order of EMU importance until all generated messages have been displayed.

Display Message

Message Trigger

Set Park Brake to Start

The seat switch is active, the key switch is ON, and the engine is not running. (Park brake switch must be ON to start engine.)

Remote Start Connected

Remote start box installed.

Aux Hydraulic Bypass

Auxiliary hydraulics are in Override mode.

Fasten Seat Belt

Operator attempted to release park brake without fastening seat belt.

Door Open

Operator attempted to release park brake without door closed (cab machines). Operator attempted to move right joystick with door open and seat interlock OK (cab machines).

Enable Hydraulics

Operator attempted to move right joystick after engine startup and seat belt fastened, but before enabling hydraulics (using park brake switch).

Release Park Brake

Operator attempted to move left joystick after engine startup and seat belt fastened, but before releasing park brake (using park brake switch).

Right Joystick Not in Center

Joystick is out of neutral when hydraulics are enabled.

Left Joystick Not in Center

Joystick is out of neutral when park brake has just been released.

A/C OFF

Air conditioning has shut off because engine or hydraulic temp > 102°C (217°F).

Low Fuel

Fuel level low after engine is running.

Low Voltage

Battery voltage warning indicator comes on after engine is running and DTC 000158.01 is triggered.

High Voltage

Battery voltage warning indicator comes on after engine is running and DTC 000158.00 is triggered.

Check Service Code

A DTC is active that should trigger the Check Service Code monitor message.

Eng Air Filter Restriction

Engine air filter restriction warning indicator comes on and indicator not in bulb check.

Engine Oil Pressure Low

Engine oil pressure indicator light comes on after engine is running.

Engine Temp High

Engine temperature goes to the red zone of gauge and the engine is running.

Hydraulic Oil Temp High

Hydraulic oil temperature indicator light comes on and indicator not in bulb check.

Hyd Oil Filter Restriction

Hydraulic oil filter restriction warning indicator comes on and indicator not in bulb check.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-14

LW86157,000039E -19-01FEB08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=506


References

Engagement and Monitor Unit Service Menu Operation—EH Controls The service menu allows access to additional items not available in the normal menu system. To enter the service menu, press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds. The following are several menu items available within the service menu. For general EMU operation, see Engagement and Monitor Unit Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Job Timer Hide/Unhide While the basic start and reset functions of the job timer available from the default main menu, the ability to hide or unhide the job timer function is only available from the service menu. 1. Once in the service menu, press the NEXT button until “Main Menu Job Timer” displays. 2. Press SELECT. The EMU display shows the current job timer setting, either “Job Timer Hide” or “Job Timer Unhide.” 3. Use the NEXT button to toggle to the appropriate job timer setting. 4. Press SELECT to either hide or unhide the job timer, as selected. The selected setting displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

increase, and press SELECT to store selected contrast setting. Diagnostics The diagnostic submenu can be used to display diagnostic items available using the service menu in the EMU. For more information, see Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Machine Calibration There are four calibration procedures available within the service menu. Refer to the following for more information:

• See Throttle Position Sensor Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Hydrostatic System Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Boom and Bucket Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

• See Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

Manual Tracking Adjustment See Manual Tracking Adjustment Procedure—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) Main Menu Option Settings Two option settings can be configured using the service menu: Enable/disable the air conditioning cut off, and enable/disable the backup alarm.

Clearing Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)

1. Once in the service menu, press the NEXT button until “Main Menu Options” displays.

Use the service menu to clear diagnostic trouble codes stored by the EMU. See Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes. (Group 9015-20.)

2. Press SELECT. Press NEXT to display either “A/C Cutoff” or “Reverse Alarm.” The EMU display shows the current option setting, such as “A/C Cutoff Enabled.”

Monitor Settings Using the service menu, several monitor settings can be configured:

3. Use the NEXT button to toggle to the appropriate enable/disable setting, such “A/C Cutoff Disabled.”

• Hide/Unhide Menu—The menu is not accessible; only

4. Press SELECT to either enable or disable the option, as necessary.

• •

the run time data is visible to the operator. Restore Defaults—Set monitor back to defaults of English for language, English units of measure, and menu unhidden. Contrast—Adjust display contrast (settings are 1—7). Press BACK to decrease contrast, press NEXT to

The selected setting displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

LW86157,000039F -19-30APR08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=507


References

Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure

TX1033121A —UN—28JAN08

This procedure explains how to connect Service ADVISOR™ to the machine using an electronic data link (EDL) connection. The controller area network (CAN) used on the machine requires an EDL connection. 1. Remove console cover to access fuse blocks (X60 and X70) and Service ADVISOR connector (X40). 2. Remove cover from Service ADVISOR connector. X40— Service ADVISOR Connector X60— Fuse Block

X70— Fuse Block Service ADVISOR Connector and Fuse Blocks

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,0000270 -19-31JAN08-1/2

3. Connect CED W1 Cable (3) to Service ADVISOR connector (4) on machine. 4. Connect CED W1 Cable to EDL (2).

6.

TX1015248A —UN—12DEC06

5. Connect EDL-to-Computer USB Cable (1) to EDL and to USB port on service computer. Locate the service computer close to the machine, or in the operator's station if diagnostics are to be performed while the machine is operated.

7. Refer to Service ADVISOR system instructions to log into the service computer and take data readings from machine. 1— EDL-to-Computer USB Cable 2— EDL

Cables for Service ADVISOR Connection

3— CED W1 Cable

LW86157,0000270 -19-31JAN08-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-16

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=508


References

Reading Diagnostic Trouble Codes TX1034940 —UN—17JAN08

Reading DTCs on Standard Controls Machines with Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) The diagnostic trouble codes can be viewed from the engagement and monitor unit. The engagement and monitor unit displays both engine and machine diagnostic trouble codes. To access the diagnostic trouble codes: 1. Press MENU on the engagement and monitor unit until “CODES” appears in the engagement and monitor unit display.

1 / 2 EMU 107.03 Monitor Screen, DTC

2. Press SELECT to enter the “CODES” menu. 3. Pressing SELECT again will scroll through the diagnostic trouble codes if any are present in the machine. 4. If no diagnostic trouble codes are present, or when the end of the diagnostic trouble code list is reached, “END” will appear in the engagement and monitor unit display. 5. Press and hold SELECT again and “WAIT” will display on the engagement and monitor unit. Release the SELECT button in less than 5 seconds to scroll back through the diagnostic trouble code list, or hold SELECT for 5 seconds while “WAIT” is displayed to clear the stored diagnostic trouble codes. After the diagnostic trouble codes are cleared, “CLEAR” will momentarily display and then “END” will appear on the engagement and monitor unit display. Reading DTCs on EH Controls Machines with Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) 1. Turn machine key switch ON to power up EMU. 2. Press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 3. Press the NEXT button, as required, until EMU displays “Main Menu Codes”. Press the SELECT button. 4. Press the SELECT button at “Codes Active” display to view active DTCs, or press the NEXT button and then the SELECT button at “Codes Stored” display to view stored DTCs. 5. View DTC info, as required:

• Press the NEXT button to scroll through list of codes. • Press the SELECT button to view DTC details. • Press the BACK button to move up one menu level. 6. Use the EMU "Codes Clear" screen to delete all stored codes. Press SELECT to clear codes. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-17

LW86157,0000271 -19-29JAN08-1/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=509


References Reading DTCs with Service ADVISOR

TX1016179A —UN—14DEC06

Use Service ADVISOR™ to view stored diagnostic trouble codes (DTCs). Please refer to Section 9001—Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs) for diagnostic procedures.

Service ADVISOR—Diagnostic Trouble Codes 1— Diagnostics Shortcut Bar 2— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Folder

3— Readings Tab 4— Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes Tab

1. Connect service computer to machine. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

4. From the Shortcut bar, click Diagnostics to open the Diagnostics shortcut bar (1).

2. Open Service ADVISOR and display appropriate model information.

5. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes folder (2).

3. Turn machine key switch ON. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-18

LW86157,0000271 -19-29JAN08-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=510


References

TX1002997A —UN—26JAN06

6. Select the Connect to Model(s) radio button on the Connection Options dialog box, and click OK.

Connection Options Dialog Box Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-19

LW86157,0000271 -19-29JAN08-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=511


TX1016181A —UN—13DEC06

References

Select Readings Adapter Dialog Box 5— Available Adaptors Drop-Down List

6— Selected Models List

7. On the Select Readings Adapter dialog box, make sure the appropriate adapter is displayed. If not, select correct adapter from drop-down list (5). Options include:

7— Change Selected Models Button

11. Double-click an underlined code on the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab to display a detailed description for servicing that diagnostic trouble code.

NOTE: The controller area network (CAN) used on the machine requires an EDL connection.

NOTE: Use the lock topic feature within Service ADVISOR to open multiple windows if machine is transmitting more than one diagnostic trouble code. Refer to Service ADVISOR system instructions for using this feature.

8. Make sure correct machine displays in the Selected Models list (6). If not, click the Change Selected Models button (7).

12. Click the Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) to select and view details for additional diagnostic trouble codes.

• Electronic Data Link (EDL) Stand-alone USB Device • Electronic Data Link (EDL) Using Bluetooth

9. Click OK to connect to machine. 10. After Service ADVISOR connects to machine, both the Readings tab (3) and Connected Diagnostic Trouble Codes tab (4) display. LW86157,0000271 -19-29JAN08-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-20

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=512


References

Throttle Position Sensor Calibration—EH Controls The throttle position sensor must be calibrated using the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) to ensure proper engine operation. Complete this procedure after adjusting the engine speed control pedal and lever. See Engine Speed Test and Adjustment. (Group 9010-25.) 1. Park machine on flat level surface. 2. Lower boom and bucket to the normal ground position.

“Apply Park Brake” “Start Engine” “Engine Temp Too Low for Cal” NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration. 10. Move engine speed control lever to fast idle position.

3. Apply park brake.

The EMU display shows “Move Throttle to Idle.”

4. Start engine.

11. Move engine speed control lever to slow idle position.

5. Warm engine to operating temperature.

Display shows “Move Throttle to Maximum.”

Specification Engine—Temperature (minimum)........................................................................................ 43°C 110°F

6. Press and hold the MENU button on the EMU for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 7. Press NEXT until “Main Menu Calibration” displays. 8. Press SELECT. The display shows “Calibration Throttle.”

12. Move engine speed control lever to fast idle position. The EMU display shows “Move Throttle to Idle.” 13. Move engine speed control lever to slow idle position. 14. Once the fast and slow idle positions have been successfully read twice, “Throttle Cal Complete” displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

9. Press SELECT. The display shows “Move Throttle to Maximum.”

If the calibration procedure does not complete for any reason, “Throttle Cal Failed” displays for 2 seconds.

NOTE: If any of the three calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays a message: LW86157,00003A2 -19-30APR08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-21

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=513


References

Hydrostatic System Calibration—EH Controls

NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration.

The hydrostatic system calibration procedure sets the minimum thresholds and maximum speeds of the left and right hydrostatic pumps and motors to ensure both smooth starts and stops, and straight tracking.

12. Move the left joystick completely forward and hold. The display shows “Calibrating Forward Threshold.”

1. Operate machine to warm hydraulic system to operating temperature. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 60°C 140°F

2. Park machine on flat level surface, and lower front attachment to ground.

The machine wheels operate slowly in forward during the calibration procedure. 13. Once the forward threshold has been calibrated, the display shows “Move FNR to Max Reverse and Hold.” 14. Slowly move the left joystick completely to rear and hold. The display shows “Calibrating Reverse Threshold.” The machine wheels operate slowly in reverse during the calibration procedure.

CAUTION: Prevent possible injury from moving tires/tracks when performing calibration. Tires/tracks will rotate during hydrostatic system calibration. Keep tire/track area clear of bystanders during calibration procedure.

15. Once the reverse threshold has been calibrated, Threshold Cal Complete” displays for 2 seconds before the next calibration procedure begins. If the threshold calibration procedure does not complete correctly, “Threshold Cal Failed” displays on the EMU.

3. Raise and block the machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator’s Manual.) 4. Start engine and release park brake.

16. The display shows “Beginning Max Speed Forward Cal” for 2 seconds as the next procedure begins.

5. If two speed machine, make sure that low speed is selected. 6. Operate engine at fast idle.

17. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows “Move FNR to Max Forward and Hold.”

Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle

18. Move the left joystick completely forward and hold. The display shows “Calibrating Forward Max Speed.”

7. Press and hold the MENU button on the EMU for 5 seconds to access the service menu.

The machine wheels operate at full forward speed during the calibration procedure.

8. Press NEXT until “Main Menu Calibration” displays. Press SELECT.

19. Once the forward maximum speed has been calibrated, “Forward Max Cal Complete” displays for 2 seconds before the next calibration procedure begins.

9. Press NEXT until “Calibration Hydrostat Propel” displays.

If the maximum forward calibration procedure does not complete correctly, “Forward Max Cal Failed” displays on the EMU.

10. Press SELECT. The display shows “Beginning Threshold Cal.” NOTE: If any of the calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays a message:

20. The display shows “Beginning Max Speed Reverse Cal” for 2 seconds as the next procedure begins. 21. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows “Move FNR to Max Reverse and Hold.”

“Engine RPM Too Low for Cal” “Release Park Brake”

22. Move the left joystick completely to rear and hold. The display shows “Calibrating Reverse Max Speed.”

“Engine Temp Too Low for Cal”

The machine wheels operate at full speed in reverse during the calibration procedure.

“Hyd Oil Temp Too Low for Cal” “Shift to Low Range” (for two speed machines) “Move FNR to Neutral” (left joystick not in neutral) 11. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows “Move FNR to Max Forward and Hold.”

NOTE: Upon completion of hydrostatic system calibration, the manual tracking adjustment (MTA) setting is reset to 0. See Manual Tracking Adjustment Procedure—EH Controls. (Group (9015-20.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-22

LW86157,0000273 -19-29OCT08-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=514


References 23. Once the reverse maximum speed has been calibrated, “Reverse Max Cal Complete” displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

If the maximum reverse calibration procedure does not complete correctly, “Reverse Max Cal Failed” displays on the EMU. LW86157,0000273 -19-29OCT08-2/2

Boom and Bucket Calibration—EH Controls

“Hyd Oil Temp Too Low for Cal”

This procedure calibrates the control valve threshold values for the boom and bucket functions of the machine.

“Move Right Joystick to Center”

1. Operate machine to warm hydraulic system to operating temperature.

10. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows “Boom Down Until Boom Moves.”

Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 44°C 110°F

NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration.

2. Remove front attachment, and park machine on flat level surface.

11. Slowly move the right joystick forward; the display shows “Calibrating Boom Down.” Once the boom begins to lower, return the right joystick to neutral.

3. Start engine and enable hydraulics. 4. Position boom and front coupler such that both functions are in mid-point of cylinder travel. (Boom partially raised and front coupler tilted forward.) 5. Operate engine at fast idle. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle

6. Press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 7. Press NEXT until “Main Menu Calibration” displays. Press SELECT. 8. Press NEXT until “Calibration Boom & Bucket” displays. 9. Press SELECT. The display shows “Beginning Boom Threshold Cal.” NOTE: If any of the calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays a message:

The display shows “Boom Up Until Boom Moves.” 12. Slowly move the right joystick to rear; the display shows “Calibrating Boom Up.” Once the boom begins to raise, return the right joystick to neutral. The display shows “Bucket Curl Until Bucket Moves.” 13. Slowly move the right joystick to the left; the display shows “Calibrating Bucket Curl.” Once the bucket begins to roll back, return the right joystick to neutral. The display shows “Bucket Dump Until Bucket Moves.” 14. Slowly move the right joystick to the right; the display shows “Calibrating Bucket Dump.” Once the bucket begins to dump, return the right joystick to neutral. 15. Once the boom and bucket thresholds have been calibrated, “Threshold Cal Complete” displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

“Engine RPM Too Low for Cal”

If the maximum reverse calibration procedure does not complete correctly, “Threshold Cal Failed” displays on the EMU.

“Enable Hydraulics” “Engine Temp Too Low for Cal” LW86157,00003A4 -19-29OCT08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-23

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=515


References

Auxiliary Hydraulics Calibration—EH Controls

“Engine RPM Too Low for Cal” “Hyd Oil Temp Too Low for Cal”

This procedure calibrates the control valve threshold values for the auxiliary functions of the machine. 1. Operate machine to warm hydraulic system to operating temperature. Specification Hydraulic Oil—Temperature............................................................................. 60°C 140°F

2. Remove front attachment, and park machine on flat level surface. 3. Start engine and enable hydraulics. 4. Operate engine at fast idle. Specification Engine—Speed.......................................................................... Fast Idle

5. Press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 6. Press NEXT until “Main Menu Calibration” displays. Press SELECT.

“Move Roller to Neutral” (auxiliary roller switch not in neutral) 9. If all calibration preconditions are met, the display shows “Aux Extend Until Pressure.” NOTE: Press the MENU button to end the calibration procedure. At the prompt, press SELECT to end calibration or BACK, NEXT, or MENU to resume calibration. 10. Slowly move the move the auxiliary roller to rear until rise in pressure is heard. Return auxiliary roller to neutral. The display shows “Aux Retract Until Pressure.” 11. Slowly move the auxiliary roller forward until rise in pressure is heard. Return auxiliary roller to neutral. 12. Once the auxiliary thresholds have been calibrated, “Aux Calibration Complete” displays for 2 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run-time display.

7. Press NEXT until “Calibration Aux Hydraulics” displays.

If the maximum reverse calibration procedure does not complete correctly, “Aux Calibration Failed” displays on the EMU.

8. Press SELECT. The display shows “Beginning Aux Threshold Cal.” NOTE: If any of the calibration preconditions are not met, the EMU displays a message: LW86157,00003A5 -19-30APR08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-24

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=516


References

TX1073830A —UN—23MAR10

Manual Tracking Adjustment Procedure—EH Controls Manual tracking adjustment (MTA) allows for the fine adjustment of higher speed tracking so the machine travels in a straighter path when the left joystick is not commanding a steer. Using MTA can help compensate for machine variations, such as differences in tire size from side-to-side or uneven tire inflation, beyond what can be done using hydrostatic system calibration.

MTA Setting at 0 TX1073831A —UN—23MAR10

Upon completion of hydrostatic system calibration, the MTA setting is reset to 0. The stored MTA setting is applied to both forward and reverse travel. 1. With machine systems at operating temperatures, drive machine with left joystick in straight forward to check current machine tracking. MTA Setting 10 to Right

TX1073832A —UN—23MAR10

2. Press and hold the MENU button on the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for 5 seconds to access the service menu. 3. Press NEXT until “Main Menu Manual Tracking” displays. 4. Press SELECT. The display shows the current MTA setting.

MTA Setting 27 to Left

NOTE: Press the MENU button to exit MTA and return to the normal run-time display. 5. Change MTA setting as needed. Press the NEXT button to increment MTA setting to right. Press the BACK button to increment the MTA setting to the left. Possible MTA setting values are from 0—100 for both right and left.

NOTE: The stored MTA setting is applied to both forward and reverse travel. 7. Drive machine to verify manual tracking adjustment. Repeat procedure as necessary.

6. Press the SELECT button to save the MTA setting and return to the normal run-time display. LW86157,00003A6 -19-17MAR10-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-25

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=517


References

Electrical Component Specifications Item

Measurement

Specification

Vacuum

64 mbar 4.8 cm of Mercury

Engine Sensors Air Filter Restriction Switch (B1)

25.7 in of Water Fuel Level Sensor (B4)

Resistance

Empty tank 10 Ohms Half full tank 100 Ohms Full tank 180 Ohms

Engine Coolant Temperature Sensor (B5)

First low fuel warning at

15 Ohms

Second and third low fuel warning at

10 Ohms

Normal Operating Range

85°C—110°C 185°F—230°F

Full Operating Range

-40°C—+125°C -40°F—+257°F

STOP Indicator turns On at

105°C 221°F

Engine Shutdown at

107°C or greater 225°F or greater

Voltage

4.732—4.762 Volts at 0°C 4.378—4.407 Volts at 20°C 1.315—1.344 Volts at 100°C 4.732—4.762 Volts at 32°F 4.378—4.407 Volts at 68°F 1.315—1.344 Volts at 212°F

Resistance

8800—10 000 Ohms at 0°C 3300—3700 Ohms at 20°C 172—183 Ohms at 100°C 8800—10 000 Ohms at 32°F 3300—3700 Ohms at 68°F 172—183 Ohms at 212°F

Engine Oil Pressure Switch (B6) (Normally Closed)

Pressure

40—75 kPa 0.4—0.75 bar 5.8—10.8 psi

Engine RPM Sensor (B13)

Resistance

3.1 Kohms

Voltage

1.4 Volts at 50 RPM 9.7 Volts at 400 RPM

Operating Temperature

42 Volts at 3000 RPM -40°C—+125°F -104°F—+257°F

Throttle Position Sensor (B14)

Supply Voltage Output Voltage

4.5—5.5V 0.5—4.5V

Operating Temperature

-40°C—+125°F -104°F—+257°F

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-26

LW86157,0000277 -19-03FEB19-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=518


References Item

Measurement

Specification

Normal Operating Range

85°C—110°C 185°F—230°F

Full Operating Range

-40°C—+125°C

Hydraulic Sensors Hydraulic Oil Temperature Sensor (B2)

-40°F—+257°F STOP indicator turns On when

105°C or greater for 5 sec. 220°F or greater for 5 sec.

Engine shutdown when

STOP indicator On for 5 min.

Voltage

4.732—4.762 Volts at 0°C 4.378—4.407 Volts at 20°C 1.315—1.344 Volts at 100°C 4.732—4.762 Volts at 32°F 4.378—4.407 Volts at 68°F 1.315—1.344 Volts at 212°F

Resistance

8800—10 000 Ohms at 0°C 3300—3700 Ohms at 20°C 172—183 Ohms at 100°C 8800—10 000 Ohms at 32°F 3300—3700 Ohms at 68°F 172—183 Ohms at 212°F

Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3)

Pressure differential

248—303 kPa 2.5—3.0 bar 36—44 psi

Closing Pressure—Low Side

160—260 kPa 1.6—2.6 bar

Air Conditioning System Sensors Air Conditioner High/Low Pressure Switch (B9)

Opening Pressure—Low Side

23—37 psi 140—230 kPa 1.4—2.3 bar

Opening Pressure—High Side

20—33 psi 2600—2900 kPa 26.0—29.0 bar

Closing Pressure—High Side

380—420 psi 1380—2070 kPa 13.8—20.7 bar 200—300 psi

Air Conditioner Freeze Control Switch (B10)

Temperature—Increasing

-1.9—+0.8°C 28.5—33.5°F

Temperature—Decreasing

2.8—5.6°C 37—42°F

Park Brake Solenoid (Y5)

Resistance

7—10.5 Ohms

Boom Spool Lock Solenoid (Y2)

Resistance

14.8—18.2 Ohms

Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid (Y3)

Resistance

Solenoids

14.8—18.2 Ohms Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-27

LW86157,0000277 -19-03FEB19-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=519


References Item

Measurement

Specification

Port Lock Solenoid (Y4)

Resistance

8.2—9.0 Ohms

Quik-Tatch Lock and Unlock Solenoid (Y11 and Y12)

Resistance

6.8—8.3 Ohms

High Flow Solenoid (Y7)

Resistance

5.7—10.6 Ohms

Two Speed Solenoid (Y6)

Resistance

7—10.5 Ohms

Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y15)

Resistance

3.6—5.6 Ohms

Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y16)

Resistance

3.6—5.6 Ohms

Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Resistance (Y17)

3.6—5.6 Ohms

Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Resistance (Y18)

3.6—5.6 Ohms

Boom Up Pilot Solenoid (Y19)

Resistance

5.0—9.6 Ohms

Boom Down Pilot Solenoid (Y20)

Resistance

5.0—9.6 Ohms

Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid (Y21)

Resistance

5.0—9.6 Ohms

Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid (Y22)

Resistance

5.0—9.6 Ohms

Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid (Y23) Resistance

5.0—9.6 Ohms

Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid (Y24)

Resistance

5.0—9.6 Ohms

Supply Voltage

4.5—5.5V

Operating Temperature

-40°C—105°C

Speed Sensors Left Wheel Speed Sensor (B16)

-104°F—221°F Right Wheel Speed Sensor (B17)

Supply Voltage

4.5—5.5V

Operating Temperature

-40°C—105°C -104°F—221°F

Amperage

4.5 A (no load) 20.7 A (full load)

Motors Quik-Tatch™ Motor (M10) Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,0000277 -19-03FEB19-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-28

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=520


References

Controller Area Network (CAN) Circuit Test TX1069090 —UN—08MAR10

KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-1/15

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-29

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=521


References

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-30

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=522


References 1— Battery Power 2— CAN High 3— CAN Low 4— CAN Ground A2—Engagement and Monitor Unit (EMU) A4—Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) A5—Left Joystick A6—Right Joystick F1— Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp Fuse

R6—CAN Termination Resistor 1 R7—CAN Termination Resistor 2 W23—Engine Harness to Frame Ground W31—Engine Harness—EH Controls W32—Cab Harness Deluxe—EH Controls W35—Electrohydraulic Controller Harness

X6— Cab Harness-toX51— Controller Harness to Engagement and Monitor Engine Harness 31-Pin Unit 16-Pin Connector (J1) Connector X23— Right Joystick 6-Pin X54— Left Joystick 6-Pin Connector Connector X40— Service Advisor Connector X41— Cab Harness to Engine Harness 47 Pin Connector X45— Hydraulic Controller Harness to Hydraulic Control Unit 14-Pin Connector (J2) KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-2/15

8

7 1

3

2 6

4

TX1168610 —UN—13AUG14

5

TX1168610 Generic CAN Circuit Schematic 1— Controller 1 2— Controller 2 3— Service ADVISOR™ Connector

4— Termination Resistor 1 5— Termination Resistor 2

6— CAN High Wire (yellow) 7— CAN Low Wire (light green)

8— Grounded Shield Wire (black)

For more information, See Electrohydraulic Controls Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-3/15

Controller Area Network (CAN) Diagnostics Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-31

KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-4/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=523


References

• 1

System Check

Turn ignition ON.

Locate the Service ADVISOR™ connector and establish machine connection. See Service ADVISOR™ Connection Procedure. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Does Service ADVISOR™ establish a connection?

NO: Go to Service ADVISOR™ Fuse Test.

Do all controllers show up under connected controllers?

YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check. NO: Go to next step in this check.

Is Service ADVISOR able to connect to any machine controllers?

YES: Go to Controller Fuse Check. NO: Go to CAN Circuit Short-to-Ground Check.

Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-5/15

• 2

Service ADVISOR™ Fuse Test

Remove fuse for Service ADVISOR™ and check for continuity. For fuse location, See Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

YES: Go to CAN Termination Resistor Check.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Replace Service ADVISOR™ fuse. KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-6/15

• 3

CAN Termination Resistor Check

Turn ignition OFF. Locate, remove, and label each CAN termination resistor. Using a multimeter, measure the resistance of each of the termination resistor (4 and 5).

YES: Go to CAN High Wire Voltage Check.

Is resistance 110—130 ohms for each resistor?

NO: Replace termination resistor.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-32

KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-7/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=524


References

• 4

CAN High Wire Voltage Turn ignition ON. Using a multimeter, measure the voltage from pin C (CAN High) to pin YES: Go to CAN Low Wire Check A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector (3). Voltage Check.

Is voltage between 2.50 and 3.50 volts?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Is system voltage present between pins C and A of Service ADVISOR connector?

YES: A short circuit exists on the CAN High wire. Check CAN High voltage one controller at a time to locate short circuit. NO: Go to next step in this check.

Is zero voltage present between pins C and A of Service ADVISOR connector?

YES: Go to CAN High Wire Circuit Check. NO: Remove one controller at a time and recheck voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary. KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-8/15

• 5

CAN Low Wire Voltage Using a multimeter, measure voltage from pin D (CAN Low) to pin A (ground) of Service YES: Go to CAN High Wire Check ADVISOR connector. Circuit Check.

Is voltage between 1.50 and 2.50 volts?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Is system voltage present between pins D and A of Service ADVISOR connector?

YES: A short circuit exists on the CAN Low wire. Check CAN Low voltage one controller at a time to locate the short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. NO: Go to next step in this check.

Is zero voltage present between pins D and A of Service ADVISOR connector?

YES: Go to CAN Low Wire Circuit Check. NO: Remove one controller at a time and recheck voltage. When voltage is in range, check harness of disconnected controller for short circuits. Repair or replace harness as necessary.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-33

KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-9/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=525


References

• 6

CAN High Wire Circuit Check

Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN High) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.

YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN High wire. Check CAN High voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN High) and machine ground. YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN High wire. Check CAN High voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Is continuity indicated?

NO: An open circuit exists on the CAN High wire. Repair or replace harness as necessary. KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-10/15

• 7

CAN Low Wire Circuit Check

Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN Low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.

YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN Low wire. Check CAN Low voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN Low) and machine ground. YES: A short to ground exists on the CAN Low wire. Check CAN Low voltage one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Is continuity indicated?

NO: An open circuit exists on the CAN Low wire. Repair or replace harness as necessary. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-34

KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-11/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=526


References

• 8

CAN Circuit Short-to-Ground Check

Key switch OFF.

Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN Low) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN High) and pin A (ground) of Service ADVISOR connector.

YES: A short to ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to ground at pin A of Service ADVISOR connector. Repair or replace harness that has short-to-ground condition.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to next step in this check.

Key switch OFF. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin D (CAN Low) and machine ground. Using a multimeter, measure continuity between pin C (CAN High) and machine ground. YES: A short to machine ground exists in CAN circuit. Disconnect each harness and check for continuity to machine ground. Repair or replace harness that has short-to-ground condition. Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to CAN High/CAN Low Short Check. KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-12/15

• 9

CAN High/CAN Low Short Check

Key switch OFF.

Using a multimeter, check for continuity between CAN High and CAN Low circuits.

YES: Short circuit between CAN High and CAN Low wires. Check continuity between CAN High and CAN Low circuits one controller at a time to locate the harness where the short is located. Repair or replace harness as necessary.

Is continuity indicated?

NO: Go to Service ADVISOR™ Fuse Test. KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-13/15

10 Controller Fuse Check Remove fuse for missing controller(s). Check fuse(s) for continuity.

Is continuity indicated in all fuses?

NO: Replace fuse(s) that did not indicate continuity. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

YES: Go to Controller Check.

9015-20-35

KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-14/15

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=527


References

11 Controller Check

Key switch OFF.

Locate the suspected controller(s). Using a multimeter, measure resistance between the CAN High and CAN Low wires.

YES: Go to next step in this check.

Is resistance between 55 and 65 ohms?

NO: An open or short circuit exists in one of the CAN wires. Work from the controller back to the main harness, checking the CAN High and Low wires for an open or short circuit.

Turn ignition ON. Check for power and ground at suspect controller(s).

YES: Replace malfunctioning controller.

Is power and ground present?

NO: An open or short circuit exists in the circuit with no power or ground. Work from the controller back to the main harness, checking the power and ground circuits for an open or short circuit. Repair or replace harness as necessary. KK70125,000059A -19-18SEP14-15/15

Fuse Test Some symptoms may indicate an expensive component failure, when in fact a fuse has failed. Machine functions can be performed without test equipment to determine

if fuses have failed. If certain circuits or components operate, fuses are considered to be OK. For fuse locations, see Fuse Specifications. (Group 9015-10.)

Fuse

Test

F1—Key Switch and Accessory 15 Amp (S.N. —172788) F1—Key Switch and Accessory 20 Amp (S.N. 172789— )

Engine will not crank. Turn key On. Does park brake and auxiliary hydraulic override switch illuminate? If switches illuminate, fuse is OK.

F2—Monitor 15 Amp

Sit in seat. If instrument panel lights and gauges Instrument panel will not work. Engine will crank, but will not start. indicate machine status, fuse is OK.

F3—Accessory 25 Amp

Does air conditioning, windshield wiper and washer, dual flasher, Quik-Tatch, or high flow switch illuminate? If switch(es) illuminate, fuse is OK.

Windshield wiper and washer, high flow, Quik-Tatch, backup alarm, and heater blower motor will not operate.

F4—Lights 20 Amp

Turn key switch ON. Turn work lights on. If lights turn on, fuse is OK.

Front and rear work lights and tail lights will not operate.

Results of Fuse Failure

F5—Glow Plug 80 Amp

Test fuse with multimeter.

Glow plugs will not operate.

F6—Blower Motor 15 Amp

Turn key switch ON. Turn blower motor switch to high speed. If blower motor operates, fuse is OK.

Air conditioner and heater blower motor will not operate. LW86157,0000278 -19-25MAR09-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-36

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=528


References

T197481 —UN—02MAR04

Relay Test 1. Connect multimeter to terminals 85 and 86. About 63.5—79.5 ohms must be measured. If not, relay has failed. 2. Connect multimeter to terminals 30 and 87a. Less than 0.7 ohms must be measured. If not, relay has failed. Less than 0.7 ohms must be measured. If not, relay has failed.

3. Connect multimeter to terminals 30 and 87, and then 87 and 87a. Multimeter must read open in both connections. If not, relay has failed.

6. Connect multimeter to terminals 30 and 87a, and then 87 and 87a.

4. Apply 12 volts to terminal 86 and ground terminal 85. 5. Connect multimeter to terminals 30 and 87.

Multimeter must read open in both connections. If not, relay has failed. LW86157,0000279 -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-37

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=529


References

Alternator Test 5 3

7

6

8

4 10

9

12 15 G 1 -

11

13 U

TX1045884 —UN—23JUL08

+

16 14 2

TX1045884 Common Alternator Circuit 1— Battery 2— Alternator 3— Key Switch 4— To Accessories 5— ACC 6— Alternator Excitation Diode

7— Excitation Terminal (marked D+) 8— B+ 9— Exciter Diodes 10— Positive Diodes 11— Negative Diodes

12— Stator 13— Excitation Winding (field) 14— Regulator 15— AC Terminal (marked W)

16— To Display Module (indicator lamp)

1. 12 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.

assembly if necessary. Test and repair if possible. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.

2. With engine running at fast idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 13.5 VDC or greater1.

1. 24 V System — With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal D+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.

3. If voltage from previous steps is below 13.5 VDC1, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 13.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal).

2. With engine running at slow idle, check DC voltage between terminal B+ and ground. Voltage should be 27.5 VDC or greater2.

4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 6—7 VAC. 5. Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator. 6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator

3. If voltage from previous steps is below 27.5 VDC2, check excitation by placing a jumper wire between terminals D+ and B+ with the engine running. If output at terminals B+ and D+ rise to 27.5 VDC or greater, check for an open diode, wiring problem, or blown fuse in the alternator excitation circuit (wire to D+ terminal). 4. With engine running, check AC voltage between terminal W (if equipped) and ground. Voltage should be 12—14 VAC. 5. Repeat above steps with lights on to load the alternator.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-38

BR70016,0000127 -19-24NOV09-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=530


References assembly if necessary. Make specific test and repair procedures. If alternator still malfunctions, replace it. If alternator tests OK, check indicator light circuit.

6. If alternator does not produce specified voltage after testing, check for worn out brushes in the regulator/brush assembly. Replace brush/regulator 1

Note: For 12 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 14.1 VDC or greater. 2 Note: For 24 V systems with maintenance free batteries, D+ and B+ voltage should be 28.2 VDC or greater. BR70016,0000127 -19-24NOV09-2/2

Solenoid Test LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-1/18

Solenoid Observable Symptom Check LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-2/18

Quik-Tatch Solenoid (Y1 & Y2)

Start machine. Operate Quik-Tatch™ lock and unlock function.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Do functions operate?

NO: Continue check.

If one function works, but not the other, physically swap solenoid coils. Does opposite function work after swapping solenoid coils?

YES: Continue check.

If neither function works, continue check.

NO: Solenoid is OK.

Disconnect solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across terminals of Quik-Tatch solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does Quik-Tatch solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. (Group 9015-20.)

NO: Solenoid has failed. Replace.

Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-3/18

Boom Spool Lock and Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid (Y2 & Y3)

Start machine and release hydraulics.

YES: Boom spool lock and bucket spool lock solenoids are OK.

Operate the boom and bucket functions.

NO: Pedals or hand controls move but hydraulics do not operate, check Port Lock Solenoid.

Do the pedals move and hydraulic functions operate?

NO: Pedals or hand controls do not move and hydraulics do not operate, continue check.

Disconnect boom spool lock or bucket spool solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Connect power and ground to boom spool lock or bucket spool lock solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid click?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect boom spool lock or bucket spool lock solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across the terminals of boom spool lock or bucket spool lock solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-39

LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-4/18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=531


References Port Lock Solenoid (Y4)

Start machine and release hydraulics.

YES: Port lock solenoid is OK.

Operate the boom and bucket functions.

NO: Pedals or hand controls move but hydraulic functions do not operate, continue check.

Do pedals move and hydraulic functions operate?

NO: Pedals or hand controls do not move and hydraulic functions do not operate, check Boom Spool Lock Solenoid and Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid.

Disconnect port lock solenoid from harness. Connect power and ground to port lock solenoid. NOTE: Port lock solenoid makes a light click. Click may not be audible in noisy conditions. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid click?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect port lock solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across terminals of port lock solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-5/18

Park Brake Solenoid (Y5)

Start machine and release park brake. Push steering levers forward.

YES: Park brake solenoid is OK.

Does machine move?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect park brake solenoid from harness. Connect power to purple wire and ground to black wire of park brake solenoid. NOTE: Park brake solenoid makes a light click. Click may not be audible in noisy conditions. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid click?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect park brake solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across terminals of park brake solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-40

LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-6/18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=532


References Two Speed Solenoid Check (Y6)

Drive machine and press two speed switch to activate two speed. Does machine speed up? Press two speed switch again while driving to deactivate two speed.

YES: Two speed solenoid is OK.

Does machine slow down?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect solenoid from harness. Apply power and ground to solenoid.

YES: Two speed solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid click?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect two speed solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-7/18

High Flow Solenoid Check (Y7)

NOTE: Machine must be connected to a high flow attachment to perform this check. Turn on high flow option and operate attachment.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does attachment operate?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect solenoid from harness. Connect power to the dark green wire side of the connector and ground the black wire side of the connector of the high flow solenoid. NOTE: High flow solenoid makes a light click. Click may not be audible in noisy conditions.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid click?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect high flow solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-8/18

Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y15)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR™ to view voltage or current. Drive machine in reverse.

YES: Right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.

Does machine drive in reverse?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect right C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. Service ADVISOR is a trademark of Deere & Company LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-9/18

Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid (Y16)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Drive machine in forward.

YES: Right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.

Does machine drive in forward?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect right C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-41

LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-10/18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=533


References Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid Solenoid (Y17) to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Drive machine in reverse.

YES: Left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.

Does machine drive in reverse?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect left C2 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-11/18

Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid Solenoid (Y18) to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Drive machine in forward.

YES: Left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid is OK.

Does machine drive in forward?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect left C1 hydrostatic pump solenoid from harness. Measure resistance across solenoid terminals.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-12/18

Boom Up Pilot Solenoid (Y19)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Start machine and release hydraulics.

YES: Boom up pilot solenoid is OK.

Operate the boom and bucket functions.

NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check Port Lock Solenoid (Y4).

Does boom up function operate?

NO: Boom up function does not operate. Continue check.

Disconnect boom up pilot solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across the terminals of boom up pilot solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-42

LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-13/18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=534


References Boom Down Pilot Solenoid (Y20)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Start machine and release hydraulics.

YES: Boom down pilot solenoid is OK.

Operate the boom and bucket functions.

NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check Port Lock Solenoid (Y4).

Does boom down function operate?

NO: Boom down function does not operate. Continue check.

Disconnect boom down pilot solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across the terminals of boom down pilot solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-14/18

Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid (Y21)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Start machine and release hydraulics.

YES: Bucket rollback pilot solenoid is OK.

Operate the boom and bucket functions.

NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check Port Lock Solenoid (Y4).

Does bucket rollback function operate?

NO: Bucket rollback function does not operate. Continue check.

Disconnect bucket rollback pilot solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across the terminals of bucket rollback pilot solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-15/18

Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid (Y22)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Start machine and release hydraulics.

YES: Bucket dump pilot solenoid is OK.

Operate the boom and bucket functions.

NO: No hydraulic functions operate. Check Port Lock Solenoid (Y4).

Does bucket dump function operate?

NO: Bucket dump function does not operate. Continue check.

Disconnect bucket dump pilot solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across the terminals of bucket dump pilot solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-43

LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-16/18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=535


References Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid (Y23)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Start machine and release hydraulics. Operate the optional auxiliary hydraulic attachments.

YES: Male AUX port pilot solenoid is OK.

Do attachments work?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect male AUX port pilot solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across the terminals of male AUX port pilot solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-17/18

Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid (Y24)

IMPORTANT: Avoid damage to solenoid. Do not apply power directly to solenoid to test. This may damage solenoid because of high amperage. Use EMU display or Service ADVISOR to view voltage or current. Start machine and release hydraulics. Operate the optional auxiliary hydraulic attachments.

YES: Female AUX port pilot solenoid is OK.

Do attachments work?

NO: Continue check.

Disconnect female AUX port pilot solenoid from harness. NOTE: When component is disconnected from harness, a diagnostic trouble code may appear. Check and clear codes after test is performed. Measure resistance across the terminals of female AUX port pilot solenoid.

YES: Solenoid is OK.

Does solenoid resistance meet specification? See Electrical Component Specifications. NO: Solenoid has failed. (Group 9015-20.) Replace. LW86157,0000394 -19-18MAY09-18/18

Temperature Sensor Test 1. To check a temperature sensor using a multimeter, remove temperature sensor from the machine. 2. Measure resistance as indicated. Resistance may vary from one sensor to another. See Electrical Component Specifications for sensor resistance values. (Group 9015-20.)

3. For location of temperature sensors, see System Functional Schematic, Wiring Diagram, and Component Location Master Legend. (Group 9015-10.)

LW86157,000027C -19-29JAN08-1/1

Electrical Component Checks LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-1/17

• 1

Electrical Component Checks

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-44

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-2/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=536


References Park Brake Switch Check

T197926A —UN—18FEB04

1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 4— Pin 4 5— Pin 5 6— Pin 6 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 5 and 6 in the Engaged position. Pins 4 and 5 in the Run position. Pins 2 and 5 in the Release position. Pins 1 and 5 in the Release position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-3/17

Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch Check

T197925A —UN—18FEB04

2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 2 and 3 in the On position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-45

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-4/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=537


References Work Lights Switch Check

T197924A —UN—18FEB04

2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 5— Pin 5 6— Pin 6 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 2 and 3 in the Front Work Lights and Tail Lights position. Pins 2 and 3 in the Front and Rear Work Lights and Tail Lights position. Pins 5 and 6 in the Front and Rear Work Lights and Tail Lights position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-5/17

Windshield Wiper and Washer Switch Check

T197923A —UN—18FEB04

2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 4— Pin 4 5— Pin 5 6— Pin 6 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 4 and 5 in the Off position. Pins 2 and 3 in the On position. Pins 2 and 3 in the Wash position. Pins 5 and 6 in the Wash position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-46

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-6/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=538


References Dual Flasher Switch Check

T197922A —UN—18FEB04

2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 2 and 3 in the On position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-7/17

High Flow Switch Check

T197920A —UN—18FEB04

2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 5— Pin 5 6— Pin 6 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 2 and 3 in the Run position. Pins 2 and 3 in the On position. Pins 5 and 6 in the On position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-47

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-8/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=539


References Quik-Tatch Switch Check

T197921A —UN—18FEB04

1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 2 and 3 in the Lock position. Pins 1 and 2 in the Unlock position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-9/17

Air Conditioner Switch Check

T197919A —UN—18FEB04

2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 2 and 3 in the On position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-48

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-10/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=540


References Key Switch Check

T198083A —UN—26FEB04

1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 4— Pin 4 5— Pin 5 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins 1 and 4 in the run position. Pins 1 and 2 in the run position. Pins 1 and 2 in the start position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Pins 3 and 5 in the start position.

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-11/17

Air Conditioner and Heater Blower Motor Switch Check

T198081A —UN—26FEB04

B—Pin B C—Pin C H—Pin H L— Pin L M—Pin M Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for continuity. Pins B and L in low speed. Pins B and C in low speed. Pins B and M in medium speed. Pins B and C in medium speed. Pins B and H in high speed. Pins B and C in high speed.

YES: Switch is OK.

Is continuity measured?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-49

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-12/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=541


References Cab Temperature Control Dial Check

T198082A —UN—26FEB04

1— Pin 1 2— Pin 2 3— Pin 3 Remove switch from harness. Use multimeter to check for resistance. 210 Ω on pins 1 and 2 at maximum cooling. 5.1 kΩ on pins 2 and 3 at maximum cooling. 5.1 kΩ on pins 1 and 2 at maximum heating. 210 Ω on pins 2 and 3 at maximum heating. 5.1 kΩ on pins 1 and 3 regardless of dial position.

YES: Switch is OK.

Does temperature control dial meet specification?

NO: Switch has failed. Replace. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-13/17

Battery Voltage Check

T123529 —UN—17SEP99

Measure battery voltage by connecting a multimeter to negative (-) terminal grounded to frame and positive (+) terminal connected to machine harness.

YES: Battery is OK.

Is 12—14 volts measured?

NO: Battery is undercharged. Charge battery. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-50

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-14/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=542


References Diode Check

T7961AA —UN—10MAR93

Remove diode from connector. Test diode using diode test function of multimeter. Does multimeter beep?

YES: If multimeter beeps in both checks, diode has failed in a shorted mode. Replace diode.

Reverse multimeter probes.

NO: If multimeter does not beep in either check, diode has failed in an open mode. Replace diode.

Does multimeter beep?

NO: If multimeter beeps in one check and not the other, diode is OK. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-15/17

Back-Up Alarm Check

T197483A —UN—18MAR04

1— Back-Up Alarm 2— Terminal (+) 3— Terminal (-) Connect jumper wire between terminal (2) and battery positive (+) terminal and connect YES: Back-up alarm is OK. terminal (3) to ground (-). Does backup alarm sound?

NO: Back-up alarm has failed. Replace. See Back-Up Alarm Remove and Install. (Group 9015-20.) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-51

LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-16/17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=543


References Glow Plug Relay Check

T197487A —UN—27JAN04

1— Coil Terminal 2— Coil Terminal 3— Contact Terminal CAUTION: Avoid shock or electrical burn from open harness wires. Cover open harness connections or remove glow plug fuse from harness. Disconnect harness from glow plug relay. Connect multimeter to coil terminals (1 and 2) and measure resistance. Is 23—29 ohms measured? Connect multimeter to contact terminals to measure continuity. Apply power (+) to coil terminal (1) and ground coil terminal (2).

YES: Glow plug relay is OK.

Does relay click and is continuity measured across contact terminals?

NO: Glow plug relay has failed. Replace. LW86157,000027D -19-29JAN08-17/17

Battery Remove and Install 1. Park skid steer loader on a flat level surface. 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. T199373A —UN—20APR04

3. Lift engine cover and remove side shield. 4. Remove frame ground (1), battery negative (-) cable (3), and positive (+) cable (2). 5. Remove nut and washer (4) and battery retaining bracket. 6. Replace battery as necessary. Battery Remove and Install

7. Install battery retaining bracket, nut, and cables. 8. Install side shields and lower engine cover. 9. Remove boom locks and lower boom.

1— Frame Ground 2— Positive (+) Battery Cable

3— Negative (-) Battery Cable 4— Nut and Washer LW86157,000027E -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-52

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=544


References

Instrument Panel, Engagement and Monitor Unit, and Key Switch Remove and Install

T198219 —UN—21APR10

1. For machines equipped with electrohydraulic (EH) controls, record current hour meter value before removing engagement and monitor unit, if possible.

1— Screw (6 used) 2— Instrument Panel

3— Engagement and Monitor Unit 4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Nut

2. Remove screws (1) from instrument panel (2).

6— Key Switch

Unit Initial Configuration. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

3. Remove cap screws (4) from engagement and monitor unit (3).

8. Install engagement and monitor unit (3) and cap screws (4).

4. Remove engagement and monitor unit (3). 5. Remove nut (5) and key switch (6). 6. Replace parts as necessary. 7. Install key switch (6) and nut (5). IMPORTANT: If you are installing a replacement engagement and monitor unit, you must complete an initial configuration once the unit has been installed. See Engagement and Monitor

Specification Engagement and Monitor Unit Cap Screw—Torque.............................................................................6.8 N·m 60 lb-in.

9. Install instrument panel (2) and screws (1). LW86157,000027F -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-53

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=545


References

Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration

7. Press and hold “MENU” for five seconds until the engagement and monitor unit beeps.

NOTE: This procedure is for initial configuration of the engagement and monitor unit in a machine equipped with standard controls.

8. Press “MENU” until “MODEL” appears in the display. 9. Press “SELECT” to enter the “MODEL” menu.

Complete the following procedure to set the appropriate machine model in the engagement and monitor unit.

10. Press “MENU” until the appropriate machine model number appears in the engagement and monitor unit display.

1. Sit in operator's seat to power up the engagement and monitor unit.

11. Press “SELECT” to set the machine model number. The engagement and monitor unit beeps after setting the machine model number.

2. At the “ATS?” prompt, press “SELECT”. If “ATS?” prompt does not appear, proceed to Step 5. 3. Press “MENU” to display “YES” or “NO” to enable or disable the anti-theft security system. 4. Press “SELECT” to enable or disable the anti-theft security system. 5. The current machine model setting, hour meter, then Run Data Items appear on the engagement and monitor unit display.

NOTE: Key switch must be turned to OFF position or model selection will NOT be saved. 12. Turn key switch to OFF position. 13. Exit operator's seat to power down the engagement and monitor unit.

6. Turn key to ON position.

The correct machine model number setting will display the next time the engagement and monitor unit powers up. LW86157,0000280 -19-29JAN08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-54

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=546


References

Engagement and Monitor Unit Initial Configuration—EH Controls

button until the incorrect value is in the active field. Correct the value using the NEXT button.

NOTE: These procedures are for initial configuration of the engagement and monitor unit in machines with electrohydraulic (EH) controls. Complete all three procedures if installing a new engagement and monitor unit (EMU). Complete only the machine model configuration and machine option configuration if installing new software on the EMU.

6. Once the existing hour meter value has been entered, press SELECT to store these values. 7. Engagement and monitor unit display shows VERIFY XXXXX (XXXXX is the newly-entered hour meter value). 8. If the displayed value is correct, press SELECT to permanently store the value. The engagement and monitor unit displays HOURMETER SAVED before returning to the normal run-time screen.

Hour Meter Configuration Complete the following procedure to transfer the current hour meter value to a new engagement and monitor unit. 1. Record current hour meter value from original engagement and monitor unit. NOTE: The new engagement and monitor unit (EMU) only allows five (5) EMU on/off power cycles in which to input existing hour meter value. If the value is not entered during these five power cycles, the EMU hour meter value will reflect time accumulated since installation of new EMU. 2. On initial startup, the new engagement and monitor unit displays SELECT TO / SET HOURS. NOTE: There is no timeout on the SELECT TO SET HOURS screen. Press SELECT to set the hour meter value or any other button to display to engagement and monitor unit normal data items. 3. Press SELECT to set the hour meter value for the new engagement and monitor unit.

If the displayed value is not correct, press BACK or NEXT to re-enter the existing hour meter value. Machine Model Configuration For the machine to function properly, a machine model must be selected. Complete the following procedure to assign a machine model if new software has been installed on the EMU, or a new EMU has been installed in the machine. 1. Turn the key switch ON. 2. Press and hold the MENU button for 5 seconds to access the engagement and monitor unit (EMU) service menu. 3. Press the NEXT button until display shows MAIN MENU MODEL CONFIG. 4. The monitor display shows MODEL CONFIG SELECT 325 1-SPEED. 5. Press the SELECT button if this is the correct machine model. OR

4. Engagement and monitor unit displays 0 0 0 0 0. The last digit will be flashing. NOTE: The ones digit is set first, followed by tens, hundreds, thousands and ten thousands digits in that order. 5. Using the NEXT and BACK buttons, input the existing hour meter value to the nearest full hour (no tenths). a. Press and release NEXT to advance the number displayed in the active (flashing) field. The NEXT button increments the current digit and will “roll over” from 9 to 0. b. Press and release BACK to accept the number displayed (flashing) in the active field and shift the active field to the next digit to the left. c. If an incorrect value is entered and the active field advanced, continue to press and release BACK

Press the NEXT button to scroll through the list of models to display the correct machine model. Press the SELECT button. 6. Hold the SELECT button to confirm the machine model setting. 7. The EMU beeps and the selected machine model displays for 3 seconds before the EMU returns to the normal run time display. Machine Option Configuration During EMU initial configuration it may be necessary to enable options such as air conditioning, reverse alarm, and anti-theft depending on machine options. For machine options to function properly, the machine option must be enabled. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Service Menu Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) LW86157,00003B1 -19-25SEP09-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-55

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=547


References

Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Remove and Install 1. Disconnect connectors (2, 3, and 4). TX1032991A —UN—10DEC07

2. Remove cap screws (1), and remove hydraulic control unit (HCU). 3. Install HCU, and cap screws (1). 4. Connect HCU connectors (2, 3, and 4). 1— Cap Screw (2 used) 2— Connector (X44) 3— Connector (X45)

4— Connector (X46) 5— Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU)

Hydraulic Control Unit (HCU) Remove and Install LW86157,0000283 -19-02APR08-1/1

Backup Alarm Remove and Install 1. Remove nut and wire (2 and 3). 2. Remove cap screws (4) and backup alarm (1). 3. Install backup alarm (1) and cap screws (4). 4. Install nut and wire (2 and 3). 3— Nut and Wire 4— Cap Screw (2 used) T197486A —UN—27JAN04

1— Backup Alarm 2— Nut and Wire

LW86157,0000284 -19-14FEB08-1/1

Joystick Remove and Install 1. This procedure can be used to remove either the left or right joystick. Right side joystick procedure shown. 2. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat level surface.

4. Raise cab.See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 5. Remove cap screws (1). 1— Cap Screw (4 used)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-56

TX1037355A —UN—26FEB08

3. Raise boom and engage boom lock.

JH38101,00009E6 -19-04APR08-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=548


References

6. Carefully lower cab and remove connectors (4) and (5) and remove cover (2) and joystick (3) as assembly. 4— Joystick Electrical Connector 5— Joystick Electrical Connector

TX1037356A —UN—26FEB08

2— Cover 3— Joystick

TX1037357A —UN—26FEB08

Joystick and Cover (right side shown)

Joystick Connectors (right side shown) JH38101,00009E6 -19-04APR08-2/3

7. Remove cap screw (6) and remove joystick from cover. 8. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 9. Install joystick in cover. TX1037358A —UN—26FEB08

10. Connect joystick electrical connectors and attach joystick and cover to cab. 11. Lower cab and lower boom. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 12. Operate joystick and controls and verify proper operation. 5— Joystick Electrical Connector

TX1037359A —UN—26FEB08

3— Joystick 4— Joystick Electrical Connector

Joystick Removed JH38101,00009E6 -19-04APR08-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-57

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=549


References

Throttle Position Sensor Remove and Install NOTE: The following procedures cover machines equipped and not equipped with air conditioning. Machines Not Equipped With Air Conditioning 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat level surface.

13 14

2. Raise boom and engage boom lock.

15

2

3. Lift engine cover and remove side shields.

16 10 14

5. Remove alternator belt. See Replacing Fan and Alternator Belt. (Operator's Manual.)

13 1

TX1041439 —UN—29APR08

4. Disconnect negative battery cable.

6. Remove alternator. See Alternator Remove and Install. (Group 0400.) IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to electrical system. Protect wires disconnected from alternator B+ terminal from contacting frame and shorting electrical system. 7. Protect wires disconnected from alternator B+ terminal from contacting frame. NOTE: Unless damaged, nut driver can be reused during assembly.

1— Throttle Position Sensor 2— Nut Driver 10— Throttle Position Sensor Harness Connector 13— Nut (2 used)

8. Disconnect harness connector (10).

14— Cap Screw (2 used) 15— Sight 16— Line

b. Check throttle position sensor output voltage using EMU. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

9. Remove throttle position sensor (1) and nut driver (2). 10. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

c. Compare to specification.

IMPORTANT: Avoid internal damage to sensor from over rotation. Throttle position sensor engaged with nut driver can only rotate 180°. Place engine speed control lever in slow idle position or speed sensor may be damaged. 11. Place engine speed control lever in slow idle position.

Specification Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (slow idle, minimum).......................................................................0.65 V Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (fast idle, maximum).......................................................................4.35 V

IMPORTANT: Nut driver must be aligned with throttle position sensor. If nut driver is not aligned, engine speed control linkage will not function properly.

d. If either value is outside of specification, adjust throttle position sensor. Remove sensor and adjust nut driver one flat in relation to governor nut on engine. Recheck voltages using EMU.

12. Align line (16) with sight (15).

e. Disconnect negative battery cable. 17. Install alternator. See Alternator Remove and Install. (Group 0400.)

13. Install throttle position sensor and nut driver. 14. Connect harness connector (10). 15. Place engine speed control arm to fast idle position. Control arm must return to slow idle position on its own. If control arm does not return to slow idle position, check alignment of nut driver and throttle position sensor. 16. Check throttle position sensor voltage using engagement and monitor unit (EMU). a. Connect negative battery cable.

18. Install fan and alternator belt. See Replacing Fan and Alternator Belt. (Operator's Manual.) 19. Perform Throttle Position Sensor Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) 20. Install side shields and lower engine cover. 21. Lower boom. Machines Equipped With Air Conditioning Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-58

JW00603,00001CF -19-09SEP09-1/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=550


References

1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat level surface.

7. Remove alternator. See Alternator Remove and Install. (Group 0400.)

2. Raise boom and engage boom lock.

IMPORTANT: Prevent damage to electrical system. Protect wires disconnected from alternator B+ terminal from contacting frame and shorting electrical system.

3. Lift engine cover and remove side shields. 4. Disconnect negative battery cable. 5. Remove air conditioner compressor and set aside.

8. Protect wires disconnected form alternator B+ terminal from contacting frame.

6. Remove alternator belt. See Replacing Fan and Alternator Belt. (Operator's Manual.)

JW00603,00001CF -19-09SEP09-2/5

IMPORTANT: Loosening both collar nuts on engine speed control linkage will cause linkage to be out of adjustment. Loosen only one of the collar nuts to maintain correct engine speed control linkage. 9. Disconnect speed control linkage (5) from bracket (6) on casting (9) and engine speed control arm (7). 10. Disconnect harness connector (10). 11. Remove casting. 9— Throttle Position Sensor Casting 10— Throttle Position Sensor Harness Connector 11— Cap Screw (2 used)

TX1041413A —UN—28APR08

5— Engine Speed Control Linkage 6— Bracket 7— Engine Speed Control Arm 8— Cap Screw (4 used)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-59

JW00603,00001CF -19-09SEP09-3/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=551


References

12. Remove throttle position sensor bracket (12). NOTE: Unless damaged, nut driver can be reused during assembly. TX1041430A —UN—29APR08

13. Remove throttle position sensor (1) and nut driver (2). 14. Repair or replace parts as necessary. 15. Install throttle position sensor and nut driver. IMPORTANT: Avoid internal damage to sensor from over rotation. Throttle engaged with nut driver can only rotate 180°. Place engine speed control lever in slow idle position or speed sensor may be damaged. 16. Place throttle in slow idle position. IMPORTANT: Nut driver must be aligned with throttle position sensor. If nut driver is not aligned, engine speed control cable linkage will not function properly.

Throttle Position Sensor 1— Throttle Position Sensor 2— Nut Driver 12— Throttle Position Sensor Bracket 13— Nut (2 used)

14— Cap Screw (2 used) 15— Sight 16— Line

17. Align line (16) with sight (15). Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-60

JW00603,00001CF -19-09SEP09-4/5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=552


References

IMPORTANT: Tightening of cap screws (8) may cause misalignment of throttle position sensor and nut driver causing the engine speed control linkage to not function properly. Tighten cap screws (8) before tightening cap screws (11) to avoid misalignment. 18. Install casting (9) and throttle position sensor assembly on engine loosely. 19. Install cap screws (8). 20. Recheck sensor position and tighten cap screws (11). TX1041413A —UN—28APR08

21. Connect harness connector (10). 22. Connect engine speed control linkage (5) to bracket on casting. 23. Place engine speed control arm to fast idle position. Control arm must return to slow idle position on its own. If control arm does not return to slow idle position, check alignment of nut driver and throttle position sensor. 24. Check throttle position sensor voltage using engagement and monitor unit (EMU). a. Connect negative battery cable. b. Check throttle position sensor output voltage using EMU. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Data Items—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.)

5— Engine Speed Control Linkage 6— Bracket 7— Engine Speed Control Arm 8— Cap Screw (4 used)

9— Throttle Position Sensor Casting 10— Throttle Position Sensor Harness Connector 11— Cap Screw (2 used)

25. Install alternator. See Alternator Remove and Install. (Group 0400.)

c. Compare to specification. Specification Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (slow idle, minimum).......................................................................0.65 V Throttle Position Sensor—Output Voltage (fast idle, maximum).......................................................................4.35 V

d. If either value is outside of specification, adjust throttle position sensor. Remove sensor and adjust nut driver one flat in relation to governor nut on engine. Recheck voltages using EMU.

26. Install fan and alternator belt. See Replacing Fan and Alternator Belt. (Operator's Manual.) 27. Install air conditioner compressor. 28. Connect negative battery cable. 29. Perform Throttle Position Sensor Calibration—EH Controls. (Group 9015-20.) 30. Install side shields and lower engine cover. 31. Lower boom.

e. Disconnect negative battery cable. JW00603,00001CF -19-09SEP09-5/5

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-61

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=553


References

Motor Speed Sensor Remove and Install

TX1038699A —UN—18MAR08

The procedures to remove and install the motor speed sensors are different between machines equipped with single speed or two speed hydrostatic motors. This group covers skid steer loaders equipped with either single speed or two speed motors. Single Speed 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat level surface. 2. Raise boom and engage boom lock. 3. Raise cab. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.)

TX1038698A —UN—18MAR08

4. Remove floor plate for access to motor speed sensor connectors. 5. Remove chain case access plate. See Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) 6. Remove cap screw (1). 7. Remove disk (2) and washer (3). 1— Cap Screw 2— Disk

3— Washer Motor Speed Sensor Disk

JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-1/10

8. Disconnect motor speed sensor harness (13). NOTE: Gasket (6) may stay attached to main frame when removing plate (12).

4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Washer (4 used) 6— Gasket

TX1038697A —UN—25MAR08

9. Remove plate (12). Remove and discard gasket (6). 12— Plate 13— Motor Speed Sensor Harness

Motor Speed Sensor Harness Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-62

JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-2/10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=554


References

10. Remove bracket (9) and springs (8). 9— Bracket

TX1038702A —UN—18MAR08

7— Socket Head Cap Screws (2 used) 8— Spring (2 used)

Motor Speed Sensor JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-3/10

11. Remove motor speed sensor (10). 12. Clean and inspect parts. Repair or replace parts as necessary.

4— Cap Screws (4 used) 5— Washers (4) 7— Socket Head Cap Screws (2 used) 8— Spring (2 used)

TX1038709A —UN—18MAR08

13. Install motor speed sensor (10). 9— Bracket 10— Motor Speed Sensor 11— Socket Head Cap Screws (2 used)

Motor Speed Sensor Assembly JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-4/10

14. Install springs (8) and bracket (9). 9— Bracket

TX1038702A —UN—18MAR08

7— Socket Head Cap Screws (2 used) 8— Spring (2 used)

Motor Speed Sensor Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-63

JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-5/10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=555


References

15. Install plate (12) and new gasket (6). 16. Connect motor speed sensor harness (13). 12— Plate 13— Motor Speed Sensor Harness

TX1038697A —UN—25MAR08

4— Cap Screw (4 used) 5— Washer (4 used) 6— Gasket

Motor Speed Sensor Harness JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-6/10

17. Install disk (2) and washer (3) to hydrostatic motor shaft.

TX1038699A —UN—18MAR08

18. Install chain case access plate. See Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) 19. Install floor plate. 20. Lower cab. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 21. Lower boom. 3— Washer

TX1038698A —UN—18MAR08

1— Cap Screw 2— Disk

Motor Speed Sensor Disk Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-64

JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-7/10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=556


References Two Speed 1. Remove front attachment and park machine on flat level surface. TX1041535A —UN—30APR08

CAUTION: Prevent possible crushing injury from heavy component. Use appropriate supports when blocking machine. Specification 325 Skid Steer Loader—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 3806 kg 8390 lb 328 Skid Steer Loader—Weight (approximate).............................................................................. 3892 kg 8580 lb

Motor Speed Sensor Harness Connector (left side)

TX1041536A —UN—30APR08

2. For right motor speed sensor, raise and block machine. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.) 3. Raise boom and engage boom lock. 4. Raise cab. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 5. Remove floor plate for access to motor speed sensor (left side) and sensor connectors.

Motor Speed Sensor Harness Connector (right side)

6. Disconnect motor speed sensor harness connector (4).

1— Motor Speed Sensor 2— Hydrostatic Motor

4— Motor Speed Sensor Harness Connector JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-8/10

7. For right motor speed sensor, remove access plate (5) on bottom of machine.

TX1041522A —UN—30APR08

5— Access Plate

Motor Speed Sensor Access Plate Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-65

JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-9/10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=557


References

8. Remove cap screws (3) and remove motor speed sensor (1) from hydrostatic motor (2). 9. Remove motor speed sensor (1). TX1034311A —UN—10JAN08

10. Remove O-ring and discard. 11. Install new O-ring and install motor speed sensor (1) in hydrostatic motor (2). Secure with cap screws (3). 12. Connect motor speed sensor harness connector (4). 13. For right motor speed sensor, install access plate (5) on bottom of machine. 14. Install floor plate in machine.

Hydrostatic Motor Speed Sensor (left side)

15. Lower cab. See Raising Operator's Station. (Operator's Manual.) 16. Lower boom.

1— Motor Speed Sensor 2— Hydrostatic Motor

TX1041537A —UN—30APR08

17. Remove machine from blocks, if necessary. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.) 3— Cap Screw (2 used)

Hydrostatic Motor Speed Sensor (right side) JH38101,00009E5 -19-30APR08-10/10

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-66

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=558


References

Replace (Pull Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors

Insert a “T” pin (B) 6.4 mm (1/4 in.) into connector body socket (C). NOTE: Use JDG7772 Terminal Extraction Tool or “T” pin to remove terminals. Angle “T” pin so pin tip slides close to the plastic socket edge pushing terminal locking tab (D) inward.

RW16933 —UN—26APR89

Disconnect the Metri-Pack1 connector (A). Remove tie bands and tape.

Remove “T” pin and push terminal (E) out of socket.

Check to make sure locking tab on new terminal is in outward position, then pull on wire until terminal locks in connector body socket. NOTE: Terminal will seat only one way. If terminal does not pull into the connector body socket, check to make sure terminal is aligned correctly. D—Locking Tab E—Push Terminal

RW16935 —UN—26APR89

A—Connector B—“T” Pin C—Body Socket

RW16934 —UN—26APR89

Remove terminal, cut strip and crimp wire through connector.

1

Metri-Pack is a trademark of Packard Electric Included in JT07195A Electrical Repair Kit

2

LW86157,00003B5 -19-08FEB08-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-67

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=559


References

Replace (Push Type) Metri-Pack™ Connectors Disconnect the Metri-Pack1 connector. Remove the tie bands and tape. RW21325 —UN—29JUN92

Remove the connector lock (A), and mark wire colors for identification. Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters. Insert JDG776 or JDG7772 Terminal Extraction Tool (B) into connector body socket (C) pushing the terminal locking tab inward. NOTE: Use JDG776 Extraction Tool with 56, 280 and 630 series METRI-PACK terminals. Use JDG777 Extraction Tool with 150 series METRI-PACK terminals.

A—Connector Lock B—Extraction Tool JDG777 C—Connector Body Socket

Remove extraction tool and pull terminal (D) out of the socket.

D—Terminal E—Locking Tab

Push terminal into connector body socket until terminal locks.

Replace terminal. Make sure locking tab (E) on the new terminal is in the outward position. 1

Metri-Pack is a trademark of Packard Electric Included in JT07195A Electrical Repair Kit

2

LW86157,00003B6 -19-08FEB08-1/1

Replace Weather Pack™ Connector IMPORTANT: Identify wire color locations with connector terminal letters. TS0128 —UN—23AUG88

1. Open connector body. 2. Insert JDG364 Extraction Tool over terminal contact in connector body. 3. Hold extractor tool fully seated and pull wire from connector body. NOTE: If terminal cannot be removed, insert wire or nail through extractor tool handle and push terminal contact from connector.

Weather Pack™ Connector Body

Weather Pack is a trademark of Delphi-Packard Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-68

DX,ECONN,O -19-29JAN18-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=560


References

IMPORTANT: Carefully spread contact lances to assure good seating on connector body. NOTE: Connector bodies are "keyed" for proper contact mating. Be sure contacts are in proper alignment. TS0130 —UN—23AUG88

4. Push contact into new connector body until fully seated. 5. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in place. 6. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new connector. 7. Close connector body.

DX,ECONN,O -19-29JAN18-2/2

Install Weather Pack™ Contact NOTE: Cable seals are color coded for three sizes of wire:

TS0136 —UN—23AUG88

• Green - 18 to 20 gauge wire • Gray - 14 to 16 gauge wire • Blue - 10 to 12 gauge wire 1. Slip correct size cable seal on wire. 2. Strip insulation from wire to expose 6 mm (1/4 in.) and align cable seal with edge of insulation. NOTE: Contacts have numbered identification for two sizes of wire: a) #15 for 14 to 16 gauge wire b) #19 for 18 to 20 gauge wire

Weather Pack™ Contact

TS1623 —UN—02NOV94

3. Put proper size contact on wire and crimp in place with a "W" type crimp, using JDG783 Crimping Tool.

Weather Pack is a trademark of Delphi-Packard Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-69

DX,ECONN,AA -19-29JAN18-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=561


References

IMPORTANT: Proper contact installation for sleeve (A) and pin (B) is shown.

A—Sleeve

TS0139 —UN—02DEC88

4. Secure cable seal to contact as shown, using JDG783 Crimping Tool. B—Pin

DX,ECONN,AA -19-29JAN18-2/2

NOTE: Connector shown is the female half or a 4-pin square connector. Other similar styles of Deutsch connectors can be serviced using the same procedure. 1.

Pull connector (1) apart. Inspect and clean connector seal and contacts.

2. Remove locking wedge (2) from connector using hook on JDG1383 service tool. 1— Connector

2— Locking Wedge Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

T130688B —UN—01MAY00

Replace DEUTSCH® Rectangular or Triangular Connectors

9015-20-70

LW86157,00003B9 -19-12MAR19-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=562


References

3.

Release primary locking latch (3) next to the pin to be removed using screwdriver on JDG1383 service tool.

4. Gently pull wire out from back of connector. T130689B —UN—01MAY00

5. Replace connector contact as necessary. 6. Install wire terminal back into connector until it clicks into place. NOTE: Locking wedge in 2-pin connector is not symmetrical. Position latch shoulder next to terminals. 7. Install locking wedge until it snaps into place.

T130690B —UN—01MAY00

3— Primary Locking Latches

LW86157,00003B9 -19-12MAR19-2/2

Replace DEUTSCH® Connectors 1. Select correct size extractor tool for size of wire to be removed: TS0124 —UN—23AUG88

• JDG361 Extractor Tool for 12 to 14 gauge wire. • JDG362 Extractor Tool for 16 to 18 gauge wire. • JDG363 Extractor Tool for 20 gauge wire. 2. Start correct size extractor tool over wire at handle (A). 3. Slide extractor tool rearward along wire until tool tip snaps onto wire. IMPORTANT: Do NOT twist tool when inserting in connector.

DEUTSCH® Connector Extractor Tool

4. Slide extractor tool along wire into connector body until it is positioned over terminal contact. TS120 —UN—23AUG88

5. Pull wire out of connector body, using extractor tool. A—Handle

DEUTSCH is a trademark of TE Connectivity Ltd. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-71

DX,ECONN,J -19-29JAN18-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=563


References

IMPORTANT: Install contact in proper location using correct size grommet. 6. Push contact straight into connector body until positive stop is felt. TS122 —UN—23AUG88

7. Pull on wire slightly to be certain contact is locked in place. 8. Transfer remaining wires to correct terminal in new connector.

DX,ECONN,J -19-29JAN18-2/2

Install DEUTSCH® Contact 1. Strip 6 mm (1/4 in) insulation from wire. 2. Adjust selector (A) on JDG360 Crimper for correct wire size.

A—Selector B—Lock Nut

TS117 —UN—23AUG88

3. Loosen lock nut (B) and turn adjusting screw (C) in until it stops. C—Adjusting Screw

Crimper for DEUTSCH® Contact DEUTSCH is a trademark of TE Connectivity Ltd. DX,ECONN,W -19-29JAN18-1/4

IMPORTANT: Select proper size contact "sleeve" or "pin" to fit connector body. 4. Insert contact (A) and turn adjusting screw (D) until contact is flush with cover (B).

A—Contact B—Cover

TS0134 —UN—23AUG88

5. Tighten lock nut (C). C—Lock Nut D—Adjusting Screw

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-72

DX,ECONN,W -19-29JAN18-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=564


References

IMPORTANT: Contact must remain centered between indentors while crimping. 6. Insert wire in contact and crimp until handle touches stop. TS118 —UN—23AUG88

7. Release handle and remove contact.

DX,ECONN,W -19-29JAN18-3/4

IMPORTANT: If all wire strands are not crimped into contact, cut off wire at contact and repeat contact installation procedures.

8. Inspect contact to be certain all wires are in crimped barrel.

TS0135 —UN—23AUG88

NOTE: Readjust crimping tool for each crimping procedure.

DX,ECONN,W -19-29JAN18-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-73

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=565


References

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9015-20-74

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=566


Contents

Section 9020 Power Train

Page

Group 05—Theory Of Operation Power Train System Operation ................. 9020-05-1 Chain Case Operation ............................... 9020-05-7 Drive Chain Operation ............................... 9020-05-7 Drive Axle Operation ................................. 9020-05-7 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Oil Leak From Power Train........................9020-15-1 Oil Leak From Power Train Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9020-15-1 Excessive Axle Play ..................................9020-15-1 Excessive Axle Play Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9020-15-2 Drive Chain Noise......................................9020-15-2 Drive Chain Noise Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9020-15-2 Grinding Noise...........................................9020-15-2 Grinding Noise Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9020-15-3 One Drive Wheel Not Powered .................9020-15-3 One Drive Wheel Not Powered Diagnostic Procedure............................9020-15-3 One Drive Wheel Not Powered—EH Controls.................................................9020-15-4 One Drive Wheel Not Powered Diagnostic Procedure............................9020-15-4 Both Wheels On One Side Not Powered ................................................9020-15-4 Group 25—Tests Drive Chain Tension Check and Adjustment............................................. 9020-25-1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Group 05

Theory Of Operation Power Train System Operation T198075 —UN—05MAY04

4

3

78

83 81

6 64 82

79 77 85 84

86

80 T198075 Power Train Component Location—Standard Controls

TE14778,00001F0 -19-02JAN08-1/4

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=569


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=570


Theory Of Operation

3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump 6— Hydrostatic Motor 64— Park Brake

77— Left Chain Case 78— Right Chain Case 79— Fill Plug 80— Front Axle Housing

81— Rear Axle Housing 82— Front Axle Sprocket 83— Rear Axle Sprocket 84— Front Drive Chain Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-3

85— Rear Drive Chain 86— Drive Sprocket

TE14778,00001F0 -19-02JAN08-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=571


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=572


Theory Of Operation

TX1032238 —UN—12DEC07

4 3

82 83

6 64

81

86 85 79

84

80 TX1032238 Power Train Component Location—EH Controls Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=573

TE14778,00001F0 -19-02JAN08-3/4


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=574


Theory Of Operation

3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump 6— Hydrostatic Motor

64— Park Brake 79— Fill Plug 80— Front Axle Housing 81— Rear Axle Housing

The power train transmits power from the hydrostatic motor to the drive chains in the chain case. The drive chains turn large sprockets splined to the drive axles. The hydrostatic motor is mounted on the park brake assembly

82— Front Axle Sprocket 83— Rear Axle Sprocket 84— Front Drive Chain

85— Rear Drive Chain 86— Drive Sprocket

and is splined to the park brake drive shaft. The left and right power trains are separate units. The drive system is the same for forward and reverse; the drive motor is reversed through the hydrostatic system. TE14778,00001F0 -19-02JAN08-4/4

Chain Case Operation The chain case is a structural component of the machine side frame member. It is sealed from the other components of the machine and the environment. The left and right chain cases are identical. The chain case contains the hydrostatic motor drive sprocket, front and

rear axle drive chains, and sprockets. Each chain case houses an oil bath lubrication system with an oil level/fill plug. All service to the components in the chain case may be accomplished through a removable access plate. See Power Train System Operation for component location. (Group 9020-05.) TX19495,0000055 -19-04SEP03-1/1

Drive Chain Operation The machine uses four endless drive chains, one for each drive axle, running in an oil bath inside the chain case. The drive chain is driven by a double sprocket drive shaft from the hydrostatic motor. Each chain then drives a

large sprocket splined to the axle shaft. The sprocket is allowed to slide freely on the splines of the axle shaft. The chain can be tightened by sliding the front and rear axle housings on slotted holes. There are no chain tensioners or idler springs to adjust. See Power Train System Operation for component location. (Group 9020-05.) KK70125,00000C6 -19-30APR08-1/1

Drive Axle Operation The drive axle is attached to the chain case on eight studs. The axle housing slides fore and aft to provide tension to the drive chains inside the chain case. The splined axle shaft extends into the chain case where it is driven by a

large sprocket. The sprocket is allowed to slide freely on the splines of the axle shaft. The axle housing contains two tapered roller bearings in replaceable races. The axle bearings are lubricated by the oil bath in the chain case. See Power Train System Operation for component location. (Group 9020-05.) TX19495,0000058 -19-04SEP03-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=575


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-05-8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=576


Group 15

Diagnostic Information Oil Leak From Power Train JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-1/8

Oil Leak From Power Train Diagnostic Procedure JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-2/8

• 1

Chain Case Drain Plug Is leakage from chain case drain plug?

YES: Replace O-ring at chain case drain plug. NO: Go to Chain Case Access Plate. JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-3/8

• 2

Chain Case Access Plate

Is leakage from chain case access plate?

YES: Replace sealant on chain case access plate. See Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.) NO: Go to Chain Case Fill Plug. JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-4/8

• 3

Chain Case Fill Plug

Is leakage from chain case fill plug?

YES: Replace O-ring at chain case fill plug. NO: Go to Axle Housing O-Ring. JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-5/8

• 4

Axle Housing O-Ring

Is leakage from axle housing mounting area?

YES: Replace O-ring on axle housing. See Axle Housing Remove and Install. (Group 0201.) NO: Go to Axle Oil Seal. JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-6/8

• 5

Axle Oil Seal

Is leakage from axle oil seal?

YES: Replace axle oil seal. See Axle Housing Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0201.) NO: Go to Weld Joint. JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-7/8

• 6

Weld Joint

Is leakage from chain case weld joint?

YES: Reweld leak area of weld joint. See Welding On Machine. See Welding Repair of Major Structure. (Group 1740.) NO: Done. JH38101,00001CD -19-26NOV07-8/8

Excessive Axle Play Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-15-1

JH38101,00001CE -19-26NOV07-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=577


Diagnostic Information Excessive Axle Play Diagnostic Procedure JH38101,00001CE -19-26NOV07-2/3

• 1

Axle Bearings

Inspect axle bearings. Are axle bearings worn?

YES: Replace axle bearings. See Axle Housing Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0201.) NO: Done. JH38101,00001CE -19-26NOV07-3/3

Drive Chain Noise JH38101,00001CF -19-26NOV07-1/6

Drive Chain Noise Diagnostic Procedure JH38101,00001CF -19-26NOV07-2/6

• 1

Chain Case Oil Level

Check chain case oil level. See Check Chain Case Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)

YES: Go to Incorrect Drive Chain Tension.

Is chain case oil at correct level?

NO: Fill chain case to correct level with appropriate oil. JH38101,00001CF -19-26NOV07-3/6

• 2

Incorrect Drive Chain Tension

Check drive chain tension. See Drive Chain Tension Check and Adjustment. (Group 9020-25.)

YES: Go to Drive Chain and Sprockets.

Is drive chain tension correct?

NO: Adjust drive chain tension. JH38101,00001CF -19-26NOV07-4/6

• 3

Drive Chain and Sprockets

Check drive chain and sprockets. See Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

YES: Repair or replace drive chain or sprockets. See Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

Are drive chain or sprockets worn?

NO: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Noise. JH38101,00001CF -19-26NOV07-5/6

• 4

Hydrostatic Motor Noise

Place machine on blocks and remove drive chains from side with noise. Run machine without drive chains to check for hydrostatic motor noise. See Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor. See Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)

Does noise persist with drive chains removed?

NO: Done. JH38101,00001CF -19-26NOV07-6/6

Grinding Noise Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-15-2

JH38101,00001D0 -19-26NOV07-1/7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=578


Diagnostic Information Grinding Noise Diagnostic Procedure JH38101,00001D0 -19-26NOV07-2/7

• 1

Chain Case Oil Level

Check chain case oil level. See Check Chain Case Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.)

YES: Go to Incorrect Drive Chain Tension.

Is chain case oil level correct?

NO: Fill chain case with appropriate oil to correct level. JH38101,00001D0 -19-26NOV07-3/7

• 2

Incorrect Drive Chain Tension

Check drive chain tension. See Drive Chain Tension Check and Adjustment. (Group 9020-25.)

YES: Go to Drive Chain and Sprockets.

Is drive chain tension correct?

NO: Adjust drive chain tension. JH38101,00001D0 -19-26NOV07-4/7

• 3

Drive Chain and Sprockets

Check drive chain and sprockets. See Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

YES: Repair or replace drive chain or sprockets. See Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

Are drive chain or sprockets worn?

NO: Go to Axle Housing. JH38101,00001D0 -19-26NOV07-5/7

• 4

Axle Housing

Inspect axle housing. See Axle Housing Remove and Install. (Group 0201.)

YES: Replace bearings.

Are bearings in housing worn?

NO: Go to Hydrostatic Motor Noise. JH38101,00001D0 -19-26NOV07-6/7

• 5

Hydrostatic Motor Noise

Place machine on blocks and remove drive chains from side with noise. Run machine without drive chains to check for hydrostatic motor noise. See Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

YES: Repair or replace hydrostatic motor. See Hydrostatic Motor and Park Brake Remove and Install. (Group 0360.)

Does noise persist with drive chains removed?

NO: Done. JH38101,00001D0 -19-26NOV07-7/7

One Drive Wheel Not Powered JH38101,00001D1 -19-23JAN08-1/4

One Drive Wheel Not Powered Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-15-3

JH38101,00001D1 -19-23JAN08-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=579


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Drive Chain and Sprockets

Check drive chain and sprockets.

YES: Repair or replace drive chain or sprockets. See Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

Is drive chain broken or sprockets worn?

NO: Go to Broken Axle. JH38101,00001D1 -19-23JAN08-3/4

• 2

Broken Axle

Inspect axle and axle housing. See Axle Housing Remove and Install. (Group 0201.)

YES: Repair or replace axle.

Is axle broken?

NO: Done. JH38101,00001D1 -19-23JAN08-4/4

One Drive Wheel Not Powered—EH Controls JH38101,0000246 -19-23JAN08-1/5

One Drive Wheel Not Powered Diagnostic Procedure JH38101,0000246 -19-23JAN08-2/5

• 1

Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs)

Check engagement and monitor unit (EMU) for any DTCs. See Diagnostic Trouble Codes (DTCs). (Group 9001.)

YES: Diagnose and repair displayed DTCs.

Are DTCs present?

NO: Go to Drive Chain and Sprockets. JH38101,0000246 -19-23JAN08-3/5

• 2

Drive Chain and Sprockets

Check drive chain and sprockets.

YES: Repair or replace drive chain or sprockets. See Drive Chain and Sprocket Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

Is drive chain broken or sprockets worn?

NO: Go to Broken Axle. JH38101,0000246 -19-23JAN08-4/5

• 3

Broken Axle

Inspect axle and axle housing. See Axle Housing Remove and Install. (Group 0201.)

YES: Repair or replace axle.

Is axle broken?

NO: Done. JH38101,0000246 -19-23JAN08-5/5

Both Wheels On One Side Not Powered See Wheels Powered on One Side, Not the Other. (Group 9026-15.) JH38101,00001D2 -19-26NOV07-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-15-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=580


Group 25

Tests Drive Chain Tension Check and Adjustment 1. Park machine on flat level surface. 2. Lower boom and bucket, engage park brake and turn engine off. 3. Raise and block skid steer loader. See Raising and Blocking Machine. (Operator's Manual.) 4. Check chain tension by rotating each wheel by hand forward and rearward. If wheel play is not within specification, adjust chain tension.

T195296A —UN—01OCT03

Specification Chain Tension—Play............................................... 6.35 mm at tire tread 0.25 in. at tire tread

5. As necessary, drain chain case oil. 6. Remove chain case access plate. See Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

Check Wheel Play TX19495,0000076 -19-14JUL05-1/2

7. Loosen axle housing mounting nuts. 8. Adjust drive chain as necessary. After adjustment, drive chain should have free play movement up and down. Specification Drive Chain—Play......................................................5 mm up and down 0.197 in. up and down

To loosen drive chain:

• Push rear axle housing forward. • Push front axle housing rearward. T195298A —UN—01OCT03

To tighten drive chain:

• Push rear axle housing rearward. • Push front axle housing forward. 9. Tighten axle housing nuts. Specification Axle Housing Nut—Torque................................................................................305 N·m 225 lb-ft

10. Install chain case access plate. See Chain Case Access Plate Remove and Install. (Group 0250.)

Chain Case 1— Front Drive Chain

2— Rear Drive Chain

11. Fill chain case with oil. See Check Chain Case Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) TX19495,0000076 -19-14JUL05-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-25-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=581


Tests

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9020-25-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=582


Section 9025 Hydraulic System Contents Page Page

Group 05—Theory Of Operation Hydraulic System Operation...................... 9025-05-1 Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Operation............................................. 9025-05-28 High Flow Hydraulic Pump Operation............................................. 9025-05-29 Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Operation (S.N. —131876)................................... 9025-05-31 Self-Level Valve Operation ...................... 9025-05-33 Hydraulic Pump Operation ...................... 9025-05-35 Control Valve Operation (S.N. —150522)............................................ 9025-05-37 Control Valve Operation (S.N. 150523— )........................................... 9025-05-40 Control Valve Operation—EH Controls ............................................... 9025-05-42 Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N. —150522) ................. 9025-05-47 Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N. 150523— ) ................ 9025-05-51 Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. —150522) ....................... 9025-05-55 Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. 150523— ) ...................... 9025-05-59 Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed—EH Controls ..................... 9025-05-63 Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed—EH Controls ........................... 9025-05-71 Group 15—Diagnostic Information Diagnose Hydraulic System Malfunctions .......................................... 9025-15-1 No Hydraulic Functions .............................9025-15-1 No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-1 Boom Will Not Raise..................................9025-15-2 Boom Will Not Raise Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-2 Boom Will Not Lower .................................9025-15-4 Boom Will Not Lower Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-4 Bucket Will Not Dump................................9025-15-5 Bucket Will Not Dump Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-5 Bucket Will Not Roll Back ..........................9025-15-7 Bucket Will Not Roll Back Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-7 Bucket Will Not Self-Level When Boom Is Raised ...............................................9025-15-9 Bucket Will Not Self-Level When Boom Is Raised Diagnostic Procedure..............................................9025-15-9

Bucket Dumps During Self-Leveling Cycle .....................................................9025-15-9 Bucket Dumps During Self-Leveling Cycle Diagnostic Procedure..................9025-15-9 Boom Drifts Down....................................9025-15-10 Boom Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-10 Boom Drifts Up ........................................9025-15-11 Boom Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-11 Bucket Drifts Down ..................................9025-15-13 Bucket Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-13 Bucket Drifts Up.......................................9025-15-15 Bucket Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-15 Hydraulic Functions Slow Or No Power ..................................................9025-15-16 Hydraulic Functions Slow Or No Power Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-16 Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” Or “Spongy”..............................................9025-15-19 Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” Or “Spongy” Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-19 Hydraulic System Noise ..........................9025-15-21 Hydraulic System Noise Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-21 Pedals Will Not Move ..............................9025-15-23 Pedals Will Not Move Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-23 Hydraulic Oil Overheats...........................9025-15-24 Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-24 Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Does Not Function Properly (S.N. —131876) ...........................................9025-15-26 Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Operates Opposite of Function Indicated On Switch Diagnostic Procedure ..............9025-15-26 Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Does Not Unlock or Lock Latches Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-27 Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Not Staying Latched Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-27 No Hydraulic Functions—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-28 No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-28

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=1


Contents

Page

Page

Boom Will Not Raise—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-29 Boom Will Not Raise Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-29 Boom Will Not Lower—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-31 Boom Will Not Lower Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-31 Bucket Will Not Dump—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-32 Bucket Will Not Dump Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-32 Bucket Will Not Roll Back—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-33 Bucket Will Not Roll Back Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-33 Bucket Will Not Self-Level When Boom Is Raised—EH Controls ......................9025-15-35 Bucket Will Not Self-Level When Boom Is Raised Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-35 Bucket Dumps During Self-Leveling Cycle—EH Controls ............................9025-15-35 Bucket Dumps During Self-Leveling Cycle Diagnostic Procedure................9025-15-35 Boom Drifts Down—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-36 Boom Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-36 Boom Drifts Up—EH Controls .................9025-15-37 Boom Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-37 Bucket Drifts Down—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-39 Bucket Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-39 Bucket Drifts Up—EH Controls................9025-15-40 Bucket Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-40 Hydraulic Functions Slow Or No Power—EH Controls ...........................9025-15-42 Hydraulic Functions Slow Or No Power Diagnostic Procedure..........................9025-15-42 Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” Or “Spongy”—EH Controls.......................9025-15-44 Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” Or “Spongy” Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-44 Hydraulic System Noise—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-46 Hydraulic System Noise Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-46 Hydraulic Oil Overheats—EH Controls...............................................9025-15-48 Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure............................................9025-15-48

JT02156A Digital Pressure/Temperature Analyzer Installation ................ 9025-25-1 Remote Start Box Installation .................... 9025-25-2 Hydraulic System Pressure Release ................................................. 9025-25-3 Hydraulic System Pressure Release Cable Adjustment .................... 9025-25-5 Hydraulic Accumulator Precharge Test—EH Controls ................................. 9025-25-6 Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool Test ..................................... 9025-25-8 Boom and Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Test ......................................... 9025-25-8 Boom Lower Valve Test—EH Controls ................................................. 9025-25-9 System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522)............................................ 9025-25-10 System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— )........................................... 9025-25-12 Charge Pressure Relief Valve Test ...................................................... 9025-25-14 Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522)............................................ 9025-25-15 Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— )........................................... 9025-25-18 Hydraulic Pump Flow Test ....................... 9025-25-22 Charge Pump Flow Test .......................... 9025-25-23

Group 25—Tests JT05800 Digital Thermometer Installation................ 902525-1 TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=2


Group 05

Theory Of Operation Hydraulic System Operation T198481 —UN—22MAR04

29

46 30 60

3

1

4

26

48

11

2

55

30

29

T198481 Hydraulic System Component Location (S.N. —150522)

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-1/14

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-1

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=585


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=586


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump

11— Control Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler (2 used) 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used)

46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 48— To Hydraulic Oil Cooler Manifold 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-3

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-2/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=587


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=588


Theory Of Operation

T198482 —UN—22MAR04

29

46 30

60

3

1

4 26

44 48 55

76 11

2 5

30

29

T198482 Hydraulic System Component Location—High Flow Hydraulics Option (S.N. —150522) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-5

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=589

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-3/14


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-6

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=590


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump

11— Control Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler (2 used) 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used)

44— High Flow Solenoid Valve 60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank Manifold 48— To Hydraulic Oil Cooler 76— High Flow Auxiliary Coupler 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold (2 used) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-7

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-4/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=591


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=592


Theory Of Operation

T198483 —UN—22MAR04

29

46 30 38 60

1

43 4 48 26 11

2

3

55 31

30

29 T198483 Hydraulic System Component Location—Self-Level and Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Options (S.N. —150522) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=593

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-5/14


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=594


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump 11— Control Valve

26— Auxiliary Coupler (2 used) 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve

38— Quik-Tatch Solenoid Valve 43— To Quik-Tatch Cylinder 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 48— To Hydraulic Oil Cooler Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-11

55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve Manifold

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-6/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=595


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=596


Theory Of Operation

TX1024237 —UN—22JUN07

29

30

46

60

1 3

4 48 55

11

26

2

30

29

TX1024237 Hydraulic System Component Location (S.N. 150523— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-13

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=597

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-7/14


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=598


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump

11— Control Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler (2 used) 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used)

46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler Manifold 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-15

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-8/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=599


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-16

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=600


Theory Of Operation

TX1024240 —UN—22JUN07

29

30 46

60

1

4

26

48

44

11 76 2

3

55 31 5

30

29

TX1024240 Hydraulic System Component Location—Self-Level and High Flow Hydraulics Options (S.N. 150523— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-17

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=601

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-9/14


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-18

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=602


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump

11— Control Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler (2 used) 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve

44— High Flow Solenoid Valve 60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank Manifold 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 76— High Flow Auxiliary Coupler 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold (2 used) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-19

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-10/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=603


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-20

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=604


Theory Of Operation

TX1032294 —UN—09JAN08

29

87

46

86

30

11 48 2

1

3

4

85

30

55

26

29 TX1032294 Hydraulic System Component Location—EH Controls Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-21

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=605

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-11/14


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-22

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=606


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump 11— Control Valve—EH Controls

26— Auxiliary Coupler (2 used) 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank

48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 87— Hydraulic Manifold 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 85— Pilot Control Accumulator 86— Boom Lowering Valve Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-23

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-12/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=607


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-24

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=608


Theory Of Operation

TX1032302 —UN—09JAN08

29

30

46

87 86

48

3

2 11

1 4

85 26

44

30

5 76 55 27

31

29

TX1032302 Hydraulic System Component Location—Self-Level and High Flow Hydraulics Options—EH Controls Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-25

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=609

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-13/14


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-26

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=610


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump 11— Control Valve—EH Controls

26— Auxiliary Coupler (2 used) 27— Auxiliary Case Drain Line 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve

44— High Flow Solenoid Valve 85— Pilot Control Accumulator 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 86— Boom Lowering Valve 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 87— Hydraulic Manifold 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 76— High Flow Auxiliary Coupler (2 used)

The hydraulic system provides fluid power to charge the hydrostatic system and to operate the boom and bucket cylinders and auxiliary hydraulic attachments.

For more information:

The hydraulic system is an open-center system. In an open-center system, the first valve spool takes priority over the next valve spool downstream in the circuit. The hydraulic pump provides a continuous flow of hydraulic oil through a main circuit that connects to the controlling valves. If the valves are not operated, hydraulic oil flow passes through the open center passage of each valve spool, hydraulic oil cooler, hydraulic oil filter and returns to the hydraulic oil tank. The charge pump provides a continuous flow of charge oil to the hydrostatic pumps and park brake manifold.

• See Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N.

• See Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-05.)

150523— ). (Group 9025-05.)

• See Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-05.)

• See Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-05.)

• See Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed—EH Controls. (Group 9025-05.)

• See Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed—EH Controls. (Group 9025-05.)

TE14778,00001F2 -19-09JAN08-14/14

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-27

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=611


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Operation 89

52

55

77

94

T198186 —UN—05MAY04

91

93 51 T198186 Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Component Location

The hydraulic oil filter manifold (55) contains the hydraulic oil filter (51), hydraulic oil filter restriction switch (52) and hydraulic oil filter bypass valve (50). The charge pump draws hydraulic oil from the hydraulic oil tank and supplies a constant flow of charge oil through the hydraulic oil filter to the hydrostatic pumps and park brake manifold. The hydraulic oil filter is a canister-type, screw-on filter.

T194718 —UN—05MAY04

If the pressure at the hydraulic oil filter rises above a specified value, the hydraulic oil filter restriction switch sends a signal to the engagement and monitor unit to indicate a plugged hydraulic oil filter. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch (B3). (Group 9015-15.) As the pressure differential at the hydraulic oil filter continues to rise above the specified value, the hydraulic oil filter bypass valve opens, allowing unfiltered hydraulic oil to flow to the hydrostatic pumps and park brake manifold (93 and 94). 50— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 51— Hydraulic Oil Filter 52— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 77— Quick Coupler

89— To Control Valve 91— From Charge Pump 93— To Hydrostatic Pumps 94— To Park Brake Manifold

Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold Schematic

TX19495,0000065 -19-12SEP03-1/1

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-28

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=612


Theory Of Operation

High Flow Hydraulic Pump Operation 5

46

92

93

44 45

91

11 T198171

T198171 —UN—30MAR04

89

High Flow Hydraulic Pump Component Location

NOTE: High flow hydraulic pump is optional equipment. High flow hydraulic pump is not available with hydraulic Quik-Tatch™ option. The high flow hydraulic pump (5) is for attachments that require a high hydraulic oil flow rate to operate. It is located on the side of the engine and driven by the engine auxiliary drive gear. The high flow hydraulic pump draws oil from the hydraulic oil tank (46) and supplies a constant flow of oil to the high flow solenoid valve (44). The high flow relief valve (45) is an adjustable relief valve. It maintains a set pressure in the high flow hydraulic circuit. 73— High Flow Valve 89— To Auxiliary Valve Spool 91— From Hydraulic Oil Tank 92— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 93— To High Flow Solenoid Valve

T194536 —UN—04MAR04

5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump 11— Control Valve 44— High Flow Solenoid Valve 45— High Flow Relief Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 68— Check Valve

High Flow Hydraulic Pump Schematic Quik-Tatch is a trademark of Deere & Company Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-29

TX19495,000008A -19-16MAR10-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=613


Theory Of Operation

The high flow pump is a fixed displacement, external gear pump. An external gear pump has two gears in mesh, closely fitted inside a housing (5). A drive shaft drives one gear (drive gear) (2), which in turn drives the other gear (driven gear) (3).

When the high flow switch is in the off position, the high flow hydraulic pump will pump oil through the high flow solenoid valve and back to the hydraulic oil tank. To enable high flow hydraulics, the high flow switch must be momentarily held in the on position. When released, the high flow switch will return to the run position. This energizes the high flow solenoid valve and oil is routed to the control valve (11) and through the auxiliary valve spool to the attachment. With the high flow switch in the run position, high flow hydraulics will be enabled until the high flow switch is turned to the off position. The machine will automatically return to standard flow hydraulics when the engine is shut off.

TX1071201 —UN—02MAR10

As the gears rotate and come out of mesh, oil enters the suction port (1) and fills the cavity between the gear teeth. Oil is carried in the tooth cavity to the delivery port (4). As the gears come into mesh again oil is forced out of the delivery port and sent through the system.

High Flow Pump 1— Suction Port 2— Drive Gear 3— Driven Gear

4— Delivery Port 5— Housing

TX19495,000008A -19-16MAR10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-30

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=614


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Operation (S.N. —131876)

43

92 90 91

11

60 T198169 —UN—29MAR04

38

T198169

T194516 —UN—04MAR04

Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Component Location

Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Schematic 11— Control Valve 38— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Solenoid Valve 39— Shuttle Valve

40— Check Valve 41— Circuit Relief Valve 42— Diverter Valve 43— Cylinder

NOTE: Hydraulic Quik-Tatch is optional equipment. NOTE: Hydraulic Quik-Tatch is not available with high flow hydraulic pump option.

60— Park Brake Manifold 90— From Control Valve 91— To Hydraulic Oil Tank

Hydraulic Quik-Tatch allows the operator to change attachments without having to leave the cab. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

92— To Park Brake Manifold

9025-05-31

TX19495,000008B -19-16AUG06-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=615


Theory Of Operation

When the operator presses the Quik-Tatch switch, the spool in the solenoid valve (38) is shifted, allowing hydraulic oil to flow to the cylinder (43). Each end of the cylinder is attached to one of the Quik-Tatch latches and takes the place of the standard manual levers. The cylinder will extend or retract, depending on whether the operator is latching or unlatching the attachment. Check valve (40) prevents oil from escaping from the cylinder to ensure positive engagement of Quik-Tatch latches.

As resistance in the circuit increases, shuttle valve (39) directs oil to the circuit relief valve (41), which allows oil to flow to the hydraulic oil tank. Diverter valve (42) allows hydraulic oil to flow to the hydraulic oil tank when the Quik-Tatch circuit is in neutral.

TX19495,000008B -19-16AUG06-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-32

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=616


Theory Of Operation

Self-Level Valve Operation

32

91

92

31

90 89 96 93

11 95

T198079 —UN—30MAR04

94

T198079 Self-Level Valve Component Location (S.N. —150522 shown) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-33

KK70125,0000B3C -19-22AUG07-1/2

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=617


T194529 —UN—10FEB04

Theory Of Operation

Self-Level Valve Schematic 11— Control Valve 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve 32— Adjustable Orifice

33— Orifice 34— Flow Divider Valve 35— Unloader Valve 36— Check Valve 89— To Boom Cylinders (boom up)

90— To Boom Cylinders (boom down) 91— To Bucket Cylinders (bucket rollback) 92— To Bucket Cylinders (bucket dump)

93— Boom Up 94— Boom Down 95— Bucket Rollback 96— Bucket Dump

Removal of check valve (36) will disable the self-level feature and allow boom float to function.

NOTE: Self-level valve is optional equipment. The self-level valve automatically levels attachments as the boom is raised by routing hydraulic oil from the rod end of the boom cylinders to the head end of the bucket cylinders. As the boom cylinders (29) extend, oil from the rod end is directed through a adjustable orifice (32) and a fixed orifice (33) at the flow divider valve (34). The proportion of the oil flow is determined by the size of the adjustable orifice. Oil from the adjustable orifice flows to the head end of the bucket cylinders (30) and the remainder of the oil goes through the fixed orifice to the hydraulic oil tank. The adjustable orifice is screw adjustable. Turning the screw in completely turns off the self-level feature.

Resistance to movement of the bucket cylinders creates a pressure high enough to shift the unloader valve (35). As the bucket cylinders extend, oil from the rod end flows past the unloader valve to the hydraulic oil tank. The unloader valve prevents the bucket cylinders from dumping during the self-leveling cycle. The self-level feature does not operate when the boom is lowered. When the bucket cylinders are fully extended while the boom is being raised, the unloader valve shifts blocking oil flow to the head end of the bucket cylinders. Oil is routed to the hydraulic oil tank to allow the boom to raise. KK70125,0000B3C -19-22AUG07-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-34

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=618


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic Pump Operation

1 4

TX1034204 —UN—17JAN08

92 3 2 88 TX1034204 Hydraulic Pump Component Location (standard controls)

88

1 3

TX1034205 —UN—10JAN08

2

4 92

TX1034205 Hydraulic Pump Component Location (EH controls) 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump

3— Left Hydrostatic Pump 4— Right Hydrostatic Pump

88— From Hydraulic Oil Tank 92— To Control Valve

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-35

TX19495,0000050 -19-16MAR10-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=619


Theory Of Operation The hydraulic pump (1) is a fixed displacement, external gear pump. The pump is mounted and driven off the end of the charge pump (2). The pump draws hydraulic oil

from the hydraulic oil tank (88) and supplies a constant flow of oil to the control valve (92). TX19495,0000050 -19-16MAR10-2/3

The hydraulic pump is a fixed displacement, external gear pump. An external gear pump has two gears in mesh, closely fitted inside a housing (5). A drive shaft drives one gear (drive gear) (2), which in turn drives the other gear (driven gear) (3).

1— Suction Port 2— Drive Gear 3— Driven Gear

TX1071201 —UN—02MAR10

As the gears rotate and come out of mesh, oil enters the suction port (1) and fills the cavity between the gear teeth. Oil is carried in the tooth cavity to the delivery port (4). As the gears come into mesh again oil is forced out of the delivery port and sent through the system. 4— Delivery Port 5— Housing

Hydraulic Pump TX19495,0000050 -19-16MAR10-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-36

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=620


Theory Of Operation

Control Valve Operation (S.N. —150522) 96

90

99

95

93

99 21 25 89

T197612 —UN—14MAY04

91

14 13

22 12

T197612

16

98

15

94 Control Valve Component Location

69

20

18 95

70

93

89 16

71

22 98 94 21

17

15 99

12

90 97

13 24

T197613

23

99

25

14 96

T197613 —UN—01MAR04

92

Control Valve Component Location Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-37

KK70125,00009C7 -19-22AUG07-1/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=621


T194627 —UN—10FEB04

Theory Of Operation

Control Valve Schematic 11— Control Valve 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 16— Port Lock Solenoid Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve 23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 25— Anticavitation Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 69— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid

The control valve (11) integrates three valve spools and pressure relief valves for the individual circuits and the entire system into one housing. TM2191 (26MAR19)

70— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid 71— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch 89— From Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 90— From High Flow Hydraulic Pump 91— From Hydraulic Pump 92— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 93— Boom Up Port

94— Boom Down Port 95— Bucket Rollback Port 96— Bucket Dump Port 97— To Hydraulic Quik-Tatch 98— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 99— Auxiliary Port

Boom Cylinder Circuit Continued on next page

9025-05-38

KK70125,00009C7 -19-22AUG07-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=622


Theory Of Operation

The first spool in the series, and therefore first priority, controls the boom cylinder circuit. When the boom spool (12) is actuated, the open center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the boom cylinders (93 and 94). Return oil from the cylinders flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler, hydraulic oil filter and hydraulic oil tank (92). The boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (18) protects the circuit from excessive pressure when the boom spool is in neutral and also prevents cavitation. The boom lift check valve (22) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. A boom spool lock solenoid (69) is mounted to the boom spool as a safety device. The boom spool lock solenoid controls a mechanical lockout pin on the boom spool. When the lockout pin is engaged, the boom spool will not move, thus preventing hydraulic oil flow to the boom circuit. When the boom spool lock solenoid is energized, the lockout pin is disengaged allowing boom spool movement and hydraulic oil flow to the boom circuit. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Interlock Logic. (Group 9015-15.) Bucket Cylinder Circuit The second spool in the series controls the bucket cylinder circuit. When the bucket spool (13) is actuated, the open center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the bucket cylinders (95 and 96). Return oil from the cylinders flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler, hydraulic oil filter and hydraulic oil tank (92). The bucket rollback and bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valves (20 and 21) protect the circuit from excessive pressure when the bucket spool is in neutral and prevent cavitation. The bucket lift check valve (23) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. A bucket spool lock solenoid (70) is mounted to the boom spool as a safety device. The bucket spool lock solenoid controls a mechanical lockout pin on the bucket spool. When the lockout pin is engaged, the bucket spool will not move, thus preventing hydraulic oil flow to the bucket circuit. When the bucket spool lock solenoid is energized,

the lockout pin is disengaged allowing bucket spool movement and hydraulic oil flow to the bucket circuit. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Interlock Logic. (Group 9015-15.) Auxiliary Hydraulic Circuit The third spool in the series provides hydraulic oil to operate optional auxiliary hydraulic attachments. When the auxiliary spool (14) is actuated, the open center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the attachment circuit through the auxiliary couplers (26). Return oil from the attachment flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler, hydraulic oil filter and hydraulic oil tank (92). The auxiliary lift check valve (24) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. Anti-cavitation valve (25) prevents cavitation when operating optional attachments. The auxiliary spool is equipped with an auxiliary hydraulic spool neutral switch (71). The auxiliary hydraulic spool neutral switch works in conjunction with the auxiliary hydraulic override switch to allow the operator to utilize the auxiliary hydraulics after exiting the machine. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch Logic. (Group 9015-15.) System Relief Valve The system relief valve (15) protects the hydraulic system and hydraulic pump from excessive pressure. The system relief valve is not adjustable. Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool A port lock solenoid valve (16) and port lock spool (17) are incorporated into the control valve as safety devices. When the port lock solenoid valve is de-energized, spring pressure shifts the port lock spool and prevents oil flow to the boom and bucket spools. When the port lock solenoid is energized, oil pressure overcomes spring pressure and the port lock spool shifts to allow oil flow to the boom and bucket spools. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Interlock Logic. (Group 9015-15.) KK70125,00009C7 -19-22AUG07-3/3

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-39

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=623


Theory Of Operation

Control Valve Operation (S.N. 150523— )

99

18

90

20

99 96

93

83 95 17

21

89 TX1026956 —UN—25JUL07

14 13 Y4 12 94

91

15

98

TX1026956 Control Valve Component Location

KK70125,00009C6 -19-22AUG07-1/4

Y3

Y2 93

Y4

95 22 91

B11

98 94

99

15

92 12

97 13 24 TX1023885

14

23 99

TX1023885 —UN—12JUN07

96

90

Control Valve Component Location Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-40

KK70125,00009C6 -19-22AUG07-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=624


Theory Of Operation

26 89

93

95 2B

1B

3A

3B

17

98

20

18 11

83 Y4

301 302

92

15

12

14

13 24

23

22

97

91

304

Y3 21

Y2

B11 90 2A

1A

TX1026933

94

96

TX1026933 —UN—25JUL07

300

Control Valve Schematic 11— Control Valve 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve 23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 83— Plug 89— From Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 90— From High Flow Hydraulic Pump

The control valve (11) integrates three valve spools and pressure relief valves for the individual circuits and the entire system into one housing. Boom Cylinder Circuit The first spool in the series, and therefore first priority, controls the boom cylinder circuit. When the boom spool (12) is actuated, the open-center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the boom cylinders (93 and 94). Return oil from the cylinders flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler, hydraulic oil filter and hydraulic oil tank (92). The boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (18) protects the circuit from excessive pressure when the boom spool is in neutral and also prevents cavitation. The boom lift check valve (22) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. A boom spool lock solenoid (Y2) is mounted to the boom spool as a safety device. The boom spool lock solenoid controls a mechanical lockout pin on the boom spool. When the lockout pin is engaged, the boom spool will

91— From Hydraulic Pump 92— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 93— Boom Up Port 94— Boom Down Port 95— Bucket Rollback Port 96— Bucket Dump Port 97— Power Beyond Port—If Equipped 98— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 99— Auxiliary Port 300— High Pressure Oil

Return Oil Trapped Oil Charge Pressure Oil Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Valve

not move, thus preventing hydraulic oil flow to the boom circuit. When the boom spool lock solenoid is energized, the lockout pin is disengaged allowing boom spool movement and hydraulic oil flow to the boom circuit. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Interlock Logic. (Group 9015-15.) Bucket Cylinder Circuit The second spool in the series controls the bucket cylinder circuit. When the bucket spool (13) is actuated, the open-center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the bucket cylinders (95 and 96). Return oil from the cylinders flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler, hydraulic oil filter and hydraulic oil tank (92). The bucket rollback and bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valves (20 and 21) protect the circuit from excessive pressure when the bucket spool is in neutral and prevent cavitation. The bucket lift check valve (23) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

301— 302— 304— B11—

9025-05-41

KK70125,00009C6 -19-22AUG07-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=625


Theory Of Operation

A bucket spool lock solenoid (Y3) is mounted to the boom spool as a safety device. The bucket spool lock solenoid controls a mechanical lockout pin on the bucket spool. When the lockout pin is engaged, the bucket spool will not move, thus preventing hydraulic oil flow to the bucket circuit. When the bucket spool lock solenoid is energized, the lockout pin is disengaged allowing bucket spool movement and hydraulic oil flow to the bucket circuit. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Interlock Logic. (Group 9015-15.) Auxiliary Hydraulic Circuit The third spool in the series provides hydraulic oil to operate optional auxiliary hydraulic attachments. When the auxiliary spool (14) is actuated, the open-center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the attachment circuit through the auxiliary couplers (26). Return oil from the attachment flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler, hydraulic oil filter and hydraulic oil tank (92). The auxiliary lift check valve (24) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. The auxiliary spool is equipped with an auxiliary hydraulic spool

neutral switch (B11). The auxiliary hydraulic spool neutral switch works in conjunction with the auxiliary hydraulic override switch to allow the operator to utilize the auxiliary hydraulics after exiting the machine. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Auxiliary Hydraulic Override Switch Logic. (Group 9015-15.) System Relief Valve The system relief valve (15) protects the hydraulic system and hydraulic pump from excessive pressure. The system relief valve is not adjustable. Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool A port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (17) are incorporated into the control valve as safety devices. When the port lock solenoid valve is de-energized, spring pressure shifts the port lock spool and prevents oil flow to the boom and bucket spools. When the port lock solenoid is energized, oil pressure overcomes spring pressure and the port lock spool shifts to allow oil flow to the boom and bucket spools. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation for Interlock Logic. (Group 9015-15.) KK70125,00009C6 -19-22AUG07-4/4

Control Valve Operation—EH Controls Y24

Y23

99 Y21 99

96 Y19

Y22

93 94 95

Y4 TX1032429 —UN—09JAN08

91

Y20

89

98 TX1032429

15 Control Valve Component Location—EH Controls

15— System Relief Valve 89— From Pilot Control Accumulator Manifold 91— From Hydraulic Pump 93— Boom Up Port 94— Boom Down Port

95— Bucket Rollback Port 96— Bucket Dump Port 98— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 99— Auxiliary Port Y4— Port Lock Solenoid

Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-42

TE14778,00001F4 -19-13MAY09-1/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=626


Theory Of Operation

18

22

20 23

21

88

24

83 TX1037069 —UN—30APR08

90

92 97 TX1037069 Control Valve Component Location—EH Controls 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve 23— Bucket Lift Check Valve

24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 83— Plug 88— From Pilot Control Accumulator Manifold 90— From High Flow Hydraulic Pump

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-43

92— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 97— Power Beyond Port—If Equipped

TE14778,00001F4 -19-13MAY09-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=627


Theory Of Operation

88

91

98 15

Y19 22 12

94

Y4

Y20

89

1A

Y21 23 21

96

13

1B

93

Y22 2B

18

2A

95

17 24

Y23

604

83

Y24

3A 3B

TX1059439

90

97

99

606

99

609 611

92

TX1059439 —UN—13MAY09

600

20

14

84

Control Valve Schematic—EH Controls 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

22— Boom Lift Check Valve 23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 83— Plug 84— Control Valve—EH Controls 88— From Pilot Control Accumulator Manifold 89— From Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 90— From High Flow Hydraulic Pump 91— From Hydraulic Pump

The control valve used on electrohydraulic (EH) control machines integrates three valve spools and pressure relief valves for the individual circuits and the entire system into one housing. Unlike the standard control machines which use levers and linkage to control spool movement, EH control machines use electric solenoids to move the spools. Charge oil is supplied to the control valve, which in turn is used and regulated by the pilot solenoids to shift the valve spools.

92— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 93— Boom Up Port 94— Boom Down Port 95— Bucket Rollback Port 96— Bucket Dump Port 97— Power Beyond Port—If Equipped 98— To Hydraulic Oil Tank 99— Auxiliary Port 600— High Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 609— Pilot Oil

When the right joystick is moved with hydraulics enabled, an electronic signal is routed over the controller area network (CAN) to the hydraulic control unit (HCU). The HCU then sends a signal to the appropriate solenoid. The solenoids route pilot pressure oil to shift the valve spool. The valve spool then routes system pressure oil to the hydraulic cylinder. Boom Cylinder Circuit

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

611— Charge Pressure Oil Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid

9025-05-44

TE14778,00001F4 -19-13MAY09-3/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=628


Theory Of Operation

The first spool in the series, and therefore first priority, controls the boom cylinder circuit. When boom up pilot solenoid (Y19) or boom down pilot solenoid (Y20) is actuated, the boom spool (12) shifts. Open-center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the boom cylinders (93 and 94). Return oil from the cylinders flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler and hydraulic oil tank (92). The boom up circuit relief and anticavitation valve (18) protects the circuit from excessive pressure when the boom spool is in neutral and also prevents cavitation. The boom lift check valve (22) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. Bucket Cylinder Circuit The second spool in the series controls the bucket cylinder circuit. When bucket dump pilot solenoid (Y22) or bucket rollback pilot solenoid (Y21) is actuated, the bucket spool (13) shifts. Open-center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the bucket cylinders (95 and 96). Return oil from the cylinders flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler and hydraulic oil tank (92). The bucket rollback and bucket dump circuit relief and anticavitation valves (20 and 21) protect the circuit from excessive pressure when the bucket spool is in neutral and prevents cavitation. The bucket lift check valve (23) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. Auxiliary Hydraulic Circuit The third spool in the series provides hydraulic oil to operate optional auxiliary hydraulic attachments. When male AUX port pilot solenoid (Y23) or female AUX port pilot solenoid (Y24) is actuated, the auxiliary spool (14)

shifts. Open-center port is blocked and oil is directed to the appropriate side of the attachment circuit through the auxiliary ports (99). Return oil from the attachment flows through the control valve to the hydraulic oil cooler and hydraulic oil tank (92). The auxiliary lift check valve (24) prevents unwanted movement in the circuit. System Relief Valve The system relief valve (15) protects the hydraulic system and hydraulic pump from excessive pressure. The system relief valve is not adjustable. Port Lock Solenoid Valve and Port Lock Spool A port lock solenoid valve (Y4) and port lock spool (17) are incorporated into the control valve as safety devices. When the port lock solenoid valve is de-energized, spring pressure shifts the port lock spool and prevents oil flow to the boom and bucket cylinders. When the port lock solenoid is energized, oil pressure overcomes spring pressure and the port lock spool shifts to allow oil flow to the boom and bucket cylinders. See Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation—EH Controls. (Group 9015-15.) See Electrohydraulic Controls Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.) See Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed—EH Controls. (Group 9025-05.) See Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed—EH Controls. (Group 9025-05.) TE14778,00001F4 -19-13MAY09-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-45

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=629


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-46

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=630


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N. —150522) TX1073802 —UN—22MAR10

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR RIGHT 7 2

HYDROSTATIC 10 MOTOR HOUSING

61 64

P

60 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER MANIFOLD

BOOM SPOOL 12

86 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL 52 51

OUT

87 RETURN OIL

32

22

34

29 BOOM CYLINDER

69

88 TRAPPED OIL IN

75

1A

35 D

17

FP

62

1B

18

23

C

31 SELF-LEVEL VALVE (OPTIONAL)

50 CONTROL VALVE 11

33

16

28

1

36 B

V

* NOTE: PB TO T NOT CONNECTED WITH QUIK-TATCH OPTION DR

A

15

85 HIGH PRESSURE OIL

RB

PP

G

70 2B

P

A1

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR LEFT 6

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR HOUSING

C1

BR

HYDROSTATIC PUMP RIGHT 4

57

13 BUCKET SPOOL

3 HYDROSTATIC PUMP LEFT

BK2

M2

HYDAULIC PUMP

S2

54

64

59

58

60

RB

21

2A

71

PARK BRAKE MANIFOLD

I

I2

HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP (OPTIONAL)

68

BL

C2_

C2 D

14

AUXILIARY SPOOL

5

30 BUCKET CYLINDER

3A

AUXILIARY COUPLER HYDRAULIC QUIK-TATCH (S.N. - 131876)

3B

72

26

1

53

T S1

20

24

HF

CP

2

61

CHARGE PUMP 2

BK1

M1

10

AL

CP

*SEE NOTE 25 PB

T

C

AR

P

P P

B

CASE DRAIN COUPLER 27

HIGH FLOW

73 VALVE

44

41

T DR

HYDRAULIC QUIK-TATCH

39

1

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

FP

45

47

T

46

62

38

* NOTE: PB TO T NOT CONNECTED

WITH QUIK-TATCH OPTION

48

42 C

T

40

A

43 HYDRAULIC QUIK-TATCH CYLINDER

TX1073802 Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N. —150522) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-47

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=631

KK70125,0000A11 -19-18MAR10-1/2


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-48

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=632


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Hydrostatic Pump Left 4— Hydrostatic Pump Right 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump (optional) 6— Hydrostatic Motor Left 7— Hydrostatic Motor Right 10— Hydrostatic Motor Housing 11— Control Valve 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 16— Port Lock Solenoid Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve

23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 25— Anticavitation Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 27— Case Drain Coupler 28— Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve (optional) 32— Adjustable Orifice 33— Orifice 34— Flow Divider Valve 35— Unloader Valve 36— Check Valve 38— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Solenoid Valve (S.N. —131876) 39— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Shuttle Valve (S.N. —131876) 40— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Check Valve (S.N. —131876) 41— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Circuit Relief Valve (S.N. —131876)

42— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Diverter Valve (S.N. —131876) 43— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Cylinder (S.N. —131876) 44— High Flow Solenoid Valve 45— High Flow Relief Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 47— Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 50— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 51— Hydraulic Oil Filter 52— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch 53— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 54— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 55— Hydrostatic Filter Manifold 57— Hydrostatic Pump Make-Up Check Valve (4 used) 58— Steering Control Valve Left 59— Steering Control Valve Right

60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve Manifold 61— Hydrostatic Motor Shuttle Valve (2 used) 62— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve (2 used) 64— Park Brake (2 used) 68— Check Valve 69— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid 70— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid 71— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch 72— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch (S.N. —131876) (optional) 73— High Flow Valve (optional) 75— Check Valve 85— High Pressure Oil 86— Charge Pressure Oil 87— Return Oil 88— Trapped Oil

KK70125,0000A11 -19-18MAR10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-49

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=633


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-50

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=634


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N. 150523— ) TX1073812 —UN—22MAR10

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR RIGHT 7 2

61 64

A

60 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER MANIFOLD

HYDROSTATIC 10 MOTOR HOUSING

15

36 B

32

33

52 RB

22 51

OUT

Y2

IN

12

1A

DR

1

50 62

P

A1

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR LEFT 6

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR HOUSING

C1

57

14

1

59

58

60

RB

30 BUCKET CYLINDER

17 20

54

64

2B

24

HYDRAULIC PUMP

S2

18

B11

53

T S1

C

31 SELF-LEVEL VALVE (OPTIONAL)

Y3

2A

CP M2

23

BR

HYDROSTATIC PUMP RIGHT 4

D

28

13 BUCKET SPOOL

3 HYDROSTATIC PUMP LEFT

BK2

2

61

CHARGE PUMP 2

BK1

M1

10

AL

CP

35

1B

21

75

Y4

BOOM SPOOL

CONTROL VALVE 11

FP

34

29 BOOM CYLINDER

PARK BRAKE MANIFOLD

I

I2

AUXILIARY SPOOL

HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP (OPTIONAL)

C2_

C2 D

3A

68

26

AUXILIARY COUPLER

3B

5 BL

83

C

AR P

CASE DRAIN 27 COUPLER

P

44 T DR

1

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

FP

45

47

T

46

62

HIGH FLOW

73 VALVE

300 HIGH PRESSURE OIL 301 RETURN OIL 48

304 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL

TX1073812 Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed (S.N. 150523— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

302 TRAPPED OIL

9025-05-51

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=635

KK70125,0000A13 -19-18MAR10-1/2


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-52

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=636


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Hydrostatic Pump Left 4— Hydrostatic Pump Right 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump (optional) 6— Hydrostatic Motor Left 7— Hydrostatic Motor Right 10— Hydrostatic Motor Housing 11— Control Valve 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve 23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 27— Case Drain Coupler 28— Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve (optional) 32— Adjustable Orifice 33— Orifice 34— Flow Divider Valve 35— Unloader Valve 36— Check Valve 44— High Flow Solenoid Valve

45— High Flow Relief Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 47— Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 50— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 51— Hydraulic Oil Filter 52— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch 53— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 54— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 55— Hydrostatic Filter Manifold 57— Hydrostatic Pump Make-Up Check Valve (4 used) 58— Steering Control Valve Left 59— Steering Control Valve Right 60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve Manifold

61— Hydrostatic Motor Shuttle Valve (2 used) 62— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve (2 used) 64— Park Brake (2 used) 68— Check Valve 73— High Flow Valve (optional) 75— Check Valve 83— Plug 300— High Pressure Oil 301— Return Oil 302— Trapped Oil 304— Charge Pressure Oil B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Valve

KK70125,0000A13 -19-18MAR10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-53

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=637


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-54

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=638


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. —150522) TX1073803 —UN—22MAR10

10

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR HOUSING

Z

64

TWO SPEED 56 PROPORTIONAL SOLINOID VALVE

7 9

66

65

IN

2

X

4

51

OUT

A

15

52 L

PP

G

P

60 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER MANIFOLD

BOOM SPOOL 12

B

V

32

34

29 BOOM CYLINDER

69

IN

75 35 D

28

B

17 CONTROL VALVE 11

62 63

70 2B

P

A1

CP

BK1

M1

AL

CHARGE PUMP 2

C1

BR

HYDROSTATIC PUMP RIGHT 4

57

13 BUCKET SPOOL

HYDROSTATIC 3 PUMP LEFT

BK2

M2

61

B

53

T S1

A

1 HYDAULIC PUMP

S2

54

60 65

66

L

PARK BRAKE MANIFOLD

X

59

58 I

I2

BL

C2_

C2 D

20

2A

71

30 BUCKET CYLINDER 26

3A

HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP (OPTIONAL) 5

68

14 AUXILIARY SPOOL

PB

AUXILIARY COUPLER HYDRAULIC QUIK-TATCH (S.N. - 131876) 72

3B

*SEE NOTE 25

HYDRAULIC QUIK-TATCH

T

C

AR

P

P

44

73

B

CASE DRAIN 27 COUPLER

P

8

21

24

HF

CP

62 63

64

1B

18

23

C

31 SELF-LEVEL VALVE (OPTIONAL)

50 61

33

16 22

1A A

36

HIGH FLOW VALVE

41

T

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

6 Z

45

47

* NOTE: PB TO T NOT CONNECTED WITH QUIK-TATCH OPTION

HYDROSTATIC 10 MOTOR HOUSING

38

86 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL

T

46

39

85 HIGH PRESSURE OIL

87 RETURN OIL 48

88 TRAPPED OIL

42 C

T

40

A

43 HYDRAULIC QUIK-TATCH CYLINDER

TX1073803 Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. —150522) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-55

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=639

KK70125,0000A12 -19-18MAR10-1/2


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-56

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=640


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Hydrostatic Pump Left 4— Hydrostatic Pump Right 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump (optional) 6— Hydrostatic Motor Left—Single Speed 7— Hydrostatic Motor Right—Single Speed 8— Hydrostatic Motor Left—Two Speed 9— Hydrostatic Motor Right—Two Speed 10— Hydrostatic Motor Housing 11— Control Valve 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 16— Port Lock Solenoid Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

22— Boom Lift Check Valve 23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 25— Anticavitation Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 27— Case Drain Coupler 28— Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve (optional) 32— Adjustable Orifice 33— Orifice 34— Flow Divider Valve 35— Unloader Valve 36— Check Valve 38— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Solenoid Valve (S.N. —131876) 39— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Shuttle Valve (S.N. —131876) 40— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Check Valve (S.N. —131876) 41— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Circuit Relief Valve (S.N. —131876)

42— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Diverter Valve (S.N. —131876) 43— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch Cylinder (S.N. —131876) 44— High Flow Solenoid Valve 45— High Flow Relief Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 47— Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 50— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 51— Hydraulic Oil Filter 52— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch 53— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 54— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 55— Hydrostatic Filter Manifold 56— Two Speed Proportional Solenoid Valve (optional) 57— Hydrostatic Pump Make-Up Check Valve (4 used) 58— Steering Control Valve Left 59— Steering Control Valve Right

60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve Manifold 61— Hydrostatic Motor Shuttle Valve (2 used) 62— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve (2 used) 63— Orifice (2 used) 64— Park Brake (2 used) 65— Speed Shift Spool (2 used) 66— Speed Selector Valve (2 used) 68— Check Valve 69— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid 70— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid 71— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch 72— Hydraulic Quik-Tatch (S.N. —131876) (optional) 73— High Flow Valve (optional) 75— Check Valve 85— High Pressure Oil 86— Charge Pressure Oil 87— Return Oil 88— Trapped Oil

KK70125,0000A12 -19-18MAR10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-57

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=641


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-58

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=642


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. 150523— ) TX1073813 —UN—22MAR10

10

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR HOUSING

Z

64

TWO SPEED 56 PROPORTIONAL SOLINOID VALVE

7 9

A

60 HYDRAULIC OIL FILTER MANIFOLD

66

65

22

2

X

4

51

OUT

Y2

IN

12

50

CONTROL VALVE 11 21

62 63

P

A1

BK1

M1

CP M2

B

53

T S1

A

AL

C1

CHARGE PUMP 2

BR

66

59

58 I

17 30 BUCKET CYLINDER

B11

S2

PARK BRAKE MANIFOLD

X

2B

14

60 65

C

18

13 BUCKET SPOOL

20

1 HYDRAULIC PUMP

D

31 SELF-LEVEL VALVE (OPTIONAL)

Y3

24

HYDROSTATIC PUMP LEFT

54

L

23

2A

HYDROSTATIC PUMP RIGHT 4

57

3

BK2

62 63 61

CP

35 28 1B

61

75

Y4

BOOM SPOOL

B

33 34

29 BOOM CYLINDER

1A

A

B

32

52 L

36

15

I2

BL

C2_

C2 D

AUXILIARY SPOOL

HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP (OPTIONAL) 5

83 3A

26

68

AUXILIARY COUPLER

3B

C

AR

CASE DRAIN 27 COUPLER

P P

44 8

64

T

HYDRAULIC OIL TANK

6 Z

45

47

T

73

300 HIGH PRESSURE OIL

HIGH FLOW VALVE

301 RETURN OIL

46 HYDROSTATIC 10 MOTOR HOUSING

48

302 TRAPPED OIL 304 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL

TX1073813 Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed (S.N. 150523— ) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-59

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=643

KK70125,0000A14 -19-18MAR10-1/2


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-60

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=644


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Hydrostatic Pump Left 4— Hydrostatic Pump Right 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump (optional) 6— Hydrostatic Motor Left—Single Speed 7— Hydrostatic Motor Right—Single Speed 8— Hydrostatic Motor Left—Two Speed 9— Hydrostatic Motor Right—Two Speed 10— Hydrostatic Motor Housing 11— Control Valve 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve

21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve 23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 27— Case Drain Coupler 28— Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve (optional) 32— Adjustable Orifice 33— Orifice 34— Flow Divider Valve 35— Unloader Valve 36— Check Valve 44— High Flow Solenoid Valve 45— High Flow Relief Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 47— Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather

48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 50— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 51— Hydraulic Oil Filter 52— Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch 53— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 54— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 55— Hydrostatic Filter Manifold 56— Two Speed Proportional Solenoid Valve (optional) 57— Hydrostatic Pump Make-Up Check Valve (4 used) 58— Steering Control Valve Left 59— Steering Control Valve Right 60— Park Brake Solenoid Valve Manifold 61— Hydrostatic Motor Shuttle Valve (2 used) 62— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve (2 used)

63— Orifice (2 used) 64— Park Brake (2 used) 65— Speed Shift Spool (2 used) 66— Speed Selector Valve (2 used) 68— Check Valve 73— High Flow Valve (optional) 75— Check Valve 83— Plug 300— High Pressure Oil 301— Return Oil 302— Trapped Oil 304— Charge Pressure Oil B11— Auxiliary Hydraulic Spool Neutral Switch Y2— Boom Spool Lock Solenoid Y3— Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Valve

KK70125,0000A14 -19-18MAR10-2/2

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-61

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=645


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-62

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=646


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed—EH Controls TX1073826 —UN—22MAR10

704 703 HYDROSTATIC 10 MOTOR HOUSING

PILOT 85 CONTROL ACCUMULATOR

705

2

706

7 HYDRUALIC 55 OIL FITLER MANIFOLD

RB

52

51

64 DR

1

IN

OUT

61 FP

B3 62

M14

M14

88

88

Y16

Y18

Y15

87

A

HYDROSTATIC 10 MOTOR HOUSING

MA

M

BK

CH

57

MD

Y17

D

57

HYDRAULIC PUMP

2

1

CHARGE PUMP 2

6 HYDROSTATIC 3 PUMP LEFT

RB

HYDROSTATIC PUMP RIGHT

4

61 64 DR

1

57

FP

57

53 62 700

54

701 M5

M4

MB

B

L3

L

C

MC

M5

Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed—EH Controls (1 of 2) Continued on next page

9025-05-63

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=647

604 RETURN OIL 606 TRAPPED OIL

702

TX1073826

TM2191 (26MAR19)

M4

600 HIGH PRESSURE OIL

611 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TE14778,0000222 -19-25MAR19-1/4


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-64

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=648


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Hydrostatic Pump Left 4— Hydrostatic Pump Right 6— Hydrostatic Motor Left—Single Speed 7— Hydrostatic Motor Right—Single Speed 10— Hydrostatic Motor Housing 51— Hydraulic Oil Filter 52— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve

53— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 54— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 57— High Pressure Relief and Charge Check Valve (4 used) 61— Hydrostatic Motor Shuttle Valve (2 used) 62— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve (2 used)

64— Park Brake (2 used) 85— Pilot Control Accumulator 87— Hydraulic Manifold 88— Electric Displacement Control 600— High Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil 611— Charge Pressure Oil B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-65

Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

TE14778,0000222 -19-25MAR19-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=649


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-66

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=650


Theory Of Operation

TX1073891 —UN—22MAR10

704 703 705 706

15

Y19

SELF LEVEL VALVE (OPTIONAL)

22

31 Y20 BOOM SPOOL

12

A

Y4

29

B

36

32

BOOM CYLINDER

33

1A

Y21

75

34 23 Y22

21

13

BM

1B

BUCKET SPOOL

35

C

D

T

86 BOOM LOWERING VALVE

2B

18 2A

28 24 17

68

30 BUCKET CYLINDER

Y23 20 14 C P

Y24

5 47

HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP (OPTIONAL)

AUXILIARY SPOOL

73 44 45

HIGH FLOW VALVE

3A 3B

AUXILIARY COUPLER 600 HIGH PRESSURE OIL

84 T

700

604 RETURN OIL CONTROL VALVE (ELECTROHYDRAULIC)

701 46

97

HYDRAULIC 48 OIL TANK

606 TRAPPED OIL 606 PILOT OIL 609

702

611 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL

TX1073891 Hydraulic System Schematic—Single Speed—EH Controls (2 of 2) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

26

83

9025-05-67

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=651

TE14778,0000222 -19-25MAR19-3/4


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-68

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=652


Theory Of Operation 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump (optional) 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve

23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 28— Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve (optional) 32— Adjustable Orifice 33— Orifice 34— Flow Divider Valve 35— Unloader Valve 36— Check Valve 44— High Flow Solenoid Valve

45— High Flow Relief Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 47— Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 68— Check Valve 73— High Flow Valve (optional) 75— Check Valve 83— Plug 84— Control Valve (electrohydraulic) 86— Boom Lowering Valve 97— Power Beyond Port—If Equipped 600— High Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil

606— Trapped Oil 611— Charge Pressure Oil Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Valve Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid

TE14778,0000222 -19-25MAR19-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-69

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=653


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-70

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=654


Theory Of Operation

Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed—EH Controls TX1073819 —UN—22MAR10

704 X

B

703

66 64

PILOT 85 CONTROL ACCUMULATOR

65 61 7

10

9

63

705 706

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR HOUSING HYDRUALIC 55 OIL FITLER MANIFOLD

62 Z

L

52

A IN

OUT

51 B3 TWO SPEED 56 PROPORTIONAL VALVE MANIFOLD (OPTIONAL)

M14

M14

88

88

Y16

Y18

Y15

A

MA

M

BK

CH

57

MD

Y17

D

57

HYDRAULIC PUMP 1

HYDROSTATIC 3 PUMP LEFT Z

L

X

CHARGE PUMP 2

HYDROSTATIC PUMP RIGHT

4

B

66 64 65

57 61

6

53

10

8

63

57

HYDROSTATIC MOTOR HOUSING

700

54

62 A

701 M5

M4

MB

B

L3

L

C

MC

M5

Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed—EH Controls (1 of 2) Continued on next page

9025-05-71

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=655

604 RETURN OIL 606 TRAPPED OIL

702

TX1073819

TM2191 (26MAR19)

M4

600 HIGH PRESSURE OIL

611 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL TE14778,000022E -19-25MAR19-1/4


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-72

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=656


Theory Of Operation 1— Hydraulic Pump 2— Charge Pump 3— Hydrostatic Pump Left 4— Hydrostatic Pump Right 6— Hydrostatic Motor Left—Single Speed 7— Hydrostatic Motor Right—Single Speed 8— Hydrostatic Motor Left—Two Speed 9— Hydrostatic Motor Right—Two Speed 10— Hydrostatic Motor Housing 51— Hydraulic Oil Filter

52— Hydraulic Oil Filter Bypass Valve 53— Park Brake Solenoid Valve 54— Charge Pressure Relief Valve 55— Hydraulic Oil Filter Manifold 56— Two Speed Proportional Solenoid Valve (optional) 57— High Pressure Relief and Charge Check Valve (4 used) 61— Hydrostatic Motor Shuttle Valve (2 used)

62— Hydrostatic Motor Relief Valve (2 used) 63— Orifice (2 used) 64— Park Brake (2 used) 65— Speed Shift Spool (2 used) 66— Speed Selector Valve (2 used) 85— Pilot Control Accumulator 88— Electric Displacement Control 600— High Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil 606— Trapped Oil

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-73

611— Charge Pressure Oil B3—Hydraulic Oil Filter Restriction Switch Y15— Right C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y16— Right C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y17— Left C2 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid Y18— Left C1 Hydrostatic Pump Solenoid

TE14778,000022E -19-25MAR19-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=657


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-74

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=658


Theory Of Operation

TX1073891 —UN—22MAR10

704 703 705 706

15

Y19

SELF LEVEL VALVE (OPTIONAL)

22

31 Y20 BOOM SPOOL

12

A

Y4

29

B

36

32

BOOM CYLINDER

33

1A

Y21

75

34 23 Y22

21

13

BM

1B

BUCKET SPOOL

35

C

D

T

86 BOOM LOWERING VALVE

2B

18 2A

28 24 17

68

30 BUCKET CYLINDER

Y23 20 14 C P

Y24

5 47

HIGH FLOW HYDRAULIC PUMP (OPTIONAL)

AUXILIARY SPOOL

73 44 45

HIGH FLOW VALVE

3A 3B

AUXILIARY COUPLER 600 HIGH PRESSURE OIL

84 T

700

604 RETURN OIL CONTROL VALVE (ELECTROHYDRAULIC)

701 46

97

HYDRAULIC 48 OIL TANK

606 TRAPPED OIL 606 PILOT OIL 609

702

611 CHARGE PRESSURE OIL

TX1073891 Hydraulic System Schematic—Two Speed—EH Controls (2 of 2) Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

26

83

9025-05-75

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=659

TE14778,000022E -19-25MAR19-3/4


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-76

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=660


Theory Of Operation 5— High Flow Hydraulic Pump (optional) 12— Boom Spool 13— Bucket Spool 14— Auxiliary Spool 15— System Relief Valve 17— Port Lock Spool 18— Boom Up Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 20— Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 21— Bucket Dump Circuit Relief and Anticavitation Valve 22— Boom Lift Check Valve

23— Bucket Lift Check Valve 24— Auxiliary Lift Check Valve 26— Auxiliary Coupler 28— Flow Rate Orifice and Check Valve 29— Boom Cylinder (2 used) 30— Bucket Cylinder (2 used) 31— Self-Level Valve (optional) 32— Adjustable Orifice 33— Orifice 34— Flow Divider Valve 35— Unloader Valve 36— Check Valve 44— High Flow Solenoid Valve

45— High Flow Relief Valve 46— Hydraulic Oil Tank 47— Hydraulic Oil Tank Breather 48— Hydraulic Oil Cooler 68— Check Valve 73— High Flow Valve (optional) 75— Check Valve 83— Plug 84— Control Valve (electrohydraulic) 86— Boom Lowering Valve 97— Power Beyond Port—If Equipped 600— High Pressure Oil 604— Return Oil

606— Trapped Oil 611— Charge Pressure Oil Y4— Port Lock Solenoid Valve Y19— Boom Up Pilot Solenoid Y20— Boom Down Pilot Solenoid Y21— Bucket Rollback Pilot Solenoid Y22— Bucket Dump Pilot Solenoid Y23— Male AUX Port Pilot Solenoid Y24— Female AUX Port Pilot Solenoid

TE14778,000022E -19-25MAR19-4/4

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-77

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=661


Theory Of Operation

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-05-78

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=662


Group 15

Diagnostic Information Diagnose Hydraulic System Malfunctions Diagnose malfunction charts are arranged from most probable and simplest to verify, to least likely and most difficult to verify. TE14778,00001DC -19-03DEC07-1/1

No Hydraulic Functions TE14778,00001CC -19-01FEB08-1/7

No Hydraulic Functions Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001CC -19-01FEB08-2/7

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Interlock Logic Sequence Not Performed Correctly. Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. TE14778,00001CC -19-01FEB08-3/7

• 2

Interlock Logic Sequence Not Performed Correctly

Check that hydraulic functions are enabled. For Interlock Logic see Engagement and Monitor Unit Circuit Theory of Operation. (Group 9015-15.)

YES: Go to Port Lock Solenoid.

Are hydraulic functions enabled?

NO: Perform correct Interlock Logic sequence to enable hydraulics. TE14778,00001CC -19-01FEB08-4/7

• 3

Port Lock Solenoid

Do auxiliary hydraulic functions operate, but boom and bucket functions do not?

YES: Check port lock solenoid. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.) NO: Go to System Relief Valve. TE14778,00001CC -19-01FEB08-5/7

• 4

System Relief Valve

Check system relief valve pressure.

See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Hydraulic Pump.

Is system relief valve pressure within specification?

NO: If below specification, but not zero, replace system relief valve. If relief pressure is at or near zero, go to Hydraulic Pump.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-1

TE14778,00001CC -19-01FEB08-6/7

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=663


Diagnostic Information

• 5

Hydraulic Pump

Check hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Done.

Is pump flow within specification?

NO: Replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001CC -19-01FEB08-7/7

Boom Will Not Raise TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-1/12

Boom Will Not Raise Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-2/12

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Bucket Overloaded.

Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-3/12

• 2

Bucket Overloaded

Is bucket overloaded?

YES: Reduce bucket load.

NO: Go to Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction. TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-4/12

• 3

Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction

Check function of spool lock solenoids. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Are spool lock solenoids functioning correctly?

NO: Replace spool lock solenoid.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-2

TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-5/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=664


Diagnostic Information

• 4

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-6/12

• 5

Stuck Pivot Pins

Check pivot pins for proper operation.

YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.

Are pivot pins stuck or binding?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-7/12

• 6

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-8/12

• 7

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Low System Pressure. TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-9/12

• 8

Low System Pressure

Check system relief valve pressure setting.

See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.

Is system relief pressure within specification?

NO: Replace system relief valve.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-3

TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-10/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=665


Diagnostic Information

• 9

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-11/12

10 Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Done.

Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001CD -19-23MAR15-12/12

Boom Will Not Lower TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-1/8

Boom Will Not Lower Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-2/8

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction. Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-3/8

• 2

Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction

Check function of boom and bucket spool lock solenoids. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Are spool lock solenoids functioning correctly?

NO: Replace spool lock solenoid.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-4

TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-4/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=666


Diagnostic Information

• 3

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-5/8

• 4

Stuck Pivot Pins

Check pivot pins for proper operation.

YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.

Are pivot pins stuck or binding?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-6/8

• 5

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-7/8

• 6

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Done. TE14778,00001CE -19-23MAR15-8/8

Bucket Will Not Dump TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-1/8

Bucket Will Not Dump Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-5

TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-2/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=667


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction. Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-3/8

• 2

Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction

Check function of boom and bucket spool lock solenoids. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Are spool lock solenoids functioning correctly?

NO: Replace spool lock solenoid. TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-4/8

• 3

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-5/8

• 4

Stuck Pivot Pins

Check pivot pins for proper operation.

YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.

Are pivot pins stuck or binding?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-6/8

• 5

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-6

TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-7/8

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=668


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Done. TE14778,00001CF -19-23MAR15-8/8

Bucket Will Not Roll Back TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-1/12

Bucket Will Not Roll Back Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-2/12

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Bucket Overloaded.

Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-3/12

• 2

Bucket Overloaded

Is bucket overloaded?

YES: Reduce bucket load.

NO: Go to Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction. TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-4/12

• 3

Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction

Check function of spool lock solenoids. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Are spool lock solenoids functioning correctly?

NO: Replace spool lock solenoid.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-7

TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-5/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=669


Diagnostic Information

• 4

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-6/12

• 5

Stuck Pivot Pins

Check pivot pins for proper operation.

YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.

Are pivot pins stuck or binding?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-7/12

• 6

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-8/12

• 7

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Low System Pressure. TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-9/12

• 8

Low System Pressure

Check system relief valve pressure setting.

See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.

Is system relief pressure within specification?

NO: Replace system relief valve.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-8

TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-10/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=670


Diagnostic Information

• 9

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-11/12

10 Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Done.

Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D0 -19-23MAR15-12/12

Bucket Will Not Self-Level When Boom Is Raised TE14778,00001D1 -19-01FEB08-1/4

Bucket Will Not Self-Level When Boom Is Raised Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001D1 -19-01FEB08-2/4

• 1

Adjustable Orifice Screw Turned in Completely

Turn self-level screw out to set desired self-level rate. See Self-Level Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Done.

Does self-level screw adjustment correct problem?

NO: Go to Check Valve Removed from Self-Level Valve. TE14778,00001D1 -19-01FEB08-3/4

• 2

Check Valve Removed Verify that check valve is installed in self-level valve. See Self-Level Valve Operation. from Self-Level Valve (Group 9025-05.)

Is check valve installed correctly?

YES: Done.

NO: Install check valve in self-level valve. TE14778,00001D1 -19-01FEB08-4/4

Bucket Dumps During Self-Leveling Cycle TE14778,00001D2 -19-03DEC07-1/3

Bucket Dumps During Self-Leveling Cycle Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-9

TE14778,00001D2 -19-03DEC07-2/3

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=671


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Self-Level Valve Out of Adjustment

Adjust self-level valve. See Self-Level Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Done.

Does valve adjustment correct problem?

NO: Self-level valve malfunction. Repair or replace self-level valve. See Self-Level Valve Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D2 -19-03DEC07-3/3

Boom Drifts Down TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-1/9

Boom Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-2/9

• 1

Drift Check

Check boom down drift. See Boom Down Drift Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Done; normal machine operation.

Is boom down drift within specification?

NO: Go to Boom Up Circuit Relief. TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-3/9

• 2

Boom Up Circuit Relief Check boom up circuit relief valve.

See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Boom Lift Check Valve.

Is boom up circuit relief valve pressure within specification?

NO: Replace boom up circuit relief valve. TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-4/9

• 3

Boom Lift Check Valve Check boom lift check valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Is lift check valve functioning correctly?

NO: Replace lift check valve. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-10

TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-5/9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=672


Diagnostic Information

• 4

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-6/9

• 5

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-7/9

• 6

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-8/9

• 7

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Done. TE14778,00001D3 -19-23MAR15-9/9

Boom Drifts Up TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-1/9

Boom Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-11

TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-2/9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=673


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Drift Check

Check boom up drift. See Boom Up Drift Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Done; normal machine operation.

Is boom up drift within specification?

NO: Go to Self-Level Valve Malfunction. TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-3/9

• 2

Self-Level Valve Malfunction

Check self-level valve adjustment. See Self-Level Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Boom Lift Check Valve.

Is self-level valve operating correctly?

NO: Adjust self-level valve. TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-4/9

• 3

Boom Lift Check Valve Check boom lift check valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Is lift check valve functioning correctly?

NO: Replace lift check valve. TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-5/9

• 4

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-6/9

• 5

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-12

TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-7/9

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=674


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-8/9

• 7

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Done. TE14778,00001D4 -19-23MAR15-9/9

Bucket Drifts Down TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-1/10

Bucket Drifts Down Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-2/10

• 1

Drift Check

Check bucket dump drift. See Bucket Dump Drift Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Done; normal machine operation.

Is bucket dump drift within specification?

NO: Go to Self-Level Valve Malfunction. TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-3/10

• 2

Self-Level Valve Malfunction

Check self-level valve adjustment. See Self-Level Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief Valve.

Is self-level valve operating correctly?

NO: Adjust self-level valve. TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-4/10

• 3

Bucket Rollback Circuit Relief Valve

Check bucket rollback circuit relief valve.

See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Bucket Lift Check Valve.

Is bucket rollback circuit relief valve pressure within specification?

NO: Replace bucket rollback circuit relief valve.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-13

TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-5/10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=675


Diagnostic Information

• 4

Bucket Lift Check Valve

Check bucket lift check valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Is lift check valve functioning correctly?

NO: Replace lift check valve. TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-6/10

• 5

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-7/10

• 6

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-8/10

• 7

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-9/10

• 8

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Done. TE14778,00001D5 -19-23MAR15-10/10

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=676


Diagnostic Information

Bucket Drifts Up TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-1/10

Bucket Drifts Up Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-2/10

• 1

Drift Check

Check bucket rollback drift. See Bucket Rollback Drift Check. (Group 9005-10.)

YES: Done; normal machine operation.

Is bucket rollback drift within specification?

NO: Go to Self-Level Valve Malfunction. TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-3/10

• 2

Self-Level Valve Malfunction

Check self-level valve adjustment. See Self-Level Valve Operation. (Group 9025-05.)

YES: Go to Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve.

Is self-level valve operating correctly?

NO: Adjust self-level valve. TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-4/10

• 3

Bucket Dump Circuit Relief Valve

Check bucket dump circuit relief valve.

See Circuit Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Bucket Lift Check Valve.

Is bucket dump circuit relief valve pressure within specification?

NO: Replace bucket dump circuit relief valve. TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-5/10

• 4

Bucket Lift Check Valve

Check bucket lift check valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Is lift check valve functioning correctly?

NO: Replace lift check valve. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-15

TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-6/10

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=677


Diagnostic Information

• 5

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-7/10

• 6

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-8/10

• 7

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-9/10

• 8

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Done. TE14778,00001D6 -19-23MAR15-10/10

Hydraulic Functions Slow Or No Power TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-1/14

Hydraulic Functions Slow Or No Power Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-16

TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-2/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=678


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Bucket Overloaded.

Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-3/14

• 2

Bucket Overloaded

Is bucket overloaded?

YES: Reduce bucket load.

NO: Go to Low System Pressure. TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-4/14

• 3

Low System Pressure

Check system relief valve pressure setting.

See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Air in Hydraulic Cylinders.

Is system relief pressure within specification?

NO: Replace system relief valve. TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-5/14

• 4

Air in Hydraulic Cylinders

Operate hydraulic functions to bleed hydraulic system. See Hydraulic Cylinder Bleed Procedure. (Group 3160.)

YES: Done.

Does bleeding hydraulic cylinders correct slow or no power condition?

NO: Go to Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction. TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-6/14

• 5

Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction

NOTE: Auxiliary spool does not use a spool lock solenoid.

Check function of boom and bucket spool lock solenoids. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding.

Are spool lock solenoids functioning correctly?

NO: Replace spool lock solenoid.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-17

TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-7/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=679


Diagnostic Information

• 6

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-8/14

• 7

Stuck Pivot Pins

Check pivot pins for proper operation.

YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.

Are pivot pins stuck or binding?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-9/14

• 8

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-10/14

• 9

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly. TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-11/14

10 Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-18

TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-12/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=680


Diagnostic Information

11 Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.

Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-13/14

12 High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check high flow hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) YES: Done.

Is high flow hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace high flow hydraulic pump. See High Flow Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D7 -19-23MAR15-14/14

Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” Or “Spongy” TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-1/12

Hydraulic Functions “Jerky” Or “Spongy” Diagnostic Procedure TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-2/12

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Air in Hydraulic System.

Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-3/12

• 2

Air in Hydraulic System

Check for air leak into hydraulic system on suction side of hydraulic pump. Are suction lines or hoses loose or leaking, allowing air into hydraulic system?

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic lines or hoses.

NO: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-19

TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-4/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=681


Diagnostic Information

• 3

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-5/12

• 4

Stuck Pivot Pins

Check pivot pins for proper operation.

YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.

Are pivot pins stuck or binding?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-6/12

• 5

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-7/12

• 6

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Low System Pressure. TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-8/12

• 7

Low System Pressure

Check system relief valve pressure setting.

See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.

Is system relief pressure within specification?

NO: Replace system relief valve.

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-20

TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-9/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=682


Diagnostic Information

• 8

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-10/12

• 9

Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.

Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-11/12

10 High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check high flow hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) YES: Done.

Is high flow hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace high flow hydraulic pump. See High Flow Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) TE14778,00001D8 -19-23MAR15-12/12

Hydraulic System Noise JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-1/12

Hydraulic System Noise Diagnostic Procedure JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-2/12

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Air in Hydraulic System.

Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-3/12

• 2

Air in Hydraulic System

Check for air leak into hydraulic system on suction side of hydraulic pump. Are suction lines or hoses loose or leaking, allowing air into hydraulic system?

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic lines or hoses.

NO: Go to Bucket Overloaded. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-21

JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-4/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=683


Diagnostic Information

• 3

Bucket Overloaded

Is bucket overloaded?

YES: Reduce bucket load.

NO: Go to Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding. JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-5/12

• 4

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to High System Pressure.

NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool. See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-6/12

• 5

High System Pressure Check system relief valve pressure setting.

See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Control Valve Not Functioning Properly.

Is system relief pressure within specification?

NO: Replace system relief valve. JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-7/12

• 6

Control Valve Not Functioning Properly

Inspect control valve.

See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.)

YES: Repair or replace control valve.

Is control valve worn or spools bent or binding in bores?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-8/12

• 7

Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Charge Pump Worn or Damaged.

Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)

Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-22

JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-9/12

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=684


Diagnostic Information

• 8

Charge Pump Worn or Damaged

Check charge pump flow. See Charge Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged.

Is charge pump flow within specification?

NO: See Charge Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-10/12

• 9

High Flow Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check high flow hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.) YES: Go to Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged.

Is high flow hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace high flow hydraulic pump. See High Flow Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.) JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-11/12

10 Hydrostatic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check hydrostatic pump flow. See Hydrostatic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9026-25.)

YES: Done.

Is hydrostatic pump flows within specification?

NO: Repair or replace hydrostatic pump(s). See Hydrostatic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 0360.) See Hydrostatic Pump Disassemble and Assemble. (Group 0360.) JH38101,0000A09 -19-04APR08-12/12

Pedals Will Not Move TE14778,000024F -19-01FEB08-1/4

Pedals Will Not Move Diagnostic Procedure Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-23

TE14778,000024F -19-01FEB08-2/4

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=685


Diagnostic Information

• 1

Control Valve Linkage or Spool Binding

Inspect control valve and linkage. Is linkage in good condition and control valve spool not binding or damaged?

YES: Go to Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction. NO: Repair or replace control valve linkage. Repair or replace control valve spool.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. —150522). (Group 3160.) See Control Valve Disassemble and Assemble (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 3160.) TE14778,000024F -19-01FEB08-3/4

• 2

Boom or Bucket Spool Lock Solenoid Malfunction

NOTE: Auxiliary spool does not use a spool lock solenoid.

Check function of boom and bucket spool lock solenoids. See Solenoid Test. (Group 9015-20.)

YES: Done.

Are spool lock solenoids functioning correctly?

NO: Replace spool lock solenoid. TE14778,000024F -19-01FEB08-4/4

Hydraulic Oil Overheats JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-1/14

Hydraulic Oil Overheats Diagnostic Procedure JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-2/14

• 1

Low Hydraulic Oil Level

Check hydraulic oil tank level. See Check Hydraulic Tank Oil Level. (Operator's Manual.) YES: Go to Hydraulic System Overloaded.

Is oil level correct?

NO: Fill tank to correct level with appropriate hydraulic oil. JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-3/14

• 2

Hydraulic System Overloaded

Is hydraulic system overloaded: Bucket overloaded, improperly matched attachment, or YES: Reduce load on attachment pushed beyond machine limits? machine hydraulic system.

NO: Go to Air Flow Restricted Through Hydraulic Oil Cooler. Continued on next page

TM2191 (26MAR19)

9025-15-24

JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-4/14

325 and 328 Skid Steer Operation and Test 032619 PN=686


Diagnostic Information

• 3

Air Flow Restricted Through Hydraulic Oil Cooler

Check hydraulic oil cooler for air flow restriction through cooler. Check radiator for damage or air restriction. Is air flow restricted through oil cooler or radiator?

YES: Clean hydraulic oil cooler and radiator. See Clean Radiator and Oil Cooler. (Operator's Manual.) NO: Go to Low System Pressure. JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-5/14

• 4

Low System Pressure

Check system relief valve pressure setting.

See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. —150522). (Group 9025-25.) See System Relief Valve Test (S.N. 150523— ). (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Stuck Pivot Pins.

Is system relief pressure within specification?

NO: Replace system relief valve. JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-6/14

• 5

Stuck Pivot Pins

Check pivot pins for proper operation.

YES: Repair or replace pivot pins.

Are pivot pins stuck or binding?

NO: Go to Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage. JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-7/14

• 6

Hydraulic Cylinder Leakage

Check hydraulic cylinders for leakage. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.)

YES: Repair or replace hydraulic cylinders.

Are hydraulic cylinders leaking?

NO: Go to Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods. JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-8/14

• 7

Bent or Damaged Cylinder Rods

Check cylinders for bent or damaged rods. Are cylinder rods bent or damaged?

YES: Repair or replace cylinder rods. See Cylinder Identification. (CTM120519.) NO: Go to Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged. JH38101,0000A14 -19-23MAR15-9/14

• 8

Hydraulic Pump Worn or Damaged

Check hydraulic pump flow. See Hydraulic Pump Flow Test. (Group 9025-25.)

YES: Go to Charge Pump Worn or Damaged.

Is hydraulic pump flow within specification?

NO: Repair or replace hydraulic pump. See Hydraulic Pump Remove and Install. (Group 3160.)

Continued on nex